SAMBA Selects CIGNA HealthCare to Offer Members Nationwide Physician and Hospital Choices, Expanded Services

The SAMBA Federal Employee Benefit Association announced today it has selected CIGNA HealthCare to offer an expanded, nationwide provider network, a broad array of member-friendly care management programs and state-of-the-art web tools to its covered participants.

“It is an honor to be able to offer health services through SAMBA to the over 500,000 people who contribute to our nation’s safety. We’re very proud to be associated with SAMBA and the federal employees they serve,” said CIGNA HealthCare Taft-Hartley & Federal Business Segment Leader, Kim Bimestefer.

Unlike other federal health plans, the SAMBA Federal Health Plan is exclusively for employees and annuitants of federal law enforcement agencies, the intelligence community, homeland security agencies and the US Courts. The SAMBA plan offers comprehensive medical and pharmacy benefits, routine preventive dental coverage, as well as a $10,000 Accidental Death and Dismemberment policy and $100,000 in Terrorist Coverage to all health plan members. SAMBA also offers its members a comprehensive health plan for their dependent children, ages 22 to 27.

“We are pleased to announce that effective January 1, 2008, all SAMBA health plan participants will have access to CIGNA’s extensive, quality national network of health care providers and suite of care management services, web tools, and health and wellness programs,” said Walter E. Wilson, Executive Director, SAMBA. “As we approach SAMBA’s 60th anniversary, this marks yet another watershed event in our legacy of providing life and health coverages that respond to the unique needs of the men and women responsible for our protection and security.”

About SAMBA Federal Employee Benefit Association

Established in 1948, SAMBA has participated in the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program since its inception, and today offers life and health insurance benefit programs specifically designed to meet the needs of employees and annuitants of federal law enforcement agencies, the intelligence community, homeland security agencies and the US Courts. For more information, visit the SAMBA web site, www.SambaPlans.com.

About CIGNA HealthCare

CIGNA HealthCare, based in Bloomfield, CT, provides medical benefits plans, dental coverage, behavioral health coverage, pharmacy benefits and products and services that integrate and analyze information to support consumerism and health advocacy. “CIGNA HealthCare” is a registered service mark of CIGNA Intellectual Property, Inc., licensed for use by CIGNA Corporation (NYSE:CI) and its operating subsidiaries, including Connecticut General Life Insurance Company. Products and services are provided by such operating subsidiaries, and not by CIGNA Corporation. For more information, visit www.cigna.com.

Medical Check In Systems Introduces HIPAA Compliant Touch Screen Sign In System to Replace Traditional Sign in Sheet

As technology continues to improve the efficiency of every doctor’s office one device is sure to make your next visit even easier. Medical Check In is the latest touch screen sign in system to replace the traditional clipboard and paper sign in sheet. Electronic sign in sheets are being installed into medical offices and hospitals to combat privacy rules as well as improve the speed at which patients get in to see the doctor. Although other electronic sign in sheets are available at select hospitals and specialty facilities around the country they are very expensive. The latest from Medical Check In Systems promises to make touch screen sign in systems affordable to every doctor’s office.

Using a touch screen, patients sign in and give the reason for their visit just like on a paper sign in sheet. The advantages over traditional sign in sheets are both for the doctor and the patient. The touch screen kiosk can be placed away from the usual reception window so patients can sign in without waiting for the last person to finish their discussion with the receptionist. It only takes about 10 seconds to sign in. In compliance with privacy rules patients’ names are hidden, keeping your information private.

Having a paperless sign in system is just the beginning for the office advantages. Having a clear and legible list displayed directly on the computer reduces the trip to the clipboard as well as allowing multiple persons to see the patient load. The list is an organized sidebar display with names, times and reason for visit displayed on up to 10 simultaneous computers. Not having to reach for a clipboard might seem minor but that motion a hundred times every day can add up. Having legible names and an organized list helps keep the office moving.

While electronic sign in is not new, Medical Check In is introducing the first complete touch screen sign in sheet that is useable with any practice management software. This opens the world of electronic sign in to every physician’s office. Other companies are stuck on matching names to appointments and taking additional information that can ultimately slow down the process. Medical Check In has taken the easy approach and simply replaced the sign in sheet. Additional problems of other companies that Medical Check In has mastered include children and the elderly, dealing with physical limitations and keeping the cost of maintenance down. While other software companies seem to struggle getting to market, Medical Check In fills the void.

Medical Check In clients include Perry County Memorial Hospital, Indiana; Houston Methodist Hospital; Pain Institute of Tampa; Allergy Associates, St. Petersburg; Alexander Orthopedic, Florida; Dr. John Penny, DDS, Florida.

Medical Check In Systems, Inc. (www.medicalcheckin.com)

Medical Check In manufactures touch screen sign in sheets for hospitals, clinics and physicians. They also have similar product lines for the banking industry, corporations and schools.

HCA Announces Conroe Regional Medical Center to Affiliate With the Woman’s Hospital of Texas

HCA announced today the formation of an affiliation between two Gulf Coast Division Hospitals, Conroe Regional Medical Center and The Woman’s Hospital of Texas. The affiliation will provide women and infants in The Woodlands and Conroe areas convenient access to the highly regarded, specialized services for which The Woman’s Hospital of Texas is renowned. This partnership, the first of its kind among HCA’s Gulf Coast Division hospitals, will be known as The Woman’s Hospital of Texas at Conroe and launches Oct. 11, 2007.

“HCA is committed to providing the highest level of healthcare to all of the communities we serve. We believe that this partnership between two of our finest facilities will enhance the services and capabilities we have to offer to women in this area,” said Maura Walsh, President of HCA’s Gulf Coast Division.

Through this affiliation, patients in The Woodlands, Conroe and surrounding areas will be able to obtain the high standard of care long associated with The Woman’s Hospital of Texas without having to leave their communities. Staff from Conroe Regional Medical Center will receive specialized training at The Woman’s Hospital of Texas. Additional services offered at Woman’s will now be available at Conroe including one-on-one nursing care in Labor & Delivery during active labor and a neonatal nurse practitioner present in the hospital 24 hours a day/7 days a week for any neonatal emergency. The Woman’s Hospital and Conroe will also share extensive research and educational opportunities.

The Woman’s Hospital of Texas is home to nationally recognized Maternal-Fetal Medicine specialists (MFM). MFMs are physicians who have obtained three years of additional education and training in the complications a pregnant woman might encounter. MFMs are also specialists in ultrasound evaluation and helping high-risk moms maintain their pregnancies. Some of Woman’s MFMs will office in Conroe to consult on high-risk pregnancies.

“The Woman’s Hospital of Texas was recognized this year as one of the top 50 hospitals in the country for gynecological care by U.S.News & World Report,” says Linda Russell CEO of The Woman’s Hospital of Texas. “Our physicians founded our hospital more than 30 years ago and have been pioneers in establishing a standard of care for women. We are pleased to bring our expertise to the communities served by Conroe Regional Medical Center.”

Conroe Regional Medical Center provides obstetrical services for women and neonatal intensive care services for high-risk newborns born at Conroe or transported from anywhere within a 100-mile radius. Board-certified Neonatologists and board-certified specialty physicians care for these babies along with a certified nursing staff. A transport team, specially trained to prepare, care for and manage these newborns as they are transferred from other facilities, is on duty 24-hours a day.

“This is the first step in what we anticipate to be a growing relationship with The Woman’s Hospital of Texas,” says Jerry Nash, CEO of Conroe Regional Medical Center. “This collaboration allows us to combine our exceptional services and continue to provide the best care for families in our area.”

HCA — HCA is the nation’s leading provider of healthcare services, composed of locally managed facilities that include 173 hospitals and 108 outpatient centers in 20 states, England, and Switzerland. Founded by physicians in 1968, Nashville-based HCA was one of the nation’s first hospital companies. HCA and its affiliates employ approximately 180,000 people. www.hcahealthcare.com

The Woman’s Hospital of Texas — Established in 1976, The Woman’s Hospital of Texas remains the only specialty hospital in the Houston area dedicated exclusively to the care of women and infants. With nearly 9,000 deliveries last year alone, it’s easy to see why The Woman’s Hospital of Texas is known for babies. Our cutting-edge Neonatal Intensive Care Unit and one-on-one labor and delivery nursing help women feel good about becoming moms. But we do a lot more than bring shining faces into the world. We help women at every stage of life get well and stay healthy. Last year, we performed more than 10,000 surgical procedures unrelated to birth for women of all ages. More than 10,000 patients, their family members and others in the community participated in our Education Classes and Support Groups. The Woman’s Hospital of Texas. Every Woman. Every Baby. www.womanshospital.com

Conroe Regional Medical Center — Established more than 25 years ago, Conroe Regional Medical Center serves communities within a 100 mile radius of its facility. Both the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit and the Emergency Department are Level III services — providing higher levels of care that are not readily available in many regions between Dallas and Houston. The recently opened and expanded Intensive Care and Cardiac Care Units provide state-of-the-art technology and monitoring for as many as 36 patients at a time. CRMC offers surgery, outpatient testing, 24/7 emergency care in the CRMC Level III Trauma Center, OB, Women’s services, Cancer services, sleep lab, hyperbaric medicine, diabetes management, physical therapy, cardiac rehab and other services which continue to grow. The objective of Conroe Regional Medical Center remains the same — to serve the people in the community who come to us for their healthcare needs. The focus continues to expand as we offer the entire region a convenient, quality location filled with educated, professional staff which can provide expert care using technologically advanced techniques and equipment right in their own backyard. www.conroeregional.com

Image Available: http://www2.marketwire.com/mw/frame_mw?attachid=599693

Image Available: http://www2.marketwire.com/mw/frame_mw?attachid=599702

 Contact: Charles Gressle 713-542-9193 [email protected]

SOURCE: The Woman’s Hospital of Texas at Conroe

Sunquest Corporation Reemerges As Vista Equity Partners Completes Acquisition of Diagnostics Systems From Misys

Sunquest™ Information Systems, Inc. today announced its formation and status as a privately-held corporation. The company was established when Vista Equity Partners, a leading private equity firm, completed its acquisition of the Diagnostics Systems from Misys Healthcare. Sunquest now owns all business assets, technology, and products associated with the hospital systems diagnostic portfolio, including the Laboratory, Commercial Laboratory, and Clinical Financial products, as well as stand-alone systems for Radiology and Pharmacy departments. Richard Atkin, former president of the Hospital Systems Business Unit for Misys, has been named president and CEO of Sunquest. The company anticipates minimal impact on day-to-day operations as it has been run largely as a stand-alone operation of Misys.

“We have trust in their current products that we use and the reasons why we picked the lab system over 25 years ago, and we look forward to continuing this relationship,” said Bill Sabol, current president of the client user group (MHSUG, Inc.) and Director of Clinical Applications at Health Network Laboratories located in Allentown, Pa. “Although the name is now changed back to Sunquest, it’s been their great products, service, and friendly people that create and deliver these products to us that have kept us as a satisfied customer over the years.”

“We have been a Sunquest, then Misys, customer for a long time and I think the acquisition by Vista will be a good move,” said Patrick J. O’Sullivan MS, MT(ASCP)SBB, Administrative Laboratory Director – Florida Hospital Orlando. “I’ve already noticed a great deal of internal enthusiasm at the company and this change should allow them to concentrate even more than before on keeping their products world class and ready for the future. And, as always with Sunquest, we know the customer always comes first.”

“The Sunquest name has a long history and strong reputation in the healthcare industry. It has always been associated with award-winning products and a commitment to providing world-class customer service,” stated Richard Atkin, president and CEO of Sunquest Information Systems, Inc. “The new Sunquest embraces those same attributes and values, but is now an even more experienced and mature organization. We’re extremely excited about the opportunities and future of our company.”

About Misys Healthcare Systems, LLC

Misys Healthcare Systems develops and supports reliable, easy-to-use software and services of exceptional quality that enable physicians and caregivers to more easily manage the complexities of healthcare. Misys’ family of leading clinical products and Web-based technologies are designed to share patient data across medical care settings. Misys makes Community EHR a reality by connecting community-based physicians and caregivers to the acute care enterprise, enabling increased efficiencies, better decision-making and improved hospital-physician relations. For more information, visit www.misyshealthcare.com.

About Vista Equity Partners

Vista Equity Partners (www.vistaequitypartners.com) is a San Francisco-based private equity firm focused on investing in dynamic, successful software and technology-enabled businesses. Vista seeks to partner with world-class management teams who have a long-term perspective and are committed to maintaining leadership in their markets. Vista is a value-added investor, contributing professional expertise and multi-level support enabling companies to realize their full potential. Vista’s investment approach is anchored by its long-term perspective, as well as its experience in structuring software and technology-oriented transactions and in providing proven management techniques to its portfolio companies.

About Sunquest Information Systems, Inc.

Sunquest Information Systems, Inc., is a market leader in clinical data management with more than 1,200 U.S. hospitals and commercial laboratories, and over 60 customers in Canada, UK, Western Europe, and the Middle-East. The company designs, develops, and supports a comprehensive suite of information products for hospitals and laboratories that include laboratory, radiology, and pharmacy systems. Sunquest uses open systems that are scalable to any size hospital or healthcare network.

Sunquest’s professional services division provides a wide array of management and technical tools, including lab redesign and optimization, outreach and lab network program development, and operational business and implementation plans in addition to HIPAA compliance assessment and implementation services. For more information, call 800-748-0692 or visit: www.sunquestinfo.com.

Sunquest is a Trademark of Sunquest Information Systems, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.

Reel Life in 7-Year Intervals: UW Professor’s Highs and Lows Are Part of ‘Up’ Series’ Visits, Which Started in ’64

By Joanne Weintraub, Milwaukee Journal Sentinel

Oct. 9–VERONA — Most of the time, Nicholas Hitchon goes about his life undisturbed: driving to his job at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, meeting with his engineering students, pursuing his research, taking karate classes to work out the kinks.

But every seven years, like certain insects or Biblical events, a film crew arrives. They are cheerful, professional and relentless. In addition to following him everywhere for a week — up UW-Madison’s picturesque Bascom Hill, down to his karate class — they repeatedly “ram a microphone in my face,” as Hitchon grimly puts it, and ask him about his family life, his progress at work, his dreams and his disappointments.

And then they show the result on TV.

Watching it, Hitchon says, “is like the therapy session from hell.”

“49 Up,” the seventh and latest film in a remarkable series, airs Tuesday on PBS. It features Hitchon and 11 other former British schoolchildren who’ve been called the world’s first reality TV stars.

The 1964 original, “Seven Up,” was conceived as a picture of Britain’s rigid class system, with 7-year-olds from every sort of family talking about their everyday lives and what they want to be when they grow up — providing, as an announcer intones, “a glimpse of England in the year 2000.”

In that film, which is excerpted in the latest one, three private-school boys talk about the privileged futures they intend to have. A girl from London’s Cockney East End announces that, when she leaves school, “I’m going to work in Woolworth’s.”

And an unusually serious little boy named Nick from a Yorkshire farm, his hair cut in blunt bangs, says: “When I grow up, I’d like to find out all about the moon and all that.”

That first report’s unexpected popularity led to a 1970 sequel, “7 Plus Seven,” and then five more. The films are now in international theatrical release but continue to be shown on TV, too.

As a time-lapse view of children evolving into adults, most of them raising children of their own and a few welcoming grandchildren, the series has no equal. Critic Roger Ebert calls it one of the 10 best works of film ever produced.

In Britain, the “Up” series is an institution, its stars recognized by millions. A British paper called one of them, Tony Walker — a feisty Cockney school boy in ’64, a cabbie today — London’s best-known taxi driver.

Because Nick Hitchon moved at 25 to Madison, where he teaches in the engineering school and studies the behavior of certain hot gases called plasmas, his friends and neighbors don’t read much about him in the local papers. The “Up” films are a small-scale art-house phenomenon here. “P.O.V.,” the documentary series which will broadcast “49 Up” this week, has a low profile even by PBS standards.

But in the last year or so, Hitchon’s profile has risen slightly.

“I think it must be Netflix,” he says, referring to the popular video rental service. “About once a week, I get an e-mail, you know, thanking me for my participation (in the films).”

The e-mails come from all over the country. Closer to home, he has attracted the notice of a high school teacher in Solon Springs, Wis., who has asked him to tell his story to her students. Many come from rural backgrounds and don’t know any country boys who have advanced degrees in physics and engineering science from Oxford University.

He estimates he’s made the 600-mile round trip a half-dozen times in four or five years because, he says, “I love talking to those kids.”

Sipping jasmine tea in a big, sunny cafe not far from his house, Hitchon talks thoughtfully and at length, often with wry self-deprecation, about what it’s like to have been thrust into reality TV back in the black-and-white days and why, despite his reservations, he’s never turned the film crew away.

On the simplest level, it’s wonderful having such vivid home movies of himself and his family, even if means having to watch his parents grow frail and his own hairline recede. But beyond that, he calls the series historic and marvels at its ability to “capture the human condition” as it tracks the effects of time, choice and chance on a dozen lives.

“It’s not really about us,” Hitchon says. “Really, it’s just the stories of everyday people muddling through, isn’t it?”.

As for the reservations, well, where does he start?

Having four or five people mic you, light you, tail you and “ask you to walk up the same hill three times” for a week is an enormous pain in the neck, he says, though not in exactly those words.

He was actually six, not seven, when “Seven Up” was made, which he believes made him seem immature.

The filmmakers were so drunk with the brooding beauty of his native Yorkshire Dales that they kept dragging him back there when he was away at boarding school at 13 and at Oxford at 20.

“49 Up” highlights a professional setback he suffered long ago, but not the fact that he recently won his fourth teaching award (though it does feature a lively classroom scene that suggests why he won it).

Watching each new chapter, he is “humiliated” and “mortified” by his body language (which is ordinary) and the sound of his voice (a pleasant tenor that, when he says he does his research computations on “a whacking great computer,” brings to mind Wallace of the “Wallace & Gromit” movies and videos).

‘Thoughtful stubbornness’

More seriously and painfully, there’s the deeply personal nature of the on-camera interviews. Even during the offscreen pre-interview, he says, “I felt absolutely shattered just talking to Michael about what we might talk about.”

“Michael” is Michael Apted, best known in this country as the director of “Coal Miner’s Daughter,””Gorillas in the Mist” and other Hollywood movies. A 22-year-old researcher on “Seven Up,” he went on to direct all six sequels and has said he’ll stay with the project until death or disability stops him.

Like Hitchon, Apted jumped the Atlantic to widen his career horizons. For that reason, the director told TV critics in January at a PBS session in Los Angeles, where he now lives, he feels a special affinity with Nick.

“It’s a much greater bond than just interviewer and interviewee,” Apted reflected. “It’s a very strange relationship we have. But I think with him I’m probably closest because there’s so much shared emotional baggage.

“I’ve always believed that if the series shows anything, it shows a kind of core personality that doesn’t change. With (Hitchon), you see this kind of thoughtful stubbornness as a little kid. There’s a kind of honesty about him, even at seven.

“There’s a composure about him, and he still has that. There’s something very luminous and truthful. He’s very open and very generous with his intimacies to me, and I think you could see that in a much more unsophisticated way at seven.”

In a scene from “Seven Up” that is repeated in the sequels, the boy with the bangs is asked if he has a girlfriend.

“I don’t answer those kind of questions,” he replies.

Seven years later, the adolescent Nick — sitting on a green Yorkshire hillside, his head partly buried in his knees and his bangs obscuring his eyes — is asked the same question and says the answer still stands. In “21 Up,” the college student — bangs gone but hair fashionably longer in the back — repeats the answer, but this time laughs good-naturedly.

But by “28 Up,” Apted needn’t ask the question. The young Madison professor appears with his wife, an Englishwoman and fellow academic.

By “35 Up,” they have a son. In “42 Up,” they talk about strains in their marriage, exacerbated by their separation from friends and family in England.

“Michael says he knew we were going to get divorced before I did,” Hitchon says. “He’s been telling people that for years.”

Talking about the divorce and what it meant to his relationship with his son, now 18, was the hardest part of making “49 Up.” It was small comfort that several of his cast mates, whose lives Hitchon follows with as much interest as other viewers, had been there before.

More surprisingly, he also found it painful to answer questions about his second wife, Cryss Brunner, a professor of education he met at a graduation ceremony.

“They put that mic in your face and ask, ‘Why did you choose your spouse?'” he says almost incredulously. “What a mean question!”

Mean?

“All right, maybe not mean, but impossible,” Hitchon amends. “For me, it’s particularly hard, because in America, if they ask you that question, you’d better have something very definite and very positive to say. But in England, that would be seen as bragging, and taken in a very negative way.”

A class clash left behind

Partly, no doubt, because Hitchon’s situation mirrors Apted’s, Nick’s homesickness has become a running theme of the films.

In “49 Up,” reflecting on his aging parents, his two younger brothers and the Yorkshire hills he still loves, he muses: “I was really not the sort of person who should have moved very far away.”

For a man who takes pleasure in his American career and delight in his American spouse — who teaches at the University of Minnesota in Minneapolis, meaning a long drive on alternating weekends for each of them — isn’t that an odd thing to say?

“I didn’t say (emigrating) was the wrong thing to do,” he replies. “But there are things that you don’t want to do, that are very hard to do, that you should do.

“It was important to leave. If I’d stayed, I was going to get into a very disgruntled rut.”

The reason he believes that has much to do with the class system “Seven Up” explored.

The lads who said they’d grow up to be as wealthy as their fathers were right. The girl who thought she’d wind up at Woolworth’s works at children’s libraries, but she has no degree and her job is in danger.

Hitchon is one of a tiny number who jumped class barriers by passing a tough exam at 10, attending what his friends called a “snob school” and going on to the cream of British universities.

With its inevitable omissions and compressions, the “Up” series makes his roots seems even humbler than they are, he says. True, the farm where his parents milked a dozen cows and tended sheep, chicken and the occasional pig was not an easy place to grow up. Yet his father had a college degree in agriculture, his mother trained as a teacher and both of them urged him to read everything he could get his hands on, from science to science fiction, when his farm chores were done.

Still, even with Oxford behind him, he felt his chances were limited in England.

To be successful there, he says, means “knowing the secret handshake, being part of some secret private club that I wasn’t a part of.” The cliche is true, in Hitchon’s eyes: His new country is more open to fresh ideas and unusual people than his old one.

“How many Englishmen does it take to change a light bulb?” he asks, repeating a hoary joke. “None. The old one’s worked perfectly well for 800 years and we’re not changing it now.”

In “49 Up,” one participant tells Apted that, as she nears the half-century mark, she’s begun to think she’ll drop out of the series. But Hitchon, who will be 50 this month, says he’s in it for the long haul.

He’s often asked whether the light that shone on him at age 6, immortalizing him as the child who wanted to learn “all about the moon and all that,” changed the course of his life.

“It’s really hard to say,” he replies with s characteristic reluctance to be pinned down. “But I sometimes think of that line from ‘Hamlet’ — what is it? ‘There are more things in heaven and Earth . . . than are dreamt of (in your philosophy)’? I think maybe that experience taught me that interesting things can happen even if you can’t imagine them.”

—–

To see more of the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.jsonline.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Milwaukee Journal Sentinel

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

NASDAQ-NMS:NFLX,

WellBound Teams With Kaiser Permanente to Open New Self-Care Dialysis Center in Sacramento, CA

MOUNTAIN VIEW, Calif., Oct. 9 /PRNewswire/ — WellBound, the first company focused exclusively on providing pre-dialysis wellness education and supporting the full spectrum of self-care dialysis therapies, today announced the opening of its 11th specialized self-care dialysis center. Located is Sacramento, CA, this “Center of Excellence” will support nephrologists based at Kaiser Permanente’s Sacramento Medical Center, as well as other community nephrologists, in providing chronic kidney disease (CKD) patients with early-stage wellness education in combination with innovative self-care dialysis therapies.

This opening represents an extension of WellBound’s affiliation with Kaiser Permanente. In 2005, WellBound opened a center in Emeryville, CA in collaboration with Kaiser Permanente to provide the community with more extensive CKD wellness education and specialized self-care dialysis services.

“We are excited to be collaborating with the fine team of nephrologists at Kaiser Permanente on another WellBound center in Northern California,” said Marc Branson, WellBound’s chief executive officer. “For more than two years we have successfully teamed with Kaiser nephrologists in the San Francisco Bay Area to deliver valuable pre-dialysis patient education programs and innovative self-care dialysis therapies. Today’s new center opening will allow us to expand our reach to the Sacramento area while continuing to provide valuable clinical services to the Kaiser Permanente team.”

Through its unique programs, WellBound delivers an innovative service offering that emphasizes patient wellness and health education. As part of its clinical model, the company provides community nephrologists with comprehensive clinical support services that are not typically found in traditional dialysis centers. Delivered by WellBound’s team of self-care dialysis professionals, the support services include:

   -- CKD wellness programs, including topics on controlling blood pressure,      stress management, exercise, nutrition and diabetes care    -- Early renal replacement education classes addressing kidney      transplantation, dialysis therapy options, and vascular access planning    -- Individualized training programs for all forms of self-care dialysis    -- Full clinical care coordination services delivered by Certified      Nephrology Nurses    -- 24/7 telephonic patient care support    

“At Kaiser Permanente, we are guided by our commitment to providing superior medical care to our patient community,” said Prabhakar L Kollipara, M.D., F.A.C.P., chief of nephrology Kaiser Permanente, Sacramento/Roseville. “We feel that WellBound’s combination of pre-dialysis patient education and innovative self-care dialysis treatment options provides the type of early-stage and comprehensive treatment approach that maximizes patient wellness.”

“The opening of this new center will provide CKD patients in Sacramento and the surrounding communities with access to a high-quality and unique treatment program,” said Jignesh Patel, M.D., medical director of the WellBound center in Sacramento. “This center will be particularly valuable for those CKD patients not yet requiring dialysis therapy, as they will have access to WellBound’s specialized wellness education classes. These classes, in combination with the CKD education provided by Kaiser Permanente, will assist pre-dialysis patients in maintaining their health and potentially delaying the need for dialysis therapy.”

About Self-Care Dialysis

The term self-care dialysis refers to those dialysis therapies which patients are able to self-administer outside the confines of hemodialysis centers, including peritoneal dialysis and all types of home hemodialysis. A growing collection of clinical research demonstrates that more frequent, more consistent dialysis associated with self-care provides patients with improved health outcomes such as improved mortality rates and reduced hospitalizations. Home dialysis also offers significant quality of life advantages including greater convenience, more flexible schedules, and fewer fluid and dietary restrictions.

About WellBound

WellBound is an affiliate of Satellite Healthcare, an innovative leader in the dialysis community. As the first company focused exclusively on the full continuum of self-care dialysis options, WellBound frees chronic kidney disease (CKD) patients from in-center dialysis treatment regimens by offering multiple “self-care” treatment options. The company’s unique expertise in personalized self-care training and patient wellness facilitates a higher quality of life and improved clinical outcomes for CKD patients, while enabling physicians to offer a new, superior level of care.

WellBound has established eleven “Centers of Excellence” and is actively engaged in expanding its network of self-care dialysis programs to deliver wellness education and the full spectrum of self-care dialysis options, including peritoneal dialysis and daily home hemodialysis. To learn more about WellBound, please visit http://www.satellitehealth.com/wellbound or contact the company directly at 1.800.476.5450.

   Contacts:   WellBound                     Vida Communication   Marc Branson                  Stephanie Diaz   (650) 404-3613                (415) 675-7400    Tim Brons (media)   (415) 675-7402  

WellBound

CONTACT: Marc Branson of WellBound, +1-650-404-3613; or Stephanie Diazof Vida Communication, +1-415-675-7400; or media, Tim Brons, +1-415-675-7402,both for WellBound

Web site: http://www.wellbound.com/

Premier Micronutrient Launches Supplement for Hearing Health

NASHVILLE, Tenn., Oct. 9 /PRNewswire/ — Premier Micronutrient Corporation (PMC) announces the launch of a Hearing Health micronutrient supplement designed to reduce tinnitus (ringing in the ear) and provide cellular protection against hearing impairment and balance disorders. Previously available only to scientific study participants and members of the U.S. military, the Hearing Health formulation is now available to a general consumer audience through hearing health professionals and the PMC website at http://www.mypmcinside.com/.

(Photo: http://www.newscom.com/cgi-bin/prnh/20071009/CLTU090 )

According to the National Institutes of Health (NIH), approximately 28 million Americans have some level of hearing impairment due to the combined effects of noise, aging, disease and heredity, making hearing damage a societal problem. Approximately ten percent of Americans ages 22-60 already may have suffered permanent damage to their hearing from excessive noise exposure; millions more are at risk due to the growing popularity of activities such as NASCAR races and repeated exposure to loud music and industrial noise.

The formulation was evaluated in collaboration with the Naval Medical Center in San Diego, Calif., where U.S. Marine personnel with balance disorders from blast-related head injuries sustained in Iraq are treated in the Center’s Spatial Orientation Center. The study included several measuring techniques for hearing and balance performance, including sensory organization, dynamic gait index and balance confidence. Clinical findings indicate that patients receiving the PMC formulation in addition to standard therapy performed better on all measures than those receiving standard therapy alone.

“Results from our work with the Naval Medical Center were extremely encouraging and further validated the many years of research we have committed to developing micronutrient antioxidant supplements that decrease oxidative damage caused by hazardous environmental exposures,” says Kedar N. Prasad, Ph.D., PMC chief scientific officer. Regarded as one of the country’s leading antioxidant scientists, Dr. Prasad is a former professor at the University of Colorado School of Medicine in Denver and is a longstanding investigator for the NIH.

“Perhaps even more exciting are the individual experiences we’ve heard from countless patients who have experienced real, measurable and sustained improvement with their hearing and balance issues,” continues Prasad.

Along with the launch of the Hearing Health formulation, PMC has joined forces with The EAR Foundation, a national not-for-profit organization dedicated to educating the public and medical profession about hearing loss and diseases of the ear. In addition to nationwide education and outreach efforts, the Foundation sponsors basic and clinical research into hearing and balance disorders and provides practicing ear specialists with continuing medical education opportunities and programs regarding rehabilitation and hearing preservation.

“This is the first micronutrient supplement ever to be accepted by this foundation in its 36-year history,” says Audiologist Ann B. Sitton, MS, FCCC-A and board member of The Ear Foundation. “We carefully researched this product, met with the scientists who developed it and reviewed their studies and client testimonials. We were consistently impressed and greatly encouraged by their findings.

“As an audiologist, I am excited with the potential that this supplement will provide relief to our patients with chronic tinnitus and other hearing and balance impairments. We look forward to opening a new frontier for the hearing impaired.”

Premier Micronutrient Corporation is a nutritional science and evidence based corporation developing customized formulations of natural vitamins, minerals and antioxidant supplements for use in conjunction with the treatment of certain diseases such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, cancer, Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease as well as age and gender specific formulations designed to promote general health. These custom formulations are the product of more than 30 years of scientific and medical research, conducted by PMC founders, primarily Dr. Kedar N. Prasad, on the effects of micronutrients on human health and disease. For more information about Premier Micronutrient Corporation or its products please visit http://www.mypmcinside.com/ or call 1-888-606-8883.

Photo: NewsCom: http://www.newscom.com/cgi-bin/prnh/20071009/CLTU090PRN Photo Desk, [email protected]

Premier Micronutrient Corporation

CONTACT: Jennifer Allen for Premier Micronutrient Corporation,+1-615-297-7766

Web site: http://www.mypmcinside.com/

Asperger Syndrome and Medication Treatment

By Tsai, Luke Y

Asperger syndrome (AS) is a neurobiological disorder whose core clinical symptoms include impairment in social interaction, impairments in verbal and nonverbal communication, and restricted, repetitive, and stereotyped patterns of behavior, interests, and activities. AS is often accompanied by coexisting neuropsychiatric disorders, including anxiety disorder, affective disorder, obsessive- compulsive disorder, Tourette syndrome, attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder, and sleep disorders. These clinical features provide the rationale for the use of psychotropic medications (psychopharmacotherapy) in individuals with AS. This article describes the clinical indications for psychopharmacotherapy and provides guidelines for monitoring the effectiveness of medication treatment and for preventing and monitoring the development of side effects and/or adverse effects of psychotropic medications. Editors’ Note: This article was solicited for the Focus 22(2) special series on Asperger Syndrome, guest edited by Brenda Smith Myles and Sheila Smith, but appears here due to space limitations in the previous issue.

Behavioral and biological studies have generated evidence to suggest neurobiologic etiologies of Asperger syndrome (AS). At present, however, no specific biological marker or markers have been identified as causing AS. Hence, no treatment modality specifically based on cause has been developed to “cure” individuals with AS. Nevertheless, there is potential for some medications to be helpful in ameliorating psychiatric or behavioral symptoms that can interfere with an individual’s ability to participate in educational, social, work, and family systems, as well as to enhance positive responses to other forms of intervention in persons with AS.

Many of the behavioral problems or disturbed emotions reported may be clinical manifestations of coexisting neuropsychiatric disorders or side effects induced by psychotherapeutic medications. Strong data have shown that psychotherapeutic medications can be quite effective as first-line treatments for certain neuropsychiatric disorders that may develop in individuals with AS. These neuropsychiatric disorders include attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), obsessivecompulsive disorder (OCD), tic disorders, affective disorder, anxiety disorder, seizure disorders, and sleep disorders. The psychopharmacological field has also compiled knowledge of side effects that may be produced by these medications.

Early detection and effective treatment of these coexisting neuropsychiatric disorders or medication-induced side effects are critical. Like most medications, psychotherapeutic agents can correct or compensate for some malfunctions in the human body or systems. They do not cure AS, but they can lessen the challenges to persons with AS and their family members and improve patients’ quality of life.

This article was written to summarize the current state of knowledge of when and how medication can be used as part of a comprehensive treatment of individuals with AS. Building on an overview of the comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders of AS, the article outlines a process of medical assessment of these disorders and concludes with guidelines for psychopharmacological treatment. These recommendations are developed mainly from the author’s experience with persons with AS, as well as from limited published clinical studies.

Comorbid Neuropsychiatric Disorders of AS

Information about comorbid neuropsychiatric disorders of AS is limited because professionals in the United States have only recognized AS as a distinct clinical entity for a relatively short time. Furthermore, there is no established method for clinicians to assess comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders in this population. Nonetheless, AS has been associated with reported cases of other psychiatric disorders, such as Tourette syndrome (Berthier, Bayes, & Tolosa, 1993; Kadesjo & Gillberg, 2000; Marriage et al., 1993; Ringman & Jankovic, 2000; Searcy et al., 2000), ADHD (Ghaziuddin & Butler, 1998), affective illness or mood disorders (Duggal, 2001; Frazier, Doyle, Chiu, & Coyle, 2002; Ghaziuddin & Butler, 1998; Tantam, 1988, 1991; Wing, 1981), anxiety disorder (Tantam, 1991), OCD (Tantam, 1991), and schizophrenia (Tantam, 1991).

Green, Gilchrist, Burton, and Cox (2000) examined psychiatric and social functioning in 20 individuals with AS ages 11 to 19 years with full-scale IQ scores above 70. The researchers found that 35% of the adolescents met the criteria outlined in The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioral Disorders (World Health Organization, 1992) for generalized anxiety disorder, 10% met the criteria for a specific phobia, and 30% had two or more additional psychiatric diagnoses. Further, the children and adolescents with AS had significantly more symptoms of worry, hypochondria, panic, specific fears, and obsessive ruminations and rituals than the control group with a diagnosis of conduct disorder. Mental status exams also revealed more physical signs of anxiety, nonfacial tics, and unusual emotional responsiveness in the AS group. Another study found that rates of some comorbid disorders were higher for individuals with AS than for the individuals with autism (Klin, Pauls, Schultz, & Volkmar, 2005).

Polimeni, Richdale, and Francis (2005) asked parents of 66 typically developing (TD) children, 53 children with autism, and 52 children with AS to complete a survey on their children’s sleep patterns, the nature and severity of any sleep problems, and the success of any treatment attempted. The results showed a high prevalence of sleep problems, with significantly more problems reported in the autism and AS groups (TD = 50%, autism = 73%, AS = 73%); however, there were no significant differences between the autism and AS groups on severity or type of sleep problem. Children with AS were significantly more likely to be sluggish and disoriented after waking and had higher total scores on the Behavioral Evaluation of Disorders of Sleep (Schreck, Mulick, & Rojahn, 2003) than did the children in the other two groups.

When viewing autistic disorder and AS as autism spectrum disorders (ASD), some clinicians have cited anxiety as a common feature (Attwood, 1998; Tantam, 2000). Kim, Szatmari, Bryson, Streiner, and Wilson (2000) examined the prevalence of anxiety and mood problems in a sample of 59 children with autism and AS with IQ scores above the cutoff for mental retardation. The researchers found that 14% of the children in the study scored at least two standard deviations above the mean on a parent-report measure of generalized anxiety and on the internalizing factor, which includes generalized anxiety, separation anxiety, and depression.

Allik, Larsson, and Smedje (2006) compared the sleep and associated behavioral characteristics of thirty-two 8- to 12year- old children with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism (AS/ HFA) with those of an equal number of age- and gender-matched typically developing children. Several aspects of sleep-wake behavior, including insomnia, were surveyed using a structured pediatric sleep questionnaire in which parents reported their children’s sleep patterns for the previous 6 months. Recent sleep patterns were monitored by use of a 1-week sleep diary and actigraphy. (Actigraphy is a method of activity and sleep study in which a small actigraph unit is mounted on a participant for an extended period of time. The unit, which typically includes an accelerometer, continually records the participant’s movements. When the data are transferred to a computer, they can be analyzed and used in the study of the participant’s sleep patterns.) Behavioral characteristics were surveyed by use of information gleaned from parent and teacher answers to questions on the High-Functioning Autism Spectrum Screening Questionnaire (Ehlers, Gillberg, & Wing, 1999) and the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 2001). Parent-reported difficulties in initiating sleep and daytime sleepiness were more common in children with AS/HFA than in controls, and 10 of the 32 children with AS/HFA (31%), but none of the controls, fulfilled the study definition of pediatric insomnia. Parent-reported cases of insomnia corresponded to the findings obtained of the actigraphic study.

Little is known about the risk of psychiatric disorders in adults with AS. In a follow-up study of 85 adults with Asperger syndrome, Tantam (1991 ) reported that 30 (35%) met the criteria set forth in the ninth revision of the International Classification of Diseases (World Health Organization, 1977) for a psychiatric disorder rather than a developmental disorder. Tantarn noted that the proportion observed in his study was likely higher than what would be found in an unselected community sample, as psychiatric disorder was one factor leading to psychiatric referral and thus to participation in the study. Nevertheless, there was a higher-than-expected risk of psychosis, with mania (occurring in 9.0% of participants) being more common than schizophrenia (3.5%). The single most common disorder was depression, which occurred in 15.0% of the subjects. Anxiety disorder was also common, reaching clinically significant severity in 7.0% of the cases; it is often associated with depression in this study. Tani et al. (2003) compared 20 adults with AS who were not using medication with 10 healthy controls who did not have any neuropsychiatrie disorders. The structured psychiatric interview for Axis I and II disorders (common psychiatric disorders, and mental retardations and personality disorders, respectively) listed in the fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV; American Psychiatric Association, 1994) were given to both groups, as were the Beck Depression Inventory (Beck, 1961) and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (Wechsler, 1981), a commonly used measure for assessment of cognitive functions. Sleep quality was assessed with a questionnaire asking for the quality of sleep during 6 consecutive days and a description of possible sleep problems in the participants’ own words. Compared with controls and with normative values of what constitutes good sleep, the adults with AS had frequent insomnia. There was a substantial psychiatric comorbidity with only four participants with AS devoid of other Axis I or II disorders. Also, these persons displayed insomnia. The authors concluded that the neuropsychiatrie deficits inherent in AS predispose individuals both to insomnia and to anxiety and mood disorders.

Howlin (2000) reviewed the issue of comorbid disorders and noted that little is known about outcomes for individuals with AS. She concluded, “More research into psychiatric conditions in adulthood is badly needed, not only to identify the true level of risk, but also to improve knowledge amongst clinicians about how psychiatric disorders in this group are manifested” (p. 76).

Problems With Diagnosis of Comorbid Neuropsychiatrie Disorders of AS

Individuals with AS present a diverse clinical picture, which often makes diagnosis and treatment difficult. One factor that leads to confusion for clinicians making diagnostic and programming decisions is the wide variability of characteristics within AS. Thus, it is difficult for most clinicians without adequate experience with individuals with AS to determine whether symptoms are due to a separate comorbid disorder or related to the underlying AS. Furthermore, the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for many psychiatric disorders require a subjective description of experience. Hence, many clinicians are reluctant to make additional psychiatric diagnoses in young children with AS who are incapable of providing diagnostic information via interviews or patient self-report scales. Even older children or adolescents with AS may not know whether their symptoms are due to comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders or to AS itself. Thus, they usually do not report or complain about their symptoms.

At present, the validity of self-reporting for individuals with AS has not been established. There is also no “gold standard” for determining the validity of a diagnostic instrument in assessing comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders in this population. These problems interfere with identification and understanding of comorbid disorders. As a result, comorbid neuropsychiatric disorders have often been misdiagnosed or unrecognized in individuals with AS. The presence of comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders can create great difficulties and stress in an individual’s life because the comorbid disorders can be debilitating. Further, caregivers usually experience additional stress when their children develop comorbid neuropsychiatric disorders. Therefore, it is crucial that caregivers learn about early recognition of comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders in their children with ASD to ensure early and effective treatment.

Medication Treatment Based on a Functional Behavioral Analysis

Given the current lack of a reliable and valid assessment protocol, it is crucial that a complete functional behavioral analysis be carried out by a qualified and experienced professional (usually a psychologist or a behavioral therapist) before a patient is referred to a physician for consideration of medication treatment. While a functional behavioral analysis does not confirm a diagnosis of comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders, it may be able to prevent an unnecessary medical referral by identifying conditions or symptoms that are learned and appear as maladaptive behavior. Such behaviors usually do not respond to psychotherapeutic medications but can be managed or improved by using nonmedical interventions such as behavioral therapy, educational intervention, and problem- solving skill training.

The results from the functional behavioral analysis should be presented at a follow-up meeting of the team (consisting of the student of concern, his/her parents or legal guardians and other caregivers). A decision to refer a patient for further medical assessment is appropriate when the team members agree that the collected data indicate that the behaviors or symptoms of concern may not be solely the result of environmental cues or consequences.

General Approach to Medication Treatment

To achieve effective medication treatment in individuals with ASD, it is essential to learn about the basic principles of psycho- pharmacotherapy, the work-ups for use of various medications, the indications and contraindications of each medication, the measurement of medication effects, and the prevention, recognition, and management of medication-induced side effects.

Basic Principles of Psychopharmacotherapy

1. Selection of appropriate medication requires comprehensive information about the individual being assessed, including current functioning, family history, and medical history. It is crucial that parents or caregivers maintain up-to-date medical records, because the prescribing physician will need to know whether the individual being treated has seizures, has previously used any medication (and if so, what his or her response was), or is currendy taking any medication. Many medications may lower the threshold for seizures or interact with anticonvulsants either to enhance or to diminish their effectiveness.

2. Medication treatment must be based upon a sound diagnosis of the presenting symptoms or behaviors and a rational choice of a specific medication (e.g., use of Haldol to treat motor and/or vocal tics in patients with Tourette syndrome).

3. The use of medication should always be considered as part of a comprehensive intervention, as described above. Without additional therapies, the improvement associated with the medication usually disappears after the medication is discontinued.

4. The individual with AS should be involved in the treatment process as much as possible given his or her age and level of functioning. Every effort should be made to help the individual understand the reason and purpose for taking the medication or medications and the possible side effects. Sensitive counseling can help overcome any fears of taking medication that the individual may have. This approach will prevent the development of a negative attitude or misperception toward the use of the medications.

5. Parents and other caregivers should always be included in the process. They need to be informed about the reasons for medication therapy, the likely therapeutic effects, possible side effects, and so on. Parents or caregivers are a critical resource for monitoring the child’s compliance with taking medication, as well as a necessary source of information about the child’s therapeutic response to the medication and the development of any side effects.

6. During the initial phases of medication therapy, the individual with AS should be seen at least once a week by the physician. Once the problems have been stabilized (usually after several weeks), a medication maintenance program can begin. At that point, the individual can be seen less frequently (monthly or bimonthly, for example) to review therapeutic response and development of side effects.

7. Placebo effects (beneficial effects arising from the act of giving medication rather than the medication itself) often exist and should be weighed carefully to determine continuation of the medication. The individual taking the medication, family members, caregivers, and even the prescribing physician can produce the placebo effect. Therapeutic gains need to be weighed carefully against side effects, and all efforts must be made to minimize risks to the individual.

8. In general, if an individual does not respond to a medication within 4 weeks while in the therapeutic range, when the individual is already at the highest dosage of a medication as recommended by the literature, it is unlikely that he or she will respond at a later date. In cases with therapeutic response, medication treatment should proceed at optimal dosage for a period of 4 to 6 months. The medication should then be discontinued for at least a 1- to 2-month “medication holiday” to permit evaluation of the need for continued treatment as well as assessment of the development of side effects such as growth changes or movement disorders.

Baseline Medical Assessment

An effective medication treatment begins with a thorough medical assessment, including a comprehensive physical and neurological examination; intensive speech, language, and cognitive assessments; and, in specific cases, extensive neurophysiological, neurochemical, and neuroimaging assessments. The pretreatment assessment is essential for detecting medical conditions such as seizure disorder, meningitis, lead poisoning, brain tumors, endocrinological disorders, and chromosomal abnormalities that can cause or exacerbate problems. Pretreatment assessment is also essential for establishing the patient’s baseline physical, psychological, behavioral, and cognitive status prior to medication treatment, as well as for monitoring both the effectiveness of and any adverse reactions to medication treatment.

Helpful Questions

The individual with AS and his or her legal guardian should have the right and be given the choice to decline medication therapy. The diagnosing physician should provide information about other nonmedication therapies such as cognitivebehavioral therapy (CBT) and other psychosocial treatments. To help individuals with AS and their caregivers gain a better understanding of how medication is used to address comorbid disorders, the prescribing physician should make sure to address the following frequently asked questions:

1 . What medications are typically used to treat the disorder or disorders in question?

2. How do the medications work in the human body?

3. How should the medications be taken?

4. How can one tell if the medication is working?

5 . What should the individual or his or her caregivers do if the individual develops side effects?

6. How long will it take for the medication to work?

7. Can the medication be used with other medications, including over-the-counter medicines for common illnesses?

8. How frequently should the physician see the individual, and for how long will the individual need to take the medicine?

Evidence-Based Medication Treatment of Comorbid Neuropsychiatric Disorders of AS

Empirical studies of medication treatment of AS and comorbid neuropsychiatric disorders are scarce. A literature search using the Entrez PubMed database for the keywords Asperger syndrome or Asperger disorder and medication treatment yielded only a few publications. Some of them were case reports; others were studies of small samples that combined participants with autistic disorder and those with AS into a single group.

Furusho et al. (2001 ) reported that an 8-year-old boy with AS could not sleep due to recalling his awful experiences while crying every night, and he refused to go to school. He was treated with fluvoxamine, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, at the dose of 25 mg daily. Four weeks after the treatment, his repetitive behavior and hyperactivity decreased, and his night crying diminished. Although he still had difficulties in communicating with other persons, he was able to attend extracurricular classes in a private school.

Frazier et al. (2002) reported on a 13 1/2 -year-old boy with diagnoses of AS and bipolar disorder (mixed, with psychotic features). He had a long history of aggression and unsafe behaviors. After treatment for many years with various psychotropic medications without success, the authors finally found that a combination of 1 mg twice a day of oral clonazepam, 2,100 mg per day of lithium, and 3 mg per day of risperidone led to a marked reduction in his behavioral symptoms. Later his mood normalized and his aggressive, extremely compulsive and disruptive behaviors stopped.

Staller (2003) reported that a 34-year-old man with lifelong, disabling AS and a 20-year history of failed psychotherapeutic and pharmacologic interventions was prescribed aripiprazole. This led to dramatic symptomatic improvement, including improved sociability; increased self-awareness; reduced rigidity, anxiety, and irritability; and reduced preoccupation with circumscribed esoteric interests.

Hollander, Dolgoff- Kaspar, Cartwright, Rawitt, and Novotny (2001) carried out a retrospective pilot study to determine whether divalproex sodium was effective in treating core dimensions and associated features of autism. Fourteen patients who met the DSM-IV criteria for autism, AS, or pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDDNOS), including those with and without a history of seizure disorders or electroencephalogram abnormalities, were treated with divalproex sodium. Of the 14 patients who completed a trial of divalproex sodium, 10 (71%) were rated as having a sustained response to treatment. The mean dose of divalproex sodium was 768 mg/day (range = 125-2,500 mg/day), and it was generally well tolerated. Improvement was noted in core symptoms of autism and associated features of affective instability, impulsivity, and aggression.

Hollander et al. (2003) examined the impact of oxytocin on repetitive behaviors in 15 adults with autism or AS via randomized double-blind oxytocin and placebo challenges. The primary outcome measure was an instrument that rated six repetitive behaviors: need to know, repeating, ordering, need to tell or ask, self-injury, and touching. Patients with ASD showed a significant reduction in repetitive behaviors following oxytocin infusion in comparison to placebo infusion.

Namerow, Thomas, Bostic, Prince, and Monuteaux (2003) assessed the effectiveness and tolerability of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Citalopram in the treatment of patients with pervasive developmental disorders (PDDs). The medical charts of 15 children and adolescents (ages 6-16 years) with Asperger syndrome, autism, or PDD-NOS treated with Citalopram were retrospectively reviewed. The final dose of Citalopram was 16.9 +- 12.1 mg/day, with a treatment duration of 218.8 +- 167.2 days. Independent ratings on the Clinical Global Impression Severity and Improvement Scales (CGI Scale; NIMH, 1985) allowed comparison between baseline and posttreatment PDD symptoms at the last visit. Eleven adolescents (73%) exhibited significant improvement in PDD, anxiety, or mood score (z – 2.95, p – .003). Anxiety symptoms associated with PDDs improved significantly in 66% of patients (z = 2.83, p = .005), and mood symptoms improved significantly in 47% (z = 2.78, ? = .005). Mild side effects were reported by five patients (33%). The authors concluded that the data suggest Citalopram may be effective, safe, and well tolerated as part of the treatment of PDDs.

Posey, Puntney, Sasher, Kern, and McDougle (2004) used open- label guanfacine to treat 80 study participants with PDDs (10 females and 70 males, ages 3-18 years). It was found that treatment with guanfacine (0.25-9.00 mg/day for 7-1,776 days) was effective in 19 of 80 (24%) the participants. Participants with PDD-NOS (11 of 28 responders, or 39%) and AS (2 of 6 responders, or 33%) showed a greater rate of global response than did participants with autistic disorder (6 of 46 responders, or 13%). Further, there was a trend for participants without comorbid mental retardation (9 of 24, or 38%) to respond at a greater rate than participants with mental retardation (10 of 56 subjects, or 18%). Symptom improvement was seen in hyperactivity, inattention, insomnia, and tics. Guanfacine was well tolerated and did not lead to significant changes in blood pressure or heart rate.

Rausch et al. (2005) studied 13 male patients ages 6 to 18 years who had been diagnosed with AS according to DSM-IV criteria and were enrolled in a 12-week, prospective, openlabel pilot study. All of the participants were started on risperidone at 0.25 mg twice a day. Doses were increased based on clinical indication and tolerability. The primary efficacy variable was the Scale for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms (SANS; Andreasen, 1982). Each participant’s baseline score served as his control. Secondary efficacy measures included the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (Kay, Fiszbein, & Opler, 1987), the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (Overall & Gorham, 1962), the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (Montgomery & Asberg, 1979), the Global Assessment Scale (Endicott, Spitzer, Fleiss, & Cohen, 1976), and a modified Asperger Syndrome Diagnostic Scale (Myles, Bock, & Simpson, 2000). A statistically significant improvement was noted from baseline for last-observation-carried- forward analyses as well as for analyses of 12-week completers (w = 9) in the primary outcome measure, SANS scores. Statistically significant improvement was also found in all secondary efficacy measurements.

Mathai, Bourne, and Cranswick (2005) reported lessons learned in conducting a clinical drug trial of sertralin in 12 children with AS. However, the results of the study itself have not been published.

The findings from these published studies must be interpreted with caution, given that there are many methodological problems (e.g., small sample size, open-label or retrospective studies, lack of control trials). It thus is not clear how generalizable these data are to the entire population of individuals with AS.

Suggestions for Medical Treatment of Individuals With AS

The review of the literature included little evidence-based information about pharmacological treatments of individuals with Asperger syndrome. Nevertheless, this author has successfully used stimulants (e.g., Ritalin), antidepressants (e.g., Prozac), and medications for anxiety disorder (e.g., BuSpar), OCD (e.g., Luvox), Tourette syndrome (e.g., Haldol), and sleep disorders (e.g., Desyrel) in treating these conditions in children with AS. At the same time, however, older adolescents and adults with AS and comorbid mental conditions refused to accept the diagnostic conclusion and would not cooperate with any professionals’ interventions, including medications.

The following clinical conditions in individuals with AS are potentially responsive to drugs. In some of the conditions, the administration of certain drugs is based on well-documented research into other psychiatric disorders without comorbid AS. Because little research has been done on the use of medication to treat these disorders with comorbid AS, the following suggestions are based on the limited clinical and empirical experiences of the present author and a few other investigators.

Individuals With Anxiety Disorders and Related Conditions

Generalized Anxiety Disorder. Ideally, in treatment of acute anxiety, the medication chosen should be of the lowest possible dose for the shortest possible time. Dosages should be flexible rather than arbitrary, and should be taken intermittendy at a time of increased symptoms rather than on a fixed daily schedule. In general, 1 to 7 days of medication treatment are recommended for a reaction to an acute situational stress; however, 1 to 6 weeks of treatment may be needed for short-term anxiety due to specific life events. Acute Anxiety Episode, Mild

1. Start with cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) in higher functioning older adolescents and adults.

2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, add a benzodiazepine (BZD).

3. If nonresponse or insufficient response, add BuSpar (buspirone).

Acute Anxiety Episode, Moderate to Severe

1. Start with a BZD plus CBT (in higher functioning older adolescents and adults).

2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, add BuSpar.

Chronic Anxiety With Prior BZD Treatment

1. Add BuSpar, then reduce and eliminate BZD.

Chronic Anxiety Without Prior BZD

1 . Start with BuSpar.

2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, add a BZD.

3. If nonresponse or insufficient response, reduce and eliminate BZD or BuSpar and add an antidepressant (AD; tricyclic antidepressant [TCA] or selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor [SSRI]).

4. If response is insufficient, add an SSRI (e.g., Anafranil [clomipramine], Prozac [fluoxetine], Luvox [fluvoxamine], Zoloft [sertraline], or Paxil [paroxetine].

Maintenance or Prophylaxis Treatment of Generalized Anxiety Disorder. Maintenance therapy refers to therapy undertaken to prevent a relapse. Prophylaxis refers to the prevention of recurrent episodes. Prophylaxis involves indefinite continuation of medication, usually over many years. Particularly if the episodes have short prodromes (i.e., subclinical symptoms before the onset of an episode) or develop insidiously, continuous prophylactic therapy would be more appropriate.

Clinical judgment plays a major role in the decision to continue anxiolytic treatment beyond 4 to 6 weeks. Although long-term administration may maintain initial improvement, it is unlikely to result in further gains. However, the chronic nature of anxiety disorders and the frequency of eventual relapse after treatment discontinuation suggest that in some individuals long-term treatment may be indicated.

Periodic reassessment of the efficacy, safety, and necessity of long-term anxiolytic therapy is critical because the high rate of comorbidity of generalized anxiety disorder witii other psychiatric disorders suggests that an alternative approach (such as adding an antidepressant while reducing and eliminating an anxiolytic drug) may be more appropriate in certain individuals.

Panic Attacks, Mild

1 . Start with behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, add an SSRI or a TCA.

3. If response is still insufficient, add Xanax (alprazolam) or Klonopin (clonazepam).

Panic Attacks, Moderate

1. Start with a TCA or an SSRI, plus behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, add Xanax or Klonopin.

Panic Attacks, Severe

1. Start with a TCA or an SSRI, plus Xanax or Klonopin, and behavior therapy.

2. If response is still insufficient, add Depakote (sodium valproate and valproic acid) with or without a BZD.

Social Phobia

1 . Start with behavior therapy.

2. If response is still insufficient, add Xanax or Catapres (Clonidine).

Specific Phobia

1. Start with behavior therapy (systematic desensitization).

2. If response is insufficient, add Inderal (propranolol).

Individuals With Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) and Related Conditions

OCD, Mild Symptoms

1 . Start with behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, add an SSRI or clomipramine (in individuals with a history of or current seizure disorder, Anafranil should be the last choice).

3. If response is still insufficient, try other SSRIs in sequence.

OCD, Moderate to Severe Symptoms

1. Start with an SSRI plus behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, use sequential trials of other SSRIs or Anafranil (Anafranil should be the last choice in individuals with a history of or current seizure disorder).

3. If response is still insufficient, add BuSpar or Klonopin.

Maintenance Medication Therapy for OCD. Clinical evidence clearly indicates that most individuals relapse if SSRIs are discontinued. Therefore, treatment should be continued and eventually tapered as follows:

1. Continue the effective medication for 6 months.

2. Taper the dose gradually till symptoms reemerge.

3. Go back up to the dose being taken right before the symptoms reemerged, then continue therapy indefinitely, with follow-up by the prescribing physician every 2 to 3 months.

Individuals With Mood Disorders

It is still not clear whether ultracyclical bipolar mood disorder is a part of AS or if it should be considered as a different type of mood disorder. At the present, it tends not to respond well to available mood stabilizers, such as Depakote, Zyprexa (danzapine), Risperdal, and Tegretol (carbamazepine).

Major Depressive Disorder, Mild to Moderate, Single or Recurrent

1. Start with one of the following:

* SSRI, Effexor (venlafaxine), nefazodone, or Remeron (mirtazapine)

* Antidepressant previously effective in the individual or a family member

* Heterocyclic antidepressant, preferably a secondary amine TCA, if side effects are tolerated

2. If response is partial, combine with lithium, thyroid supplement, or pindolol.

3. If the response is insufficient, use two different anti- depressants concurrently (e.g., add an SSRI slowly to a TCA).

4. If psychosis emerges, add an antipsychotic (e.g., Haldol [haloperidol] or Risperdal [risperidone]).

5. If the response is still insufficient, add electroconvulsive therapy (ECT).

Major Depressive Disorder With Marked Anxiety, Panic Attacks, or Agitation

1. Start with a BZD plus an antidepressant (not nefazodone).

2. If the response is insufficient, switch class of antidepressant (e.g., Norpramin [a heterocyclic antidepressant] to Paxil [an SSRI]).

3. If response is insufficient, add an antidepressant of another class (e.g., Wellbutrin [bupropion], an aminoketone).

4. If response is insufficient, add a mood stabilizer (e.g., Depakote).

5. If psychosis emerges, add an antipsychotic (e.g., Haldol or Risperdal).

6. If response is still insufficient, add ECT

Bipolar Depressive Disorder

1. Start with an antidepressant plus a mood stabilizer.

2. If response is partial, combine with lithium, thyroid supplement, or pindolol.

3. If the response is still insufficient, use two different antidepressants concurrently (e.g., add an SSRI slowly to a TCA).

4. If psychosis emerges, add an antipsychotic (e.g., Haldol or Risperdal).

5. If response is still insufficient, add ECT

Severe or Medication Nonresponse Depression

1. Start with ECT.

Maintenance or Prophylactic Therapy of Depressive Disorders. Maintenance therapy is mandatory following successful induction of a remission. Maintenance therapy should be continued for 6 to 12 months after an acute depressive episode. After 12 months, medications can usually be reduced and eliminated over a period of several weeks to avoid autonomic rebound or SSRI discontinuation syndrome. If symptoms reemerge, medication should be reinstated and maintained for an additional 3 to 6 months before an attempt is made to taper it again. Prophylaxis refers to the prevention of recurrent episodes. Prophylaxis involves indefinite continuation of medication, usually over many years. In particular, if the episodes have short prodromes (i.e., subclinical symptoms before the onset of an episode) or develop insidiously, continuous prophylactic therapy would be more appropriate. In individuals with recurrent severe unipolar depressions and a high risk of suicide, indefinite prophylactic antidepressants with the least adverse effects may be required.

Manic Episode With Mild to Moderate Symptoms

1. Start with Depakote or lithium. Add thyroid supplement if thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) is elevated.

2. If the response is still insufficient, add an antipsychotic.

3. If response is still insufficient and there is immediate danger, discontinue lithium and add ECT.

Manic Episode With Moderate to Severe Symptoms and/or Psychotic Symptoms

1. Start with an antipsychotic plus Depakote or lithium.

2. If response is insufficient, add a BZD; add thyroid supplement if TSH is elevated.

3. If response is still insufficient and there is immediate danger, discontinue lithium and add ECT

Manic Episode in Rapid Cycle, Mixed States, or Prior Nonresponse to Lithium

1. Start with Depakote with or without a BZD or an antipsychotic.

2. If response is insufficient, switch to Tegretol with or without a BZD or an antipsychotic.

3. If response is still insufficient, use Tegretol plus Depakote with or without a BZD or an antipsychotic.

4. If response is still insufficient and there is immediate danger, add ECT.

Maintenance or Prophylaxis Therapies for Manic Episodes. The majority of individuals with bipolar disorder have one or more recurrences; therefore, it is critically important to develop effective and safe long-term treatments. Individuals who respond to lithium or Depakote should continue the medication for 1 to 2 years, and the prescribing physician should follow up every 2 to 3 months. The individual should slowly taper off the medication over several weeks. If a relapse occurs, he or she should resume the medication for and indefinite length of therapy, and the prescribing physician should follow up every 2 to 3 months

Persons With ADHD

Many individuals may have attentional problems due to lack of motivation but are misdiagnosed as having an ADHD. These misdiagnosed individuals usually do not respond to medication treatment. Appropriate behavioral and educational interventions would be more effective in these individuals. The following recommendations are for those individuals who have DSM-IV diagnosis of ADHD.

Individuals With Other Neurological Disorders

1. Begin with Sfrattera (atomoxetine) or a TCA.

2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, use sequential trials with other TCAs, Wellbutrin, and Natrexon for inattention, impulsiveness, and hyperactivity or sequential trials with Catapres, Tenex (guanfacine), and Haldol for hyperactivity and impulsiveness.

Higher Functioning Individuals Without Other Neurological Disorders1. Begin with one of the stimulants (e.g., Ritalin, Concerta [methylphenidate], Dexedrine [dextroamphetamine], or Adderall [amphetamine]). 2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, use sequential trials with Ritalin, Concerta, Dexedrine, or Adderall.

4. If still nonresponse or insufficient response, use sequential trials with Strattera, TCAs, Wellbutrin, Natrexon, Catapres, and Tenex.

Individuals With Tic-Like Symptoms or Tic Disorders, Including Tourette Syndrome

The severity of symptoms varies across individuals, and only children and adults whose relationships, performance, and selfesteem are impaired should be considered for medication.

1. Start with Haldol.

2. If nonresponse or insufficient response, switch to Orap (pimozide).

3. If nonresponse or insufficient response, switch to Catapres.

4. If nonresponse or insufficient response, use one of the above medications and add an SSRI.

5. If nonresponse or insufficient response, use sequential trials with other SSRIs.

6. If still nonresponse or insufficient response, switch to either Risperdal or calcium channel blockers, such as verapamil and nifedipine.

Individuals With Unusual Sleeping Patterns

Some children and adolescents with AS develop unusual sleeping patterns. Some children develop completely reversed sleep patterns; that is, they sleep during the day and are awake during the night. Some problems may relate to watching television, listening to music, or reading. The key to solving such problems is to reverse the sleep cycle through a well-planned regimen and change of behaviors. Some children with AS seem to need much more time to settle down for sleep (i.e., have initial insomnia) and/or need less sleep than most typical children. These children tend to keep the whole family awake because of their sleep disturbances. Melatonin may be considered first. Some children respond to antihistamines, such as Benadryl, or medications such as Vistaril or Atarax (hydroxyzine), or Catapres. In other, more severe cases, antidepressants, such as Tofranil (Imipramine) or Desyrel (trazodone), may be considered.

Individuals With AS Who Develop Psychotic Symptoms

Haldol is sometimes the drug of choice. Other antipsychotic medications (e.g., Navane [thiothixenehal], Clozaril [cloza- pine], Zyprexa, Risperdal, Seroquel [quetiapine], Geodone [ziprasidone], or Abilify [aripiprazole] may also be considered.

People With AS Who Become Aggressive and Physically Attack Others

Some of the aggressive behaviors may relate to frustrations of these individuals. They are of great concern because of their devastating effect.

Aggressive and/or Destructive Behaviors Secondary to Coping Difficulties

1 . Start with behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, add Catapres.

3. If response is still insufficient, switch to Prozac or Paxil (at as low a dose as possible).

Aggressive and/or Destructive Behaviors Due to Being Stopped From Doing Things the Person Likes

1. Start with low dose of an SSRI plus behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, sequential trials of other SSRIs.

3. If response is still insufficient, add small dose of Risperdal.

Aggressive and/or Destructive Behaviors Due to Mood Disorder

1. Start with Depakote or lithium.

2. If response is insufficient, add a BZD. Add thyroid supplement if TSH is elevated.

3. If the response is insufficient, add an antipsychotic.

4. If response is still insufficient and there is immediate danger, discontinue lithium and add ECT.

Aggressive and/or Destructive Behaviors for No Apparent Reason

1. Start with Catapres plus behavior therapy.

2. If response is insufficient, add an SSRI.

3. If response is insufficient, use sequential trials of other SSRIs.

4. If response is still insufficient, use sequential trials of Haldol, Risperdal, Desyrel, Depakote, Inderal, a BZD, or lithium.

Measure of Medication Effects

Like any other type of medication, psychotherapeutic medications do not produce the same effects in everyone. Some patients respond better to one medication than to another. Some need larger dosages than others. Age, sex, body size, body chemistry, habits, and diet can all influence a medication’s effect. To determine the optimal dosage, many researchers and clinicians prefer to titrate dosage for each patient; that is, to start with a low dosage and then raise it by standardized increments every 3 to 5 days until the optimal clinical effect is seen, a therapeutic range is reached, or side effects begin to interfere with desired changes. Others prefer to employ standardized doses based on the subject’s body weight. In addition, certain medications can be measured in the blood to guide their clinical use.

Dosage regulation of any medication depends on reliable measurement of changes or improvements to targeted behaviors. However, in most cases of ASD, patients are unable to report their symptoms or their response to treatment accurately. Furthermore, a positive treatment effect may be a decrease in the frequency or severity of a longstanding behavior or symptom, and this change may not be readily apparent in the clinician’s office. Therefore, measurement of treatment response must be done with objective techniques that are reliable (i.e., repeatable over time or across observers) and valid (i.e., reflect what is actually being measured). Various measurement techniques may be employed, including direct behavioral observations, behavioral rating scales, self- reports, standardized tests, learning and performance measures, mechanical movement monitors, and global impression.

In monitoring medication effects, it is important that a decision on adjusting the dosage or changing to another medication be made based on data and information obtained from as many sources as possible. Such an approach can help to avoid problems caused by a biased informant as well as by the placebo effect.

Recognition of Side Effects Caused by Medication Therapy

Recognizing and managing the side effects of psychotherapeutic medications is crucial to ensure optimal use of the medications. Side effects may range from a minor nuisance to a potentially fatal reaction. If unrecognized, medication- induced side effects can affect patient outcome adversely, in terms of both medical and psychiatric well-being. This is particularly true in individuals with AS who, because of their cognitive and communication disabilities, may not be able to comprehend or recognize side effects and hence may be incapable of alerting or informing their caregivers. They may become frightened or suspicious if a sudden change or dysfunction occurs following the administration of medication, and such feelings may trigger tantrums or interfere with compliance. All caregivers of patients who are incapable of reporting side effects should learn how to recognize potential side effects. They should regularly review and assess the emergence of any side effects.

Prevention of Side Effects

The best approach to managing adverse effects is prevention. The following are general guidelines for avoiding possible side effects:

* Begin treatment with one medication.

* Avoid giving the same medication that caused previous side effects in the individual.

* Avoid giving preventive anti-side effect medication, such as antiparkinsonian agents.

* If an individual does not respond to the medication of first choice, discontinue it gradually while a second medication is instituted and its dosage is increased.

* Use the lowest possible maintenance doses once the therapeutic effect has been established.

* Regularly monitor the blood level of the medication (if the therapeutic range of the medication is available) as well as blood counts, blood pressure, pulse rate, electrocardiogram, liver function, height, and weight.

* Regularly perform a complete physical and neurological examination, and monitor side effects using published side-effects rating scales.

* Give drug holidays at least once every 4 to 6 months.

* In most cases, when discontinuing a drug, taper and withdraw it gradually.

Standardized and user-friendly rating scales for monitoring the various medication-induced side effects in individuals with AS have not been developed. However, there are a number of general and specialized rating scales (Connor & Meltzer, 2006) may be used to monitor the development of medication-induced side effects.

Summary

Persons with AS are treated with psychotherapeutic medications for maladaptive behaviors that may develop during the course of their lives as well as for symptoms that may be caused by underlying or coexisting neurpsychiatric disorders. However, the use of medications in this population is viewed only as one component of a comprehensive treatment plan for persons with AS. Some existing clinical data have suggested that with an appropriate evaluation, premedication workups, a specific diagnosis, and multiple measures of outcome, pharmacotherapy is a safe and efficacious treatment for some symptoms and comorbid neuropsychiatrie disorders in persons with AS. The evidence-based treatments presented in this article, however, are rather weak. A great deal of work remains to be done. Future research should also place emphasis on studying the efficacy of combined treatments such as pharmacotherapy plus behavioral or psychosocial therapy.

REFERENCES

Allik, H., Larsson, J. O., & Smedje, H. (2006). Insomnia in school-age children with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism. BMC Psychiatry, 6, 18.

American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.

Andreasen, N. C. (1982). Negative symptoms in schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 784-788.

Attwood,T. (1998). Asperger’s syndrome: Aguide for parents and professionals. Philadelphia: Kingsley.

Beck, A. T. (1961). Beck depression inventory. Philadelphia: Center for Cognitive Therapy.

Berthier, M. L., Bayes, A., & Tolosa, E. S. (1993). Magnetic resonance imaging in patients with concurrent Tourette’s disorder and Asperger’s syndrome. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 32, 633-639. Connor, D.F., & Meltzer, B. M. (2006). Practical tools for the clinical child and adolescent psychopharmacologist. In D. F. Connor & B. M. Meltzer (Eds), Pediatric psychopharmacology fast facts (pp. 537-575). New York: W. W. Norton.

Duggal, H. S. (2001). Mood stabilizers in Asperger’s syndrome [Letter]. The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 35, 390-391.

Ehlers, S., Gillberg, C, & Wing, L. (1999). A screening questionnaire for Asperger syndrome and other high-functioning autism spectrum disorders in school age children. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 29, 129-141.

Endicott, J., Spitzer, R. L., Fleiss, J. L., & Cohen, J. (1976). The global assessment scale: A product for measuring overall severity of psychiatric disturbance. Archives of General Psychiatry, 33, 766-771.

Frazier, J. A., Doyle, R., Chiu, S., & Coyle, J. T. (2002). Treating a child with Asperger’s disorder and comorbid bipolar disorder. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 13-21.

Furusho, J., Matsuzaki, K., Ichihashi, I., Satoh, H., Yamaguchi, K., & Kumagai, K. (2001). Alleviation of sleep disturbance and repetitive behavior by a selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor in a boy with Asperger’s syndrome. Brain & Development, 23, 135-137.

Ghaziuddin, M., & Butler, E. (1998). Clumsiness in autism and Asperger syndrome: A further report. Journal of Intellectural Disability Research, 42(Pt. 1), 43-48.

Goodman, R. (2001). Psychometric properties of the strengths and difficulties questionnaire. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 1337-1345.

Green, J., Gilchrist, A., Burton, D., & Cox, A. (2000). Social and psychiatric functioning in adolescents with Asperger syndrome compared with conduct disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 30, 279-293.

Hollander, E., Dolgoff-Kaspar, R., Cartwright, C, Rawitt, R., & Novotny, S. (2001). An open trial of divalproex sodium in autism spectrum disorders. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 530- 534.

Hollander, E., Novotny, S., Hanratty, M., Yaffe, R, DeCaria, C. M., Aronowitz, B. R, et al. (2003). Oxytocin infusion reduces repetitive behaviors in adults with autistic and Asperger’s disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology, 28, 193-198.

Howlin, P. (2000). Autism and intellectual disability: Diagnostic and treatment issues. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 93, 351-355.

Kadesjo, B., & Gillberg, C. (2000). Tourette’s disorder: Epidemiology and comorbidity in primary school children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 548- 555.

Kay, S. R., Fiszbein, A., & Opler, L. A. (1987). The positive and negative syndrome scale for schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 13, 261-276.

Kam, J. A., Szatmari, P., Bryson, S. E., Streiner, D. L., & Wilson, F. J. (2000). The prevalence of anxiety and mood problems among children with autism and Asperger syndrome. Autism, 4, 117- 132.

Klin, A., Pauls, D., Schultz, R, & Volkmar, F. (2005). Three diagnostic approaches to Asperger syndrome: Implications for research. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 35, 221- 234.

Marriage, K., Miles, T, Stokes, D., & Davey, M. (1993). Clinical and research implication of the co-occurrence of Asperger’s and Tourette syndromes. The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 27, 666-672.

Mathai, J., Bourne, A., & Cranswick, N. (2005). Lessons learnt in conducting a clinical drug trial in children with Asperger syndrome. Australasian Psychiatry, 13, 173-175.

Montgomery, S. A., & Asberg, M. (1979). A new depression scale designed to be sensitive to change. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389.

Myles, B. S., Bock, S. J., & Simpson, R. L. (2000). Asperger’s syndrome diagnostic scale. Austin, TX: PRO-ED.

Namerow, L. B., Thomas, P., Bostic, J. Q., Prince, J., & Monuteaux, M. C. (2003). Use of Citalopram in pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 24, 104-108.

National Institute of Mental Health. (1985). CGI (clinical global impression) scale. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 21, 839-843.

Overall, J. E., & Gorham, D. R. (1962). The brief psychiatric rating scale. Psychological Reports, 10, 799-812.

Polimeni, M. A., Richdale, A. L., & Francis, A. J. (2005). A survey of sleep problems in autism, Asperger’s disorder and typically developing children. Journal of Intellectural Disability Research, 4P(Pt. 4), 260-268.

Posey, D. J., Puntney, J. I., Sasher, T. M., Kem, D. L., & McDougle, C. J. (2004). Guanfacine treatment of hyperactivity and inattention in pervasive developmental disorders: A retrospective analysis of 80 cases. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 4, 233-241.

Rausch, J. L., Sirota, E. L., Londino, D. L., Johnson, M. E., Carr, B. M., Bhatia, R., et al. (2005). Open-label risperidone for Asperger’s disorder: Negative symptom spectrum response. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 1592-1597.

Ringman, J. M., & Jankovic, J. (2000). Occurrence of tics in Asperger’s syndrome and autistic disorder. Journal of Child Neurology, 15, 394-400.

Schreck, K. A., Mulick, J. A., & Rojahn, J. (2003). Development of the behavioral evaluation of disorders of sleep scale. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 12, 349-359.

Searcy, E., Burd, L., Kerbeshian, J., Stenehjem, A., & Franceschini, LA. (2000). Asperger’s syndrome, X-linked mental retardation (MRX23), and chronic vocal tic disorder. Journal of Child Neurology, 15, 699-702.

Staller, J. A. (2003). Aripiprazole in an adult with Asperger disorder. Annal of Pharmacotherapy, 37, 1628-1631.

Tani, P., Lindberg, N., Nieminen-von Wendt, T, von Wendt, L., Alanko, L., Appelberg, B., et al. (2003). Insomnia is a frequent finding in adults with Asperger syndrome. BMC Psychiatry, 16(3), 12.

Tantam, D. (1988). Asperger’s syndrome. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines, 29, 245-255.

Tantam, D. (1991). Asperger syndrome in adulthood. In U. Frith (Ed.), Autism and Asperger syndrome (pp. 147-183). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Tantam, D. (2000). Psychological disorder in adolescents and adults with Asperger syndrome. Autism, 4, 47-62.

Wing, L. (1981). Asperger’s syndrome: A clinical account. Psychological Medicine, 11, 115-129.

Wechsler, D. (1981). Wechsler adult intelligence scale (Rev. ed.). San Antonio, TX: Psychological Corp.

World Health Organization. (1977). International classification of diseases (9th rev. ed.). Geneva, Switzerland: Author.

World Health Organization. (1992). The ICD-10 classification of mental and behavioral disorders: Clinical descriptions and diagnostic guidelines. Geneva, Switzerland: Author.

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

Luke Y Tsai, MD, is a professor of psychiatry and pediatrics at the University of Michigan Medical School and a research scientist at the University of Michigan College of Literature, Science and Arts. His current interests include diagnosis and classification of pervasive developmental disorders and psychopharmacology in developmental disorders. Address: Luke Y Tsai, University of Michigan Depression Center, Department of Psychiatry, Child and Adolescent Section, Rachel Upjohn Building, 4250 Plymouth Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, e-mail: [email protected]

Copyright PRO-ED Journals Fall 2007

(c) 2007 Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

How GAMING Is Used As an Innovative Strategy FOR Nursing Education

By Royse, Mary A Newton, Sarah E

ABSTRACT Gaming is an innovative teaching strategy that research has shown to be effective for improving nursing student learning outcomes. Specifically, gaming enhances retention of knowledge, promotes problem-based learning, and motivates nursing students to become more engaged in their learning. The literature also indicates that the use of gaming during nursing education promotes active learning, encourages critical thinking, makes learning more exciting, and can replicate real-life scenarios. However, empirical support for these advantages is lacking. This manuscript discusses the literature related to gaming, describes its use as a teaching strategy, and addresses implications for nursing education.

Key Words Gaming – Teaching Strategy – Nursing Education – Student Outcomes

AMONG THE MANY CHALLENGES HUTSC educators face today is the need to keep the teaching/learning process captivating and interesting. CONSIDERING the large amount of information that nurse graduates must have in order to function as competent professionals in a demanding and ever-changing health care system, this challenge is not easily accomplished. LECTURES, routinely used to teach nursing education and clinical competencies and to verify knowledge, are frequently described as tedious and boring (I). * ONE EXAMPLE of an innovative teaching strategy that can strengthen learning outcomes is gaming. Used as an adjunct to more traditional forms of teaching, games keep students from becoming bored, generate enthusiasm, and stimulate thought processes (I). THIS ARTICLE discusses the literature related to the use of gaming as an innovative teaching strategy in nursing and presents implications for nursing education.

Literature Review A search of the literature was conducted using several databases, including CINAHL, ERIC, and Mediine. Keywords used in the literature search were: gaming, teaching strategy, nursing education, and innovative teaching strategies. The search resulted in 31 references; 23 journal articles, four of which were empirically based, and eight books.

Although games have been played for centuries (2), their use as a teaching strategy is relatively new (3). According to Rowles and Brigham (4), games are defined as activities presided over by precise rules involving varying degrees of chance in which players compete through the use of knowledge or skill in attempts to reach specified goals. The nursing literature indicates that nurse educators first became interested in gaming as a teaching strategy in the early 1980s. At that time, experiential approaches to learning were on the ascent within the nursing profession (5).

Despite interest in innovative teaching strategies, nurse educators typically rely on traditional methods of teaching, such as lectures and class discussion (2,6). The underutilization of nontraditional approaches to teaching and learning may be related to a lack of understanding. In addition, gaming can be thought of as a fad where little, if any, worthwhile learning occurs (5). Still another reason may be that most nurse educators tend to have a philosophy of nursing education reflective of the philosophy held by Florence Nightingale. Educated in a classical manner, Nightingale strongly advocated that approach for nurse training and education (7).

The nursing literature highlights many reasons for using gaming as a teaching strategy, including the promotion of active learning (8), encouragement for critical thinking (1), the value of fun and excitement in learning (9), and replication of real-life situations (4). Active learning is particularly important because such learning stimulates interest (10), increases motivation, and relates topics to real-life scenarios (8), all of which have the potential to make learning more fun (11). Active learning is the way adults learn best (2). As self-directed and self-motivated learners, adults prefer learning environments that promote active involvement and value gaming as a teaching strategy that demands their participation in solving problems.

Gaming can bring about critical thinking in students, encouraging them to work to reach decisions and, in some cases, requiring them to question the contributions of others in efforts to reach the right decision (12). Gaming can challenge students to tap into their cognitive reservoir for knowledge about how they would handle various situations (1).

Games can make learning more enjoyable. When the teaching/ learning process is perceived as fun, stress and anxiety may be reduced. In addition, gaming alters the roles of students and teachers, resulting in an environment that is more relaxing and conducive to learning (13,14). According to Bartfay and Bartfay, “The fun aspect associated with gaming appears to be conducive to learning by generating joy and excitement” (9, p. 440). When used to review or practice material, gaming may help decrease the fear that arises naturally when students have failed to practice particular skills sufficiently (2).

Games have the potential to stimulate interest in learning. Using a game to teach content that may be considered dry or boring can bring about an atmosphere that is fresh and enjoyable (10). The student’s interest is captured by the pleasure of actively participating in the game and the suspense that comes from not knowing the outcome (15). Using gaming can be particularly helpful in classes scheduled for the end of the day when students and faculty are tired.

The final, and perhaps most important, reason for using gaming in nursing education is that games can be used to replicate real-life situations or processes, usually referred to as simulation (4). When student learning involves the use of simulation, practice takes place in an environment that facilitates clinical decision making without the fear of harmful real-life consequences.

Research into Gaming Although gaming has been associated with many positive curricular and student outcomes, there have been few empirically based reports to validate outcomes. The few studies that have been reported indicate that gaming, when used as a teaching strategy in nursing education, is effective in enhancing the ability to retain knowledge, promotes problem-based learning, and motivates students to learn.

A study by Cowen and Tesh (11) sought to determine whether gaming, combined with lecture, was more effective than lecture alone in improving student knowledge regarding pediatrie cardiovascular dysfunction. The sample consisted of junior undergraduate nursing students from one baccalaureate school of nursing. Students in a pediatrie nursing course were assigned to either a comparison group or a treatment group, depending on which semester they were enrolled. The game, developed by one of the researchers, consisted of 50 questions that examined the students’ knowledge regarding congenital heart defects, diagnostic tests, congestive heart failure, blood flow, and acquired heart diseases in children.

The comparison group was taught the content with traditional methods – lectures, overhead transparencies, and class discussions. Students in the treatment group were taught using the same methods, but were also expected to play a pediatrie cardiac game. For this group, class discussion time was reduced so that students could play the game during the last 30 minutes of class. A pretest/posttest developed by the researchers served as the evaluation tool. While pretest scores did not differ significantly between the two groups, there were differences in posttest scores. The comparison group answered 85 percent of the posttest questions correctly, while the treatment group answered 94 percent correctly. The results of this study support the use of games as an adjunct to traditional teaching methods.

Ingram, Ray, Landeen, and Keane (16) studied whether gaming enhanced students’ ability to generate hypotheses and learn issues in a problem-solving situation. The sample consisted of generic four- year and postdiploma RN students enrolled in a problem-based learning course focused on chronic illness. Students were divided into two groups, each with generic baccalaureate and RN students. One group was taught the material in the conventional way. The other group played a game entitled “Let’s Hypothesize,” which was developed by the researchers to cover a number of categories: physical, psychological, social, developmental, spiritual/cultural, and political/economic. Outcomes were evaluated with a posttest administered during the next semester. Results indicated that students who used the gaming format outperformed their peers on accuracy and breadth of answers; the gaming students had an accurate response rate of 85 percent compared to 74 percent for the control group. The researchers indicated that the differences were sufficiently large to be statistically significant (p = .001) and educationally important.

Cessano (17) developed a board game to motivate students to learn content related to the conceptual models of nursing. The sample consisted of undergraduate and graduate students from one school of nursing who were enrolled in a nursing conceptual model course. Students were randomly assigned to either the control or the experimental group. The control group attended regular class sessions; the experimental group also attended class but played the board game on two separate occasions. A pretest/posttest design was used to assess level of knowledge. The posttest, consisting of multiple-choice questions that reflected course content, was given to both groups three weeks after the pretest. Students in the experimental group were better able to retain knowledge related to the conceptual models than their peers in the control group. Cessarlo also developed a questionnaire to determine whether the board game reinforced and/or motivated student learning. Analysis of the data revealed that all students in the experimental group found the game to be motivating and enjoyable and stated that it reinforced their learning. Bays and Hermann (18) compared test scores of students taught by gaming with those taught by lecture. The convenience sample consisted of 69 baccalaureate nursing students enrolled in a junior-level medical-surgical course at a major urban university. Both the control group and the experimental group were taught content on the endocrine system by the same instructor. The control group attended a traditional lecture and discussion. The experimental group played a nonsimulation game called “Draw-Learn-Win,” where students applied the nursing process to patients with endocrine disorders. One week prior to playing the game, the experimental group received a content outline that highlighted important information from the required readings. The instructor also provided a brief overview to the experimental group prior to their playing the game that emphasized pathophysiologic processes. Scores on both a unit exam and the course final exam were examined for both groups. No significant differences in test scores on either the unit or the final exam were found. However, the researchers commented that student interest in the content was enhanced when gaming was used, and that gaming was a desirable teaching strategy.

The Need for Research and Testing Nurse educators can draw on many teaching strategies when developing curricular and course content. However, the use of gaming seems to have polarized nurse faculty. Essentially, those who favor the use of games in the teaching/learning process feel they bring about enthusiasm and pleasure, enhance motivation, and ultimately benefit the process (18). Critics, on the other hand, speak to being unsure of the amount or quality of learning that takes place, especially when games are played in teams or groups (18). Before nurse educators will more enthusiastically adopt this nontraditional method of instruction, additional research is needed to validate learning outcomes.

The research method most often supported for evaluating cognitive learning involves the use of pretests and posttests (19). The pretest determines student baseline knowledge and the posttest indicates whether students have achieved the objectives (20). An important distinction made by Oermann and Gaberson (21) is that gaming is only suitable for formative, not summative evaluation. With formative evaluation, immediate feedback is provided to the learner, which is consistent with the philosophy behind the use of gaming. Summative evaluation, on the other hand, is meant to assess whether the learner has mastered the objectives at the end of the learning experience (20).

Another recommendation for educators who wish to use gaming is to field test the game first to identify inconsistencies or problems with the rules and procedures. A field test may identify game questions that are ambiguous and need to be rewritten (17).

Finally, it is recommended that a debriefing session follow the gaming experience. Debriefing brings the teaching/learning process full circle. “The discussion centers around analysis of the data presented during game play and conclusions drawn, so the learners can relate the game to their work” (19, p. 47).

Implications for Nursing Education All teaching strategies have some disadvantages, and gaming is no exception. Students differ with regard to preferred learning styles, and some do not enjoy competition. Developing games can be costly in terms of money and time. And the learning environment can be difficult to control (9,13,14).

When students differ in their preferred learning styles, there is the potential for student outcomes to be compromised (22). The literature indicates that adult learners benefit from an assortment of delivery modes, and gaming may meet the needs of adult learners who prefer to assume responsibility for their learning. However, some students prefer taking a more passive role and may not view gaming as worthwhile (22). There is no one single teaching strategy that will be the preferred learning strategy for a classroom of students. Introducing a variety of teaching strategies can challenge students and help them find ways to solve problems, an especially important skill in the clinical setting.

Gaming helps create a competitive environment that can seem threatening to students and impede their learning (17). On the other hand, competition can make a game more interesting and stimulating and increase the motivation of players. Bartfay and Bartfay (9) stress that competition creates unnecessary anxiety and causes negative feelings, but Bloom and Trice (23) suggest that these problems can be avoided if incentives for playing are incorporated into the game and students know they will not be ridiculed for providing an incorrect response. Learning takes place when the instructor explores the rationales for incorrect as well as correct answers.

A challenge with gaming is to maintain control over the learning environment. It is necessary set guidelines so that the game does not get out of control (4) and lead to noisy and dis- organized play (24). When participants fail to abide by the established guidelines, the game playing will break down (9), and the environment will not be conducive to learning. An ideal environment for game playing is one where open discussion and willingness to take chances are encouraged while the educator guides the group, without rigidity, toward achieving the learning outcomes (4).

Finally, a major barrier to the use of gaming is that it can involve a time-intensive and costly process. The number of games available for purchase is small (23), and nurse educators usually must design their own games and develop methods to evaluate whether the learning outcomes have been attained. (See Sidebar at left for some gaming sources.) According to Bloom and Trice, “Writing questions for a good game or developing a good word puzzle is just as demanding as writing items for a good test” (23, p. 138).

Gaming also takes time away from other classroom activities. Thus, while the potential benefits of gaming warrant their use in the nursing classroom, it is important to ensure that the time spent playing games is used wisely (23).

Games can increase student motivation, help students retain knowledge and develop the capacity to solve problems, and have a positive impact on learning outcomes. Ultimately, it is the educator’s responsibility to choose teaching strategies that best suit the needs of the curriculum and are likely to facilitate the achievement of course objectives.

Active learning is the way adults learn best. As self-directed and self-motivated learners, adults prefer learning environments that promote active involvement and value gaming as a teaching strategy that demands their participation in solving problems.

Gaming helps create a competitive environment that can seem threatening to students and impede their learning. On the other hand, competition can make a game more interesting and stimulating and increase the motivation of players.

Sidebar.

Resources for Gaming in Nursing Education

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN SCHOOL OF NURSING

Faculty Instructional Technology Resources – Games

www.nursing.umich.edu/facultyresources/bestpractices/games.html

STUDENT NURSE PLAYBOOK

www.studentnurseplaybook.com/

KNOWLEDGY(TM): DOYOU KNOW ONCOLOGY?

http://esource.ons.org/productdetails.aspx?sku=04PRGN09

NURSELEARN

www.nurselearn.com/free_game_&_tips.htm

THETHINKINGNURSE

www.dupagepress.com/COD/lndexphpnd=-1787

MARILYN SMITH-STONER

http://nursestoner.com/online_games.html

References

1 . Rowell, S., & Spielvogle, S. (1996). Wanted: “A Few Good Bug Detectives,” a gaming technique to increase staff awareness of current infection control practices. Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 27(6), 274-278.

2. Henry, J. M. (1997). Gaming:A teaching strategy to enhance adult learning, journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 28(S), 23 1 -234.

3. Henderson, D. (2005). Games: Making learning fun. Annuo/ Review of Nursing Education, 3, 1 65- 183.

4. Rowles, C. J.. & Brigham, C. (2005). Strategies to promote critical thinking and active learning. In D. M. Billings & J. A. Halstead (Eds.), Teaching in nursing: A guide for faculty (pp. 283- 3 1 S). St. Louis, MO: Elsevier.

5. Barber, R, & Norman, I. (1989). Preparing teachers for the performance and evaluation of gamingsimulation in experiential learning climates. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 14, 1 46-151.

6. Schoolcraft,V., & Novotny, J. (2000). A nuts-ond-bofts approach to teaching nursing (2nd ed.). New York: Springer Publishing.

7. LeVasseur.J.J. (2004). Toward an understanding of art in nursing. In P. G. Reed, N. C. Shearer, & L H. Nicoli (Eds.), Perspectives on nursing theory (pp. 495-507). Philadelphia: Lippincott

8. Sisson, P. M., & Becker, L M. (1988). Using games in nursing education. Journal of Nursing Staff Development, 88(4), 1 46- 1 5 1 .

9. Bartfay.W.J., & Bartfay, E. (1994). Promoting health in schools through a board game. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 1 6(4), 438-446.

10.Ward.A. K., & O’Brien, H. L (2005).A gaming adventure. Journal for Nurses in Stoff Development, 2/(I), 37-41. 11 . Cowen, K. J., & Tesh, A. S. (2002). Effects of gaming on nursing students’ knowledge of pediatrie cardiovascular dysfunction. Journal of Nursing Education, 4/(I I), 507-509.

12. Kuhn, M. A. (1995). Gaming: A technique that adds spice to learning? Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 26(1), 35-39.

13. Gruending, D., Fenty, D., & Hogan.T. (1991). Fun and games in nursing staff development, journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 22(6), 259-262.

14. Lewis, D., Saydak, S., Mierzwa, I., & Robinson, J. (1989). Gaming: A teaching strategy for adult learners. Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 20(2), 80-84.

15. Wall jasper, D. (1982). Games with goals. Nurse Educator, 7, 15-18.

16. Ingram, C., Ray, K., Landeen.J., & Keane, D. R. (1998). Evaluation of an educational game for health sciences students. Journal of Nursing Education, 37(6), 240-246.

17. Cessano, L (1987). Utilization of board gaming for conceptual models of nursing. Journal of Nursing Education, 26(4), 1 67- 1 69.

18. Bays, C. L., & Hermann, C. P. (1997). Gaming versus lecture discussion: Effects on students’ test performance. Journal of Nursing Education, 36(6), 292-294.

19. Ballantine, L (2003). Games as an education and retention strategy. Canadian Association of Nephro/ogy Nurses and Technologists Journal, I J(I), 46-48.

20. DeYoung, S. (2003). Teaching strategies for nurse educators. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

21. Oermann, M. H., & Gaberson, K. B. (1998). Evaluation and testing in nursing education. New York: Springer Publishing.

22. Richardson, V. (2005). The diverse learning needs of students. In D. M. Billings & J. A. Halstead (Eds.), Teaching in nursing: A guide for faculty (pp. 21-39). St. Louis, MO: Elsevier.

23. Bloom, K. C., & Trice, L. B. (1994). Let the games begin. Journal of Nursing Education, 33(3), 137-138.

24. Berbiglia.V. A., Goddard, L., & Littlefield, J. H. (1997). Gaming: A strategy for honors programs. Journal of Nursing Education, 36(6), 289-291.

About the Authors Mary A. Royse, MSN, RN, is a clinical nurse specialist at William Beaumont Hospital, Royal Oak, Michigan. Sarah E. Newton, PhD, RN, is an associate professor at the Oakland University School of Nursing, Rochester, Michigan. For more information, contact Ms. Royse at [email protected].

Copyright National League for Nursing, Inc. Sep/Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Nursing Education Perspectives. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

A Clinical Experience of Ruptured Tuboovarian Abscesses

By Gupta, Nupur Arora, Manju; Singh, Neeta; Dadhwal, Vatsla; Et al

Abstract Introduction: Pelvic abscesses still remain a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge for the obstetrician and gynaecologist. Tubo ovarian abscesses (TOAS) are responsible for 1.6 2.2% of all gynaecological admissions in public urban hospitals.

Case Report: Out of six cases (mean age 28.1 years) who presented with this condition, two were following hysterosalpingography, one following oocyte retrieval for in vitro fertilization (IVF); one following cyst aspiration and the two of tubercular origin. The clinical presentation was pain abdomen (n=5), fever (n=4), diarrhoea (n=1), acute urinary retention (n=1) and backache (n=2). Pus revealed two PCR positive for mycobacterium tuberculosis and one patient was acid-fast bacillus (AFB) positive. Ultrasound and CECT pelvis (contrast enhanced computerized tomography) revealed multiloculated collection with echogenic fluid and thick septations in pelvis. All had laparotomy with pus drainage and peritoneal lavage under antibiotic cover; one patient required resuturing and one relaparotomy for drainage of abscess.

Conclusion: We conclude that physicians should consider the diagnosis of tubo-ovarian abscess in the differential diagnosis of abdominal pain, fever and leukocytosis after ovum retrieval for in vitro fertilisation, cyst aspiration, post HSG (hystersalpingogrphy) flare and pelvic tuberculosis.

Introduction: Antibiotic prophylaxis in practice of Obstetrics and Gynaecology has reduced the frequency of pelvic infections in the present era, but pelvic abscesses still remain a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. The major types of pelvic abscesses are those secondary to ascending infection from the cervix, those that arise after puerperal infections, after any pelvic surgery or secondary to appendicitis or diverticulitis. Tuboovarian abscesses (TOAS) are responsible for 1.6 -2.2% of all gynaecological admissions in public urban hospitals (1).

Case Report: Out of six cases (mean age 28.1 years) who presented with this condition, two were following hysterosalpingography, one following oocyte retrieval for in vitro fertilization (IVF); one following cyst aspiration and the two of tubercular origin. The clinical presentation was pain abdomen (n=5), fever (n=4), diarrhoea (n=1), acute urinary retention (n=1) and backache (n=2). Pus revealed one PCR positive for mycobacterium tuberculosis and one patient was acid-fast bacillus (AFB) positive (Table 1). Ultrasound and CECT pelvis (contrast enhanced computerized tomography) revealed multiloculated collection with echogenic fluid and thick septations in pelvis (Table 2). All had laparotomy with pus drainage and peritoneal lavage under antibiotic cover; one patient required resuturing and one relaparotomy for drainage of abscess.

Case 1: Mrs. P, a 28-year-old nullipara presented to us with acute pain abdomen, high-grade fever (101 – 1020 F), tachycardia (pulse 120 per min), urinary retention following hysterosalpingography (HSG) at a private hospital. She underwent USG guided encysted pelvic fluid aspiration of nearly 700ml followed by laparoscopic drainage 2 months back in a private hospital, and was started empirically on antitubercular therapy. On laparoscopy, there was frozen pelvis with plastic peritonitis and extensive bowel and omental adhesions. Peritoneal biopsy did not reveal tubercular changes. AFB smear was negative. On admission, ultrasound revealed enlarged loculated thick walled fluid collection in pelvis of 12 x 16cm with internal debris. CECT abdomen pelvis at 72 hrs showed 8.5 x 13.5 x 20 cm fluid collection. Uterus was normal in appearance but bilateral adnexa were not clearly visualized. Ultrasound guided aspiration of 1160 ml pus from the pelvic abscess was done, which was AFB negative but grew E. coli sensitive tocefoperazone and sulbactum, metrogyl and amikacin. She received the same intravenously for 10 days. Her fever responded only partially and a repeat ultrasound still showed a residual collection of 12 x 7 x 6 cm in the pelvis. On laparotomy, there was 10 x 15 cm abscess that drained 1000ml pus. Deroofing of abscess with peritoneal lavage was done. She was discharged on the 7th post-operative day in a stable condition.

Case 2: Mrs. M, a 27-year-old lady presented to us with severe pain abdomen, fever (1020 F), tachycardia (pulse 110 per min), nausea and vomiting following HSG done in a private clinic during work-up for secondary infertility. She had a past history of pelvic inflammatory disease, and underwent diagnostic laparoscopy 2 years back for infertility. On admission, ultrasound showed a large loculated collection (7 X 8 cm) in the pelvis. Abscess was drained under ultrasound guidance and intravenous antibiotic cover (cefotaxime and metrogyl) followed by laparotomy a week later, which showed abscess involving left tube, ovary with bowel adhesions. Left salpingo-oophorectomy was performed. Inspite of good antibiotic cover, she continued to have fever and underwent re-laparotomy, abscess drainage and bowel injury repair. Pus was sent for aerobic, facultative and anaerobic culture which grew E coli sensitive to cefotaxime. She was discharged after 6 weeks in a good condition.

Case 3: Mrs. S, a 30-year-old nulliparous lady presented with fever (102 – 1030 F), tachycardia (pulse 126 per min), pain abdomen and vomiting following oocyte retrieval. She was diagnosed in the past to have an endometrioma; received danazol and then underwent laparoscopic bilateral endometrioma drainage, followed by six cycles of ovulation induction for infertility. USG guided endometrioma aspiration was done five times after this. On admission, ultrasound and CECT scan revealed large multi loculated inflammatory collection antero-superior to and on the lateral aspect of uterus with thick septations and internal echoes. Right ovary was displaced laterally and enlarged. Under broad-spectrum antibiotic cover and USG guidance, 120 ml pus was drained sensitive to piperacillin and tazobactum (Zosyn, Wyeth), amikacin and metrogyl. PCR from the collection was positive for tuberculosis and she was discharged on anti-tubercular treatment. After three weeks, was readmitted with peritonitis, for which she underwent emergency laparotomy with adhesiolysis and peritoneal lavage. Intraoperatively, left ovary was stuck to uterus encased in huge abscess. Re-laparotomy was undertaken for residual abscess one week later. She also developed pleural effusion after 2 weeks which was managed by USG guided pleural fluid tapping and insertion of chest tube. After six weeks, patient was discharged in a stable condition.

Case 4: Mrs. K, a 32- year- old nulliparous lady was referred from a private clinic with complaints of fever, pain abdomen and diarrhoea following aspiration of left ovarian endometrioma which turned out to be dermoid cyst. She continued to run temperature (102 -1040 F) (pulse 130 per min) and had diarrhoea. Under antibiotic cover (zosyn, amikacin and metrogyl), 150ml of pus was drained from ovarian abscess transvaginally. PCR for mycobacterium tuberculosis was positive. Examination under anaesthesia revealed ovarian abscess bulging in the anterior wall of rectum. There was 6 X 6cm cystic mass in the pouch of Douglas. On admission to our hospital, laparoscopy followed by laparotomy showed that pelvis was plastered with gut and omentum. Uterus and adnexae could not be visualized. On laparotomy, adhesiolysis and abscess drainage was done, followed by left ovaritomy. Pus was sterile. Patient was discharged in a stable condition on the eighth postoperative day.

Case 5: Mrs. R, a 26-year-old para one presented with difficulty in passing urine, abdominal pain, backache and lump abdomen. Four years back, she had an ovarian cyst aspiration, when 650 ml of clear fluid was aspirated. Presently, there was a cystic mass of 18 – 20 weeks size of uterus, mobile, which was arising from pelvis. Same mass could be felt through pouch of Douglas vaginally. Ultrasound showed in left hemipelvis, a large cystic lesion of 13.9 x 10.7 x 7.9 cm with internal septa, probably ovarian in origin. Uterus was normal in size and displaced to right by the cystic lesion. During laparotomy, left salpingo-ophorectomy with adhesiolysis and aspiration of straw colored fluid containing white cheesy flakes from cyst was undertaken. The ovarian cyst was 20 x 15 cm, adherent to left sidewall and bowel. Fallopian tube was stretched over the cyst on right side forming a terminal hydrosalpinx, and buried under adhesions with right ovary. Acid-fast bacilli were isolated from cyst wall scrap and histopathological examination of cyst wall showed features of granular inflammation compatible with tuberculosis. She was discharged in a stable condition on anti tubercular treatment.

Case 6: Mrs. T, a 26-year-old para three was admitted with pain abdomen and difficulty in passing urine. She had a cystic to firm mass of 20 weeks size uterus, with restricted mobility arising from pelvis. There was fullness in all fornices. Ultrasound showed fluid collection in pelvis with uterus and ovaries floating. Under intravenous antibiotic cover (Zosyn, metrogyl and gentamicin), laparotomy was done. Bowel loops were matted together into a cocoon like structure, which was suggestive of tuberculosis. Anterior to uterus, there was an abscess arising from pelvis measuring 15 X 20 X 10 cm. Another abscess of 5 x 6cm was seen posterior to uterus. Both ovaries were normal and fallopian tubes were inflamed. Anti- tubercular treatment was started. Pus culture grew E coli. Postoperatively, CECT scan revealed a large pelvic abscess with matted bowel loops and small mesenteric nodes. Abdominal drain was inserted under CT guidance. After four weeks of therapy, no pelvic collection was seen on a repeat CECT scan. Also developed wound infection and gaping which required resuturing later. Patient was discharged in a good condition. Discussion: Pelvic abscesses have been found to occur in 3 -16% of patients hospitalized for acute PID (2, 3). The major frequent presenting symptom is abdominal or pelvic pain in almost 90% of patients with tuboovarian abscesses (TOAS) (4). Fever and chills, vaginal discharge, nausea and abnormal vaginal bleeding accompany this. In a study by Landers and Sweet of 232 patients with TOAS; 50% had fever with chills, 28% vaginal discharge, 26% nausea and 21% had abnormal vaginal bleeding (5). Pelvic pain with fever was noted among all our patients; nausea in two, acute urinary retention in one, and diarrhoea in another patient. On pelvic examination, abdominal mass was present in three patients (50%) and deep tenderness in abdomen in rest three (50%). Commonly employed imaging techniques for diagnosis of abdominal or pelvic abscesses are ultrasound and computerized axial tomography. They are useful in both confirming the diagnosis and monitoring response to therapy. Transabdominal ultrasound has sensitivity of 90% for detecting a pelvic abscess (6). Its specificity has further increased since the advent of transvaginal ultrasonography. CT scan has been found to be superior to USG for the detection of abdominal abscess (78-100% sensitivity) as compared to ultrasound with a sensitivity of 75 – 82% (7). Ultrasound and CT scan was done in all our patients, but ideally CT scan should be reserved in those patients in whom USG fails to make a correct diagnosis. Formation of TOA starts with the destruction of epithelial cells in the endosalpinx. This leads to formation of purulent exudates. When the pus exudes from the fimbrial end, peritonitis occurs and infection may spread to the adjacent viscera. The abscess may be localized to the tube (pyosalpinx) or the ovary (primary ovarian abscess) or it may involve both (tuboovarian abscess). Adjacent bowel, bladder or the opposite adnexa may also be involved till finally it reaches the stage of rupture. Three of our patients had TO masses and another three patients had ruptured abscesses (Table 1, 2). Organisms isolated from pus culture were E coli in three patients; pus was sterile in rest three; two had PCR for mycobacterium tuberculosis positive; one had AFB positive. There have been many reports of conservative medical therapy as the initial approach to the management of tubo-ovarian abscess having variable responses (16 – 90%). The most effective antibiotic regimen available for treatment is the combination of metronidazole or clindamycin with aminoglycoside. Penicillin can also be added to this regimen (cefoxitin or cefotetan). Indications for surgery are failure to respond within 48 to 72 hours of medical management, uncertain diagnosis or there is suspicion of rupture. Intra- abdominal rupture of TOA is a surgical emergency with a very high mortality rate. Surgical intervention can be in the form of transvaginal colpotomy drainage, extraperitoneal drainage, transabdominal drainage, unilateral adenexectomy or total abdominal hysterectomy with bilateral adnexectomy. Newer approaches to management of TOA include laparoscopic drainage or percutaneous drainage with CT or USG guidance. Patients in whom future fertility is desired all measures should be undertaken to preserve the uterus and adnexa.

References:

1. Pedowitz P, Bloomfield RD. Ruptured adnexal abscess (tuboovarian) with generalized peritonitis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1964; 88: 721-729.

2. McNeeley SG, Hendrix SL, Mazzoni MM et al. Medically sound, cost effective treatment for pelvic inflammatory disease and tubo- ovarian abscess. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1998; 178: 1272-1278.

3. Hager WD. Follow up of patients with tubo-ovarian abscess (es) in association with salpingitis. Obstet Gynecol 1983; 61: 680-84.

4. Nebel WA, Lucas WE. Management of tubo-ovarian abscess. Obstet Gynecol 1968; 32: 382-86.

5. Landers DV, Sweet RL. Tubo-ovarian abscess: contemporary approach to management. Rev Infect Dis 1983; 5 (Suppl): 876.

6. Moir C, Robins RE. Role of ultrasound, gallium scanning and computed tomography in the diagnosis of intra-abdominal abscess. Am J Surg 1982:143; 582-85.

7. McClean KL, Sheehan GJ, Harding GKM. Intraabdominal infection: a review. Clin Infect Dis 1994; 19: 100-16.

1. Nupur Gupta MD, Pool Officer, AIIMS

2. Manju Arora DNB Pool Officer, AIIMS

3. Neeta Singh MD, Assistant Professor, AIIMS

4. Vatsla Dadhwal MD, Associate Professor, AIIMS

5. Deepika Deka MD, Additional Professor, AIIMS

6. Suneeta Mittal MD, FRCOG Professor and Head, AIIMS

Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology

All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India

Address for correspondence: Dr Nupur Gupta

D-34, Pamposh Enclave, Greater Kailash -1

New Delhi – 110048

Tel: 09818077238

Fax: 091 – 11 – 26588449

Email: [email protected]

Copyright Hindawi Publishing Corporation Third Quarter 2007

(c) 2007 Infectious Diseases in Obstetrics and Gynecology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

RapidKL Puts Marketing Retail Space on Fast Lane

By Zuraimi Abdullah

RANGKAIAN Pengangkutan Deras Sdn Bhd (RapidKL) has been aggressively marketing retail space at its LRT stations and advertisement space on its buses, to make more money.

The LRT (light rail transit) stations under RapidKL now have nearly 70,000 sq ft of space for retail. Half has been tenanted.

“Since RapidKL took over in late 2004, we have been aggressively marketing our retail areas,” RapidKL chief executive officer Rein Westra said in an interview yesterday.

The areas range from ATM machines which take up as little as 16 sq ft to factory outlets like the GME at KL Sentral and Kelana Jaya stations, at over 3,200 sq ft.

RapidKL has 48 LRT stations and runs 165 bus routes linking to the stations. Its daily ticket sales have more than doubled at 198,000 compared to 90,000 prior to the takeover from the previous operator.

Westra believes the retail outlets have big potential with the increase in ridership.

“We want to make our stations a Shop & Ride concept where it is convenient and fast to take a quick bite or buy something home from work,” he said.

RapidKL has two lines. The Kelana Jaya line carries over 190,000 passengers a day, while the Ampang line ferries some 140,000 passengers daily.

Ridership, Westra said, should improve with plans to add new trains to the Kelana Jaya line by end-2008.

Big brands like 7-Eleven have outlets at the LRT stations. Topline, whose business is exclusively in prepaid phone cards, has over 19 outlets. Newspaper and magazine vendor “Newsplus” is opening its 100th outlet in one of the LRT stations. It already has 17 outlets along the stations.

RapidKL is the media owner for all its 1,055 buses parked under its Bus Advertising unit.

Today, the buses are changing their “bodies” to sport advertisements of popular brands.

“We have some of the top brands with us … such as Body Shop, telekom, ExxonMobil, Maybank, AmBank and Bernama.

“We would like to think that bus advertising is getting popular,” he said, noting that the RapidKL bus service has over 400,000 ridership daily.

Westra said bus advertising may be one of the cheapest forms of advertising with rates from RM1,500 to RM2,500 per bus. The production cost is also affordable at RM600 to RM1,800.

(c) 2007 New Straits Times. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Critical Therapeutics and Dey, L.P. Launch Perforomist(TM) (Formoterol Fumarate) Inhalation Solution

Critical Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: CRTX) today announced that the Company has commercially launched Perforomist™ (formoterol fumarate) Inhalation Solution (Perforomist) with its marketing partner, Dey, L.P. (DEY), a subsidiary of Mylan Inc. (NYSE: MYL). Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution is indicated for long-term, twice-daily maintenance treatment of bronchoconstriction for emphysema and chronic bronchitis, also known as Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD).

Critical Therapeutics and DEY entered into an agreement in June 2007 for the co-promotion of Perforomist. Under the agreement, Critical Therapeutics has agreed to provide a minimum number of product details each month to a targeted group of physicians. In exchange, DEY will pay Critical Therapeutics a co-promotion fee under a calculation based on retail sales above a pre-specified forecast of Perforomist, which will be available nationwide through retail pharmacies, hospitals, long-term care facilities, and home healthcare companies.

Critical Therapeutics and DEY also co-promote ZYFLO CR™ (zileuton) extended-release tablets, which was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in May 2007 and launched in September 2007. ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO® (zileuton tablets) are the only FDA-approved leukotriene synthesis inhibitors for the prophylaxis and chronic treatment of asthma in adults and children 12 years of age and older. ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO are not indicated for use in the reversal of bronchospasm in acute asthma attacks. Therapy with ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO can be continued during acute exacerbations of asthma.

Critical Therapeutics and DEY are promoting ZYFLO CR, ZYFLO and Perforomist to a targeted group of approximately 18,000 allergists, pulmonologists and primary care physicians throughout the United States.

About Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution

Indication

Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution is indicated for the long-term, twice-daily (morning and evening) administration in the maintenance treatment of bronchoconstriction in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) including chronic bronchitis and emphysema.

Important Safety Information

Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution belongs to a class of medications known as long-acting beta2-adrenergic agonists (LABAs). LABAs may increase the risk of asthma-related death. Data from a large placebo-controlled US study comparing the safety of another LABA (salmeterol) or placebo added to usual asthma therapy showed an increase in asthma-related deaths in patients receiving salmeterol. This finding with salmeterol may apply to formoterol (a LABA), the active ingredient in Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution.

Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution should not be used in patients with acutely deteriorating COPD or to treat acute symptoms. Acute symptoms should be treated with fast-acting rescue inhalers. Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution should not be used with other medications containing LABAs. Do not use more than one nebule twice daily. Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution should be used with caution in patients with cardiovascular disorders. Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution is not a substitute for inhaled or oral corticosteroids. The safety and efficacy of Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution in asthma has not been established.

In COPD clinical trials, the most common adverse events reported with Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution were diarrhea, nausea, nasopharyngitis, dry mouth, vomiting, dizziness, and insomnia.

Please see full Prescribing Information, including Boxed Warning, at www.perforomist.com or call 800-755-5560 and ask for Customer Service.

About COPD

COPD refers to a number of chronic lung disorders in which the airways to the lungs become narrowed and breathing becomes increasingly difficult. The most common forms of COPD are chronic bronchitis and emphysema, and many patients suffer from a combination of the two diseases.

COPD is the fourth leading cause of death in America, behind heart disease, cancer and stroke. Twelve million Americans have been diagnosed with COPD and at least another 12 million have symptoms but are not diagnosed. COPD is not well understood or recognized — most Americans have not heard of it, not even those who may be living with the condition. The most common cause of COPD is cigarette smoking, which is responsible for an estimated 80 to 90 percent of COPD cases. Estimates of the total incidence of COPD in America range from 24 to 30 million.

About Nebulization

Of the three types of devices used to deliver bronchodilators — nebulizers, metered-dose inhalers, and dry powder inhalers — nebulizers require no special technique or coordination, as the medication is converted into a fine mist that the patient inhales through a mouthpiece or face-mask while breathing naturally. Because nebulization is an easy, effective, and thorough method of delivering medicine directly into the lungs, many COPD patients ask for it, particularly as their symptoms worsen.

With Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution, nebulization may become a more widely used treatment option for many COPD patients at earlier treatment stages who could benefit from twice-daily maintenance dosing of a nebulized LABA such as Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution. For example, this new COPD treatment may be a valuable clinical option for many patients who are not adequately controlled with short-acting bronchodilators.

About ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO

ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO are the only FDA-approved leukotriene synthesis inhibitors for the prophylaxis and chronic treatment of asthma in adults and children 12 years of age and older. ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO are not indicated for use in the reversal of bronchospasm in acute asthma attacks. Therapy with ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO can be continued during acute exacerbations of asthma.

The recommended dose of ZYFLO CR is two 600 mg extended-release tablets twice daily, within one hour after morning and evening meals, for a total daily dose of 2400 mg. The recommended dose of ZYFLO is one 600 mg immediate-release tablet four times a day for a total daily dose of 2400 mg.

ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO are contraindicated in patients with active liver disease or transaminase elevations greater than or equal to three times the upper limit of normal. A small percentage of patients treated with ZYFLO CR (2.5%) and ZYFLO (1.9%) in placebo-controlled trials showed an increased release of a liver enzyme known as ALT and bilirubin (an orange or yellowish pigment in bile). As a result, the level of liver enzymes in patients treated with ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO should be measured by a simple blood test. It is recommended that physicians perform this test before administering ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO and repeat the test on a regular basis while patients are on the medication. Patients taking ZYFLO CR and theophylline should reduce the theophylline dose by 50%. Patients taking ZYFLO CR and propranolol or warfarin should be monitored and doses adjusted as appropriate. Most common side effects associated with the use of ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO are sinusitis, nausea and pharyngolaryngeal pain and abdominal pain, upset stomach and nausea, respectively.

For full prescribing information for ZYFLO CR, please visit www.zyflocr.com or call the Company’s toll free telephone number 1-866-835-8216 to request medical information.

For full prescribing information for ZYFLO, please visit www.zyflo.com or call the Company’s toll free telephone number 1-866-835-8216 to request medical information.

About Critical Therapeutics

Critical Therapeutics, Inc. is developing and commercializing innovative products for respiratory, inflammatory and critical care diseases. The Company owns worldwide rights to two FDA-approved drugs for the prevention and chronic treatment of asthma in patients 12 years of age and older: twice-daily ZYFLO CR™ (zileuton) extended-release tablets and ZYFLO® (zileuton tablets). Critical Therapeutics is developing products for acute asthma attacks that lead patients to the emergency room and other urgent care settings. The Company also is developing therapies directed toward the body’s inflammatory response. Critical Therapeutics is located in Lexington, Mass. For more information, please visit www.crtx.com.

Critical Therapeutics’ Forward-Looking Statements

Any statements in this press release about future expectations, plans and prospects for Critical Therapeutics, Inc., including, without limitation, statements regarding the anticipated success of our co-promotion arrangements with DEY, including with respect to Perforomist™ Inhalation Solution; possible therapeutic benefits, market acceptance, and future sales of Perforomist, ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO; future payments from DEY under our co-promotion arrangement for Perforomist; the future use of nebulization as a treatment option for COPD patients; and all other statements that are not purely historical in nature, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “anticipate,””believe,””could,””estimate,””expect,””intend,””may,””plan,””project,””should,””will,””would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements as a result of various important factors, including risks and uncertainties relating to: our ability to successfully promote Perforomist pursuant to our co-promotion arrangement with DEY; our ability to successfully market and sell ZYFLO CR, ZYFLO and Perforomist, including the success of our co-promotion arrangement with DEY; our ability to develop and maintain the necessary sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities to commercialize ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO; patient, physician and third-party payor acceptance of ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO as safe and effective therapeutic products; adverse side effects experienced by patients taking ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO; our heavy dependence on the commercial success of ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO; our ability to maintain regulatory approvals to market and sell ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO; our ability to successfully enter into additional strategic co-promotion, collaboration or licensing transactions on favorable terms, if at all; conducting clinical trials, including difficulties or delays in the completion of patient enrollment, data collection or data analysis; the results of preclinical studies and clinical trials with respect to our products under development and whether such results will be indicative of results obtained in later clinical trials; our ability to obtain the substantial additional funding required to conduct our research, development and commercialization activities; our dependence on our strategic collaboration with MedImmune, Inc.; and our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patent and other intellectual property protection for ZYFLO CR and ZYFLO, our discoveries and our drug candidates. These and other risks are described in greater detail in the “Risk Factors” section of our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and other filings that we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The statements in this press release reflect our expectations and beliefs as of the date of this release. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our expectations and beliefs to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements publicly at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this release.

ZYFLO® is a registered trademark of Critical Therapeutics, Inc.

ZYFLO CR™ is a trademark of Critical Therapeutics, Inc.

Perforomist™ is a trademark of Dey, L.P.

Drug Seizures ‘Tip of the Iceberg’: Richland Deputies Bring in Another Haul of Marijuana, Cash and Guns, Arrest

By Rick Brundrett, The State, Columbia, S.C.

Oct. 6–Richland County sheriff’s narcotics agents seized more than 180 pounds of marijuana, along with $57,000 in cash and guns, and arrested five people over the past two weeks, Sheriff Leon Lott said Friday.

The confiscated marijuana was in addition to the 300 pounds of the drug and $350,000 investigators seized earlier in September from a Rosewood home. Lott said Friday all the drugs originated from the same network.

“This is a large, sophisticated organization,” Lott said. “This is only the tip of the iceberg.”

In total, sheriff’s narcotics officers in less than a month have seized about 500 pounds of marijuana with a street value of about $2.25 million, Lott said.

He said the suspects tried to avoid detection by transporting the marijuana in beer cases.

In the latest arrests, narcotics agents seized 180 pounds of marijuana, $24,000 in cash, four flat-screen TVs and a 2007 GMC Yukon from the Glenhaven Drive home of Lawrence Lorenzo Armstead, 35, on Sept. 21, Lott said.

Armstead, who turned himself in to authorities Sept. 29, was a partner with Willie Torrain Washington, 29, in the “drug-distribution business,” Lott said.

Washington was arrested Sept. 14 after narcotics officers, acting on a tip, found him in a sport utility vehicle containing 10 pounds of marijuana in a Bud Light case, Lott said earlier. Deputies found 300 pounds of marijuana and $350,000 in cash several hours later at Washington’s Rosewood home, he said.

Washington is charged with two counts of trafficking marijuana and one count of possession with intent to distribute marijuana.

His bail earlier was set at $250,000, though Richland County jail records Friday evening indicated he has been released.

Armstead remained in the county jail Friday on charges of trafficking more than 100 pounds of marijuana, trafficking marijuana within a half-mile of a school and distribution of marijuana, Lott said.

Armstead’s wife, Shalonda Armstead, 33, who turned herself in to authorities Sept. 26, was charged with trafficking more than 100 pounds of marijuana and later was released on bail, sheriff’s spokesman Lt. Chris Cowan said Friday.

Narcotics agents developed more leads that led to the seizure of $33,000 in cash, four guns and about 2 pounds of marijuana from homes on Fawn Hill Court in the Summit subdivision and on Providence Plantation off Farrow Road, Lott said Friday.

Avelino Martinez, 25; Gillermo Martinez, 27; and Mitchell Flores Garcia, 27, were arrested and charged with possession with intent to distribute marijuana and simple possession of marijuana, Lott said.

Reach Brundrett at (803) 771-8484.

—–

To see more of The State, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.thestate.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The State, Columbia, S.C.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

McDonald’s Worker Wins Strip-Search Suit

By BRUCE SCHREINER

SHEPHERDSVILLE, Ky. – A jury awarded $6.1 million Friday to a woman who said she was forced to strip in a McDonald’s back office after someone called the restaurant posing as a police officer.

Louise Ogborn, 21, had sued McDonald’s Corp., claiming the fast-food giant failed to warn her and other employees about the caller who already struck other McDonald’s stores and other fast-food restaurants across the country.

Ogborn was forced to undress, endure a strip search, and to perform sexual acts, the lawsuit said. The events were captured on surveillance video, which was shown to jurors during the trial.

Ogborn had been seeking $200 million. McDonald’s Corp. attorneys argued the company was not responsible and contended the company was being sued because of its deep pockets.

Ogborn hugged relatives after the verdict was read.

“Louise has stood up for what happened to her and what McDonald’s failed to do for three-and-a-half years, and this jury just vindicated her completely,” said her attorney, Ann Oldfather.

McDonald’s is evaluating whether to appeal the decision, a spokesman said.

“While we are disappointed with the verdict, we remain vigilant in our efforts to protect our employees and provide them with a safe and respectful workplace,” said William Whitman, a spokesman for McDonald’s USA.

Ogborn accused the company of negligence leading up to the events in April 2004, when she was detained for 3 1/2 hours.

In the lawsuit, she said someone called the restaurant in Mount Washington impersonating a police officer and gave a description of a young, female employee, accusing her of stealing from a customer. The caller instructed an employee to strip search the woman, according to testimony.

A former assistant manager, Donna Summers, was placed on probation for a misdemeanor conviction in relation to the incident. Her former fiance, Walter Nix Jr., is serving five years in prison for sexually abusing Ogborn during the 3 1/2-hour search.

A Florida man, David Stewart, was charged with making the hoax phone call but acquitted last summer. Police have said the calls stopped after Stewart’s arrest.

AvMed Promotes Kirk Cianciolo to Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer

MIAMI, Oct. 5 /PRNewswire/ — AvMed Health Plans announced the promotion of Kirk Cianciolo, D.O., MBA, CPE to the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Cianciolo is a seasoned medical professional, with more than 25 years in the healthcare industry as a clinician and physician executive. He has been with AvMed since 2006, in the role of Vice President and Chief Medical Officer.

In his new position, Dr. Cianciolo will continue to provide leadership, medical oversight, strategic development and successful operation of the Regional Utilization Management Departments, Disease Management Department, Corporate Quality Improvement and HEDIS Department, Medical Support Services Department and Clinical Pharmacy Management Department.

“I am very pleased to announce Dr. Cianciolo’s new role at AvMed. He has a long history within the healthcare industry and with that knowledge and expertise has made significant contributions to the success of our organization. He has continued to bring new ideas to the table and has played a critical role in leading the team that has addressed rising medical costs,” said Doug Cueny, President and CEO of AvMed.

Previously, Dr. Cianciolo was Vice President of Health Services for CIGNA Healthcare. Prior to CIGNA he served as Regional Medical Director for Florida, Georgia and South Carolina for Humana Military Health Service. Prior to that, he was Senior Medical Director/Acting Executive Director for the Florida Region of Prudential Health Care Inc.

Dr. Cianciolo is involved in many professional associations including the American College of Physician Executives, American Urologic Association, American Osteopathic Association, Florida Urologic Association, Pinellas Osteopathic Medical Society, Florida Osteopathic Association, American College of Osteopathic Surgeons, Chairman Surgical committee, American College Osteopathic Surgeons, Managed Care Committee, American College Osteopathic Surgeons, Ethics Committee, and Board Member of Florida Osteopathic School of Medicine.

About AvMed Health Plans

AvMed Health Plans have been serving Floridians for more than 35 years. Through an extensive physician network, AvMed provides access to health care coverage to large and small employer groups around the state. Additionally, AvMed offers health care products to Medicare beneficiaries in South Florida. AvMed provides members and clients highly personalized service with all the advantages of a nationally competitive health plan. AvMed has offices in Miami, Fort Lauderdale, Palm Beach, Orlando, Tampa, Gainesville and Jacksonville. For more information, visit http://www.avmed.org/

AvMed Health Plans

CONTACT: Conchita Ruiz-Topinka, Director, Public Relations of AvMedHealth Plans, +1-305-671-7306

Mecklenburg EMS Agency Launches Innovative Program to Pay Future EMT’s While They Train

CHARLOTTE, N.C., Oct. 4 /PRNewswire/ — Already an operational, clinical and technological innovator in emergency medical services, Medic, the Mecklenburg EMS Agency, is again breaking new ground, this time in the way it hires the field personnel who deliver care to patients in and around Charlotte, N.C.

While the nation’s emergency medical services agencies historically have hired EMT’s and paramedics already trained in an academic setting, Medic is hiring promising local candidates who display the potential for excellence in EMS – even those with little or no medical training or background – and paying them while they go through an in-house 12-week EMT Academy.

“When we stepped back and thought about the characteristics that would make someone successful for the long term here,” said Medic Executive Director Joe Penner, “three things came to mind: a commitment to this community, a passion for helping people, and an aptitude for excellence in the delivery of care. The first two are inherent to the individual, while the clinical skills are something we’ve proven we can teach effectively.”

The proof of that effectiveness is evident. Through a partnership with the Center for Pre-hospital Medicine at the Carolinas College of Health Sciences, Medic has begun its fourth onsite academy for EMT’s who already have completed academic programs; and is in its 11th year of conducting paid paramedic training for Medic EMT’s who have proven themselves in the field. The pass rate on the state registry for graduates of Medic’s programs is 100 percent, compared to 64 percent statewide. Medic’s graduates also have passed the national registry 100 percent of the time, compared to 55 percent nationally.

“Our standards are extremely high, which is why we require all incoming EMT’s and paramedics to complete our own rigorous training program, even if they are registered and have experience elsewhere,” Penner said. “We firmly believe we can mirror that success with EMT candidates new to the field of EMS who display both passion and compassion, while building on the same high standards that have made Medic a model of medical excellence and quality service.”

The change in approach presented a tremendous challenge to Medic’s Human Resources Department, which answered with an aggressive effort that drew interest from hundreds of candidates for the innovative EMT Academy, and a rigorous screening and interview process that led to the acceptance of just 21 trainees to the program’s initial class. Those prospective EMT’s will begin 12 weeks of paid training Oct. 16.

“This process took us into uncharted areas, which can be harrowing,” said Patricia Manzi, Medic’s Director of Human Resources. “But the results of the effort – and the tremendous potential of those joining our organization – will benefit Medic and the community for years to come.”

Manzi pointed to the efforts of Medic recruiter Charvetta Ford-McGriff, as well as others across the organization.

Medic also has fully implemented the first-of-its-kind Emergency Medical Education and Simulation Center, which will offer the most-advanced and challenging situational and clinical training in America for emergency medical services personnel.

Using interactive robotic “patients” on soundstages capable of duplicating virtually any scene and situation, trainees face evolving scenarios controlled by instructors, removing the predictability of the traditional classroom. From the symptoms of the lifelike robotic patients – controlled entirely by computer – to the sets, audio and video backdrops of the soundstages, the constantly changing conditions require trainees to react just as they would on actual calls.

To put the experiences to optimal use, each session is videotaped by multiple cameras operated from a control center, allowing participants to immediately review and critique their performance with instructors.

Mecklenburg EMS Agency

CONTACT: John Deem of Mecklenburg EMS Agency, +1-704-943-6160,[email protected]

Web site: http://www.medic911.com/

Aging Japan Eyes Cutting-Edge Technology

By HIROKO TABUCHI

TOKYO – If you grow old in Japan, expect to be served food by a robot, ride a voice-recognition wheelchair or even possibly hire a nurse in a robotic suit – all examples of cutting-edge technology to care for the country’s rapidly graying population.

With nearly 22 percent of Japan’s population already aged 65 or older, businesses here have been rolling out everything from easy-entry cars to remote-controlled beds, fueling a care technology market worth some $1.08 billion in 2006, according to industry figures.

At a home care and rehabilitation convention in Tokyo this week, buyers crowded round a demonstration of Secom Co.’s My Spoon feeding robot, which helps elderly or disabled people eat with a spoon- and fork-fitted swiveling arm.

Operating a joystick with his chin, developer Shigehisa Kobayashi maneuvered the arm toward a block of silken tofu, deftly getting the fork to break off a bite-sized piece. The arm then returned to a preprogrammed position in front of the mouth, allowing Kobayashi to bite and swallow.

“It’s all about empowering people to help themselves,” Kobayashi said. The Tokyo-based company has already sold 300 of the robots, which come with a price tag of $3,500.

“We want to give the elderly control over their own lives,” he said.

The rapidly aging population here has spurred a spate of concerns: a labor shortage, tax shortfalls, financial difficulties in paying the health bills and pensions of large numbers of elderly.

Moreover, a breakdown of family ties in recent years means a growing number of older Japanese are spending their golden years away from the care traditionally provided by children and grandchildren.

That’s where cutting-edge technology steps in.

A rubber and nylon “muscle suit” developed by the Tokyo University of Science helps keep the elderly active by providing support for the upper body, arms and shoulders.

Powered by air pressure actuators, the prototype suit – which looks like an oversized life jacket – provides subtle backing to help older people lift heavy objects.

The intelligent wheelchair TAO Aicle from Fujitsu Ltd. and Aisin Seiki Co. uses a positioning system to automatically travel to a preset destination, and uses sensors to detect and stop at red lights, and to avoid obstacles.

Another wheelchair designed by the National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology responds to oral commands like “forward” and “back,””right” and “left.”

Then there are cars designed for easy entry for the wheelchair-bound or those with difficulty walking, like Toyota Motor Corp.’s Welcab series. Its slogan: “A car that’s more patient than your daughter.”

Tired? Retire to a Lowland futon bed by Kaneshiro Tsuhso Inc. that can be adjusted into a reclining seat.

And there’s help for caregivers, too.

A full-body robotic suit developed by the Kanagawa Institute of Technology outside Tokyo is a massive contraption powered by 22 air pumps to help nurses hoist patients on and off their beds.

Sensors attached to the user’s skin detects when muscles are trying to lift something heavy – and signals to the air pumps to kick in to provide support.

Though the suit makes its wearer look a little like Robocop, a student who was easily lifted off a table in a demonstration said he felt comfortable during the test.

“It doesn’t feel at all like I’m being lifted by a robot,” he said. “This feels so comfortable and very human.”

Precaution Adoption Process Model: Need for Experimentation in Alcohol and Drug Education

By Sharma, Manoj

For facilitating abandonment of risky behaviors, alcohol and drug educators are always looking for newer approaches and theories. One such theory that has not been widely used in alcohol and drug education but holds promise is the Precaution Adoption Process Model (PAPM). PAPM was first suggested by Weinstein (1988). He argued that most traditional behavioral theories apply only to people who are engaged by the threat and do not take into account different stages in which people might be with regard to the adoption of the behavior. He described the process of adopting or quitting a behavior as a logical sequence of qualitatively different cognitive stages. In each stage the types of information and interventions needed to move people closer to action varies. Therefore the greatest advantage of such a stage theory is that messages can be tailored to different sections of the population. The model was further refined and Weinstein and Sandman (1992) suggested seven distinct stages in PAPM ranging from complete ignorance to regular performance of the behavior. These stages in PAPM are: (1) being unaware of the issue, (2) being aware of the issue but not personally engaged, (3) being engaged and deciding what to do, (4) having decided not to act, (5) having decided to act, (6) acting, and (7) maintenance. For example for quitting smoking, these stages would be (1) never heard of harmful effects of smoking, (2) never thought about quitting, (3) deciding about whether to quit or not, (4) decided not to quit, (5) decided to quit, (6) acting on quitting, and (7) maintaining quitting.

PAPM has been used for a variety of health behaviors. It has been used for colorectal screening (Costanza et al., 2005), for studying meat consumption in a livestock epidemic (Sniehotta, Luszczynska, Scholz, & Lippke, 2005), for supporting adherence and healthy lifestyles in leg ulcer patients (Heinen, Bartholomew, Wensing, van de Kerkhof, & van Achterberg, 2006), for osteoprotective behavior (Blalock et al, 1996; Sharp & Thombs, 2003), for helping parents of kids with asthma to quit smoking (Borrelli et al., 2002), for influencing decision to accept treatment for osteoporosis following hip fracture (Mauck, Cuddihy, Trousdale, Pond, Pankratz, & Melton, 2002), for mammography screening (Clemow et al., 2000), and for home radon testing (Weinstein, Lyon, Sandman, & Cuite, 1998).

PAPM offers several advantages. First, it suggests various stages and allows for tailoring of messages for each stage. Second, the PAPM requires only a single question to assess a person’s stage thereby making it suitable for use in individual as well as group settings (Weinstein & Sandman, 2002). Third, PAPM is a particularly useful model when behavior change is difficult and resistance to change is high (Weinstein & Sandman, 2002). In such situations having separate messages for each stage is quite useful.

PAPM also has certain disadvantages. First, with regard to health behaviors it has not been tested a lot. As such the empirical evidence is limited and confined to a few behaviors. Second, the model does not lend itself easily to actions that require gradual development of behavior such as exercise or diet (Weinstein & Sandman, 2002). The third disadvantage with PAPM is that the constructs corresponding to each stage of the model that need to be modified for progression along the stages have not been delineated. Finally, the stage based interventions are more expensive and resource intensive when compared to a standard intervention geared toward the entire population.

In conclusion it can be said that more interventions that reify PAPM in alcohol and drug education need to be developed and tested. When more empirical evidence is available decisive deductions about the utility of this model can be ascertained.

REFERENCES

Blalock, S. J., DeVellis, R. R, Giorgino, K. B., DeVellis, B. M., Gold, D. T., Dooley M. A., et al. (1996). Osteoporosis prevention in premenopausal women: Using a stage model approach to examine the predictors of behavior. Health Psychology, 15(2), 84-93.

Borrelli, B., McQuaid, E. L., Becker, B., Hammond, K., Papandonatos, G., Fritz, G. et al (2002) Motivating parents of kids with asthma to quit smoking: The PAQS project. Health Education Research, 17, 659-669.

Clemow, L., Costanza, M. E., Haddad, W. P, Luckmann, R., White, M. J., Klaus, D., et al. (2000). Underutilizers of mammography screening today: Characteristics of women planning, undecided about, and not planning a mammogram. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 80- 88.

Costanza, M. E., Luckmann, R., Stoddard, A. M., Avrunin, J. S., White, M. I, et al. (2005). Applying a stage model of behavior change to colon cancer screening. Preventive Medicine, 41, 707-719.

Heinen MM, Bartholomew LK, Wensing M, van de Kerkhof P, van Achterberg T. (2006). Supporting adherence and healthy lifestyles in leg ulcer patients: systematic development of the Lively Legs program for dermatology outpatient clinics. Patient Education and Counseling, 61(2), 279-291.

Mauck, K. F, Cuddihy, M. T., Trousdale, R. T, Pond, G. R., Pankratz, V. S., Melton, L. J. 3rd. (2002). The decision to accept treatment for osteoporosis following hip fracture: Exploring the woman’s perspective using a stage-of-change model. Osteoporosis International, 13, 560-564.

Sharp, K., & Thombs, D. L. (2003). A cluster analytic study of osteoprotective behavior in undergraduates. American Journal of Health Behavior, 27(4), 364-372.

Sniehotta, F F., Luszczynska, A., Scholz, U., & Lippke S. (2005). Discontinuity patterns in stages of the precaution adoption process model: Meat consumption during a livestock epidemic. British Journal of Health Psychology, /0(Pt 2), 221-235.

Weinstein, N. D. (1988). The precaution adoption process. Health Psychology, 7(4), 355-386.

Weinstein, N. D., Lyon, J. E., Sandman, P. M., & Cuite C. L. (1998). Experimental evidence for stages of health behavior change: The precaution adoption process model applied to home radon testing. Health Psychology, 17(5), 445-453.

Weinstein, N. D., & Sandman, P. M. (1992). A model of the precaution adoption process: Evidence from home radon testing. Health Psychology, 11(3), 170-80.

Weinstein, N. D., & Sandman, P. M. (2002). The Precaution Adoption Process Model and its application. In R.J. DiClemente, R. A. Crosby, & M.C. Kegler (Eds.) Emerging theories in health promotion practice and research. Strategies for improving public health (pp. 16-39). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Manoj Sharma, MBBS, CHES, Ph.D.

Editor, Journal of Alcohol & Drug Education

University of Cincinnati

526 Teachers College

PO Box 210068

Cincinnati, OH 45221-0068

Copyright American Alcohol and Drug Information Foundation Sep 2007

(c) 2007 Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Drug Charges Stun a Suburban Enclave: Neighbors, Officials Surprised After Noise Complaint Leads to Bust

By Scott Waldman, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Oct. 4–BETHLEHEM — A noisy scooter ride led police to a suspected drug operation on a quiet suburban street.

Officers seized heroin, cocaine, marijuana, Ecstasy and pills along with $4,700 in cash, digital scales and a weapons cache on Sept. 27 after one of the residents at 7 Snowden Ave. irritated his neighbors by zipping around the avenue on the motor scooter, according to records filed on the case in Town Court.

Matthew T. Schillinger, 21, was charged with eight felonies and several misdemeanors and sent to the Albany County jail. On Friday, the 21-year-old paving company laborer was released after he posted $75,000 bail. He is due back in court Oct. 16.

Lt. Thomas M. Heffernan Jr. said the arrest resulted in the largest seizure of drugs in Bethlehem in recent memory.

Town Supervisor Jack Cunningham expressed surprise at the extent of the alleged drug enterprise.

Police and court records give this account of the arrest:

When Patrolman Steve Kraz responded to the complaint, he spotted the scooter parked on the porch of the Snowden Avenue duplex. No one answered his knock on the front door or responded when he announced himself, but he detected the scent of marijuana and heard male voices inside.

Kraz walked in and saw Christopher Zawodny-Brownell, 21, counting a stack of money. Police obtained a search warrant signed by Town Justice Ryan Donovan. Police removed a padlock on Schillinger’s bedroom where they found a machete, a shotgun and ammunition, body armor, a police scanner and drug paraphernalia. They also found a black plastic bag containing the drugs in a closet.

An ounce of heroin, 2.11 ounces of cocaine, 2.69 pounds of marijuana, 1.28 grams of Oxycodone pain pills and 3.75 grams of Ecstasy were confiscated.

Zawodny-Brownell was charged with criminal possession of marijuana.

On Wednesday, a neighbor recalled seeing a constant stream of cars coming and going from the home at odd hours of the day and night. Others said they were perplexed to learn of an alleged drug operation on their street.

Eleanor Henion, who is 86 and has lived on Snowden Avenue for almost a half-century, recalled her shock at seeing a young man led out of the home on her street in handcuffs.

“We had no idea anything was going on at all,” said Henion, who described her neighborhood as a place where people help one another. “You just don’t expect anything like that.”

Citing the ongoing investigation, Heffernan declined to identify Schillinger’s suspected customer base or whether a computer taken in the raid contained any evidence.

Waldman can be reached at 454-5080 or by e-mail at [email protected].

—–

To see more of the Albany Times Union, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.timesunion.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

MDC Retrains Foreign Doctors

By Monica Hatcher, The Miami Herald

Oct. 4–Like thousands of foreign medical professionals in South Florida, the former OB/GYN from Cuba faced enormous challenges that kept him from getting back into the healthcare field. Among them: a language barrier, having to support a family and passing difficult board exams to get licensed.

After ten years of working humble jobs, the former doctor said he was fed up wasting his talents. It may be too late to practice medicine again, he thought, but not too late to do something else. When he was 53, Mesa-Payan enrolled in a one-year program at Miami Dade College to become a nurse. His only regret is that he didn’t do it sooner.

Mesa-Payan shared his story Tuesday night with hundreds of foreign doctors, nurses and medical technicians gathered at Miami Dade College to learn more about a new initiative that aims to fast-track them back into lucrative medical careers.

“Everybody who is here is open-minded enough to realize that becoming a doctor is not the only alternative that we have,” Mesa-Payan said, speaking on a panel of professionals who have made comebacks in medicine.

Since the U.S government announced last year that it would begin expediting asylum petitions of defecting Cuban medical personnel, MDC has seen an influx of students seeking certification in the healthcare professions. The surge has prompted the school to expand its offerings.

(Several years ago, Florida International University also chartered a program that helps foreign-educated doctors become registered nurses.)

“Suddenly, we are dealing with much larger numbers — not only from Cuba but other countries,” said Kathie Sigler, president of the MDC medical campus.

This year alone, more than 300 former health professionals signed up for the college’s REVEST program, which provides free English language and vocational training for refugees and other immigrants.

While the school has always worked with foreign health professionals — nearly a quarter of the students graduating as physician assistants, and almost an eighth of its nursing graduates, have had training abroad — Sigler said MDC is in the process of making room for more foreign-trained students.

“For some programs, we have had to go to accrediting associations to ask for additional slots,” she explained, “In order to become a nurse, for example, you have to have a certain number of clinical hours with a hospital faculty. All of the schools and universities negotiate with hospitals about how many placements they can have.”

She also said the college will now offer courses helping foreign doctors prepare for the U.S. Medical Licensing Exam — one step in a rigorous, costly process leading to licensure as a doctor.

The school also negotiated additional funding for REVEST to cover tuition and fees for several shorter-term programs training students to become phlebotomists and pharmacy techs, among other fields. And students will now have a one-stop center where they can have their English language skills assessed, their foreign transcripts evaluated and get academic counseling.

That all sounded good to Chanel Estrada, a Cuban-trained doctor working as a registered nurse. But Estrada, who practiced medicine for just a year before coming to Miami, wants another shot at being a doctor. “I’ve dedictated too many years when I was younger to give it up. So, for me now, it’s like a goal in my life I haven’t accomplished.”

—–

To see more of The Miami Herald or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.herald.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Miami Herald

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Electric Boat Corp. Opens Pharmacy Near Quonset Point Production Facility

By Paul Grimaldi, The Providence Journal, R.I.

Oct. 3–NORTH KINGSTOWN, R.I. — Submarine maker Electric Boat hopes to trim health-care costs for itself and its workers by opening a pharmacy near its Quonset Point production yard.

With prescription drugs accounting for 20 percent of Electric Boat’s health-care costs and increases coming every year, company officials said yesterday that they need to put a lid on that spending. They see the pharmacy as a logical extension of the other health and wellness programs Electric Boat already sponsors.

“This is part of an integrated health-care approach,” said Alvin J. Ayers, director of health, wellness and disability benefits for Electric Boat.

A division of General Dynamics, Electric Boat employs about 2,000 people at the Quonset Point facility. The pharmacy is intended to serve 5,000 EB workers, retirees and their families.

“This availability of health care is an issue of increasing importance to us and our employees,” said John P. Casey, EB’s president. “The cost savings are key to our program.”

The company hired CHD Meridian Healthcare, a unit of I-trax Inc., to run the Electric Boat Family Pharmacy. CHD Meridian operates 230 health-care centers, including 30 pharmacies, for companies around the country.

“Having a healthy work force creates a more productive work force,” said Frank Martin, CHD Meridian’s chairman. “Their core competency is making submarines, it’s not being pharmacists.”

Casey and Martin talked about the initiative yesterday during a short ceremony marking the pharmacy’s opening.

Squeezed between a day spa and a breakfast restaurant on Post Road, the pharmacy is a no-frills affair about the size of a living room. There is a small selection of over-the-counter drugs on shelves by the front door and an area for handling transactions.

Absent are the makeup, greeting cards and toys that fill the aisles of retail drugstores. There are no models staring down from promotional posters; no photo kiosks; no milk; no bread.

“You don’t walk past potato chips, you don’t walk past cigarettes, you don’t walk past candy bars,” Martin said. Instead, the operation offers its clients the chance to get more personalized advice on medications and health-care matters, he said.

CHD Meridian keeps costs down by buying prescription drugs in bulk and passing those savings on to its customers.

Electric Boat already encourages generic-drug prescriptions through a tiered co-payment plan. Co-payment for generics is $10; for “preferred” brand drugs it’s $20; and, for “non-preferred” drugs, it’s $35. Co-pays are cut $2 at the Electric Boat pharmacy.

Pharmacists will work with physicians to allow generic drug substitutions, which are cheaper, whenever possible.

Ninety-day prescription supplies are available and the co-payment discount is $6 for those.

Employees who don’t get their health coverage through the company can only buy over-the-counter medicines at the pharmacy, and workers do not have to get their medications through it.

The company rented the Post Road locale, just south of Quonset Point, because of security issues at the shipyard, Electric Boat officials said. They said getting retirees and family members in and out of the facility would be difficult.

The pharmacy will soon start a delivery service to bring medications to workers at Quonset Point.

The company leased the space for two years as it tests the concept. It could extend the lease if the pharmacy proves effective and possibly open a second one in Groton, Conn., where it employs nearly 7,500 at its shipyard on the Thames River.

“This is a pilot for us,” Casey said. “I’m more interested in the long-term effect.”

—–

To see more of the The Providence Journal, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.projo.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Providence Journal, R.I.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

GD, DMX,

Daytona Speedway Lake Teeming With Fish

MIAMI _ Preston Clark had just wrapped up a grueling, seven-month season on the Bassmaster Elite Series Tour in which he crisscrossed the country several times in a quest to win money and qualify for February’s Bassmaster Classic. On a windy, rainy Monday, you would think the last thing Clark would want to do would be to go bass fishing again.

But Clark, 43, a three-year pro from Palatka, Fla., just couldn’t pass up the invitation from the staff at ESPN to fish the 30-acre infield lake at Daytona International Speedway.

“I grew up 45 minutes from here,” the former air conditioning salesman said. “I’ve been to 15 Daytona 500s and 13 Pepsi 400s. I never had the opportunity to be on the lake, so I was really excited about it.”

Wife Katrina backed his garishly decorated boat on its trailer down the muddy ramp, and he was off.

In a howling northeast wind and driving rain, Clark caught a five-pound bass almost right away using a Texas-rigged, june-bug worm. He followed that up with a couple more fish about a pound smaller.

“This is fun!” he said, smiling as water dripped down his face.

WATERING HOLE

Several other Elite Series pros were sharing the lake that day, including BASS Rookie of the Year Derek Remitz; Steve Kennedy; Greg Hackney; Peter Thliveros; and Chris Lane. Even though this was supposed to be a fun day and not a tournament, the fishermen couldn’t resist the tug of competition.

“How many have you got? How big?” they called when their boats got close.

After about an hour, Clark was fishing near the boat ramp when a worker at the track pulled up in his pickup.

“Hey, they’re going to turn the pumps on. Make sure you get near the pipes,” the man called to Clark.

The bass pro didn’t need to be told twice. He used his trolling motor to head over to a wide culvert pipe and waited a couple of minutes until he could see a current of water gushing out. He cast his plastic worm toward the mouth of the pipe and caught a two-pounder right away.

The infield lake was dug in the 1950s to create fill for the track’s high banks. It used to be 45 acres, but about 15 acres were filled in to accommodate motor homes. Some of the habitat was lost, but guest anglers continue to pull out hawgs. Last February, racer Darrell Waltrip caught an eight-pound, three-ounce bass during a charity tournament.

“There used to be a lot more reeds_like the Everglades,” Clark noted. “I thought it would be deeper. The deepest I measured is six feet. But it’s deep enough to hold a whole bunch of fish.”

Clark was in the process of releasing his 20th bass when Katrina came over to the bank and reminded him of a luncheon they were supposed to attend at one of the trackside clubhouses.

“Just five more minutes, honey,” Clark called to his wife.

Retorted Katrina: “I know what your five minutes are. I’ve been down that road before.”

As she turned to fetch the truck and trailer, Clark said, “While she’s getting the truck, I’m going to make a few more casts.”

He released five more fish in the time it took to back the trailer down the ramp.

Clark has made a substantial mark on professional bass fishing in his short career. He caught the largest fish in a Bassmaster Classic — 11 pounds, 10 ounces_at central Florida’s Lake Toho in 2006 on the way to finishing sixth overall. He was 15th in the Pittsburgh Classic in 2005. And he won $100,000 for first place in the 2006 Bassmaster Elite Series tournament at South Carolina’s Lake Santee Cooper, setting a single-day poundage record that was recently broken.

TRYING TO REBOUND

The 2007 season wasn’t quite so stellar, with Clark finishing 75th out of 108 in Angler of the Year points. And unless he gets a third-place finish at October’s Bassmaster Southern Open in Alabama, he won’t make it to the 2008 Classic.

But, then, Clark has had a few distractions. Last year, Katrina gave birth to triplets Zophia, Ben and Barrett, joining Samantha, now 3. And this year, Katrina went through some health scares that distracted Clark from his fishing.

Katrina says she totally supports her husband’s career choice. She says it was her idea for Clark to go full time on the pro circuit.

“Because I knew how good he was,” she said. “I had been on the water with him a bunch. He’d tell me what the fish were going to do and then they did it. I knew he had confidence.”

It was true. On Clark’s final cast that morning at the track, he pointed to a branch poking off the bank and pronounced, “I am going to catch a fish right there.”

Which he did. It’s that kind of confidence that could propel him to bass fishing’s Super Bowl.

___

(c) 2007, The Miami Herald.

Visit The Miami Herald Web edition on the World Wide Web at http://www.herald.com/

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Doctors’ Suspensions Leave Shortage in Cape Cod, Mass.

By Cynthia McCormick, Cape Cod Times, Hyannis, Mass.

Sep. 30–When Dr. Alfredo Gonzalez of Falmouth gave up his license to practice medicine after being arrested on marijuana charges earlier this month, he wasn’t alone.

Within the past year, the state Board of Registration in Medicine has ruled that two other Cape primary care physicians had to give up the privilege of practicing medicine because of criminal charges or professional missteps, and a Sandwich internist was convicted of drug and Medicaid fraud.

These turns of events have left thousands of patients searching for a new doctor at a time when there is a nationwide shortage of primary care physicians.

“I wouldn’t say it’s unusual,” said Russell Aims, spokesman for the Board of Registration in Medicine. “In a given year, we discipline between 70 to 80 doctors out of the 30,000 that are out there.”

But on the Cape, with its large population of senior citizens and traditional shortage of primary care physicians, each discipline affects hundreds of patients.

In July, Dr. Michael Brown, 53, was jailed after a jury found him guilty of prescribing narcotics for no medical purpose. His license had been suspended by the state Board of Registration in Medicine in 2005.

This spring, Dr. Ann Gryboski voluntarily suspended her license to practice after shooting her abusive husband to death. Last month, a grand jury declined to prosecute her, and Gryboski said in an interview she planned to practice again.

In late September of last year, Dr. Neena Chaturvedi voluntarily gave up her license after patients complained to the state about lost medical records and other issues.

In another case, the board put Dr. Richard Smayda, formerly of Brewster Medical Associates, on probation late last year after he was accused of inappropriate conduct toward several female patients.

Both Gonzalez and Gryboski are employees of Cape Cod Healthcare Inc. and had a panel of about 2,000 patients each, said David Reilly, spokesman for Cape Cod Healthcare.

Gonzalez practiced at Bourne Internal Medicine in Bourne and Gryboski treated patients at Yarmouth Internists.

Dr. Neena Chaturvedi, and her husband, Dr. Rahul Chaturvedi, had a bustling practice at Physician Medical Centers in Hyannis, reporting up to 49,000 patient visits a year.

Although Rahul Chaturvedi has an active medical license, financial and legal problems are taking a toll on the practice, which declared bankruptcy last month. A PMC office worker said Rahul Chaturvedi would be working a reduced schedule.

Cape Cod Healthcare is scrambling to fill in the gap in patient services caused by Gryboski’s and Gonzalez’s arrests months apart, Reilly said.

“Our doctors and other providers have done a good job of pitching in and helping out with the patients,” Reilly said. He said some of Gonzalez’ patients will be able to see the other two doctors at Bourne Internal Medicine, while others will be matched up with other practices on the Upper Cape.

It has helped that Cape Cod Healthcare has been able to recruit eight new primary care physicians this year, with another two being expected to start work this fall, Reilly said.

But finding a new doctor is only part of the problem when one’s medical provider is accused of criminal or non-professional conduct, some say.

One former heroin addict who did not want to be named said he can’t find a physician to fill his prescription for the withdrawal medication suboxone now that Gonzalez has been arrested.

“We’re just stranded here. We’re in active withdrawal,” the man said. “We feel betrayed.”

Gonzalez was one of a handful of doctors on Cape Cod who prescribe suboxone. He also was director of inpatient treatment services at High Point, a treatment center in Plymouth for people with substance abuse problems, from February until his arrest, said Julie Lizotte, director of marketing and development at High Point.

Dr. Maryanne Bombaugh, president of the Barnstable Medical Society, said people should remember these cases involved a small percentage of the 449 physicians practicing on Cape Cod.

According to Reilly, 120 of them are primary care physicians.

“Most doctors are caring and competent,” Bombaugh said. “They are human beings.”

The state Board of Registration in Medicine’s role is to make sure that physicians are able to fulfill their great responsibilities to patients, said Dr. Dale Magee, president of the Massachusetts Medical Society.

“It’s a role in society as well as a job,” Magee said.

June Allen Silvia of Wareham said she and her husband, Charles Silvia, plan to remain with Dr. Gonzalez if his license is re-instituted.

“He saved my husband’s life” by diagnosing a “silent heart attack,” she said. “I have nothing but good to say about Dr. Gonzalez. I feel if he didn’t have ‘doctor’ in front of his name, it wouldn’t be such a big deal.”

—–

To see more of the Cape Cod Times, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.capecodonline.com/cctimes.

Copyright (c) 2007, Cape Cod Times, Hyannis, Mass.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Aetna Introduces Healthy Lifestyle Coaching Program

Aetna (NYSE:AET) announced today the launch of the new Aetna Healthy Lifestyle Coaching program, the most recent addition to the Aetna Health ConnectionsSM family of medical management programs and services. The high-touch, telephone-based coaching program encourages healthy living and offers one-on-one coaching sessions, educational materials, and web-based interactive tools, along with rewards and incentives. The program, which will be available April 1, 2008, can help members quit smoking, manage their weight, deal more effectively with stress and learn about proper nutrition and physical fitness.

“Aetna takes a personalized, integrated and team approach to supporting member health, and provides useful information to help members make smarter health care decisions,” said, Pat Mueller, M.D., head of Medical Operations for Aetna. “The Healthy Lifestyle Coaching program applies the high-touch, personalized medical management approach we are known for in disease management to help all members — not only those identified as ‘high-risk’ — improve their lifestyle and ultimately prevent illness.”

The Healthy Lifestyle Coaching program offers professional health coaches to Aetna members who want to quit smoking, manage stress, get fit, or lose weight. The program is designed to engage people in their health and help them commit to a program. This is done through:

An ongoing relationship with one coach, ensuring confidentiality and building trust

Tools and information to help members meet their health-related goals, including educational materials and tools through Aetna’s Simple Steps to a Healthier Life® online health information resource

Targeted incentives and rewards for completing certain activities or achieving specific results

Research supports the benefits of 1:1 support.

Participants in telephone coaching adhere better to the advice and treatment prescribed by their own doctor, including pharmacotherapy.1

Promoting self-management can improve health status and reduce health care costs in populations with diverse chronic diseases.2

Individuals living unhealthy lifestyles are at risk for certain health conditions such as obesity, coronary artery disease, type 2 diabetes, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, stroke, back pain, certain cancers, depression, anxiety, and sleep disorders.

The Aetna Healthy Lifestyle Coaching program will integrate with the Aetna Health ConnectionsSM family of programs and services, which help Aetna members achieve and maintain their personal best health.

Healthy Lifestyle Coaching will be delivered through Healthyroads, Inc., a subsidiary of American Specialty Health Incorporated. American Specialty Health is one of the nation’s premier health improvement organizations, providing complementary health care benefit programs, fitness programs, health coaching and incentives, Internet solutions, and worksite wellness programs to health plans, insurance carriers, employer groups, and trust funds nationwide.

Aetna is one of the nation’s leading diversified health care benefits companies, serving approximately 34.9 million people with information and resources to help them make better informed decisions about their health care. Aetna offers a broad range of traditional and consumer-directed health insurance products and related services, including medical, pharmacy, dental, behavioral health, group life, long-term care and disability plans, and medical management capabilities and health care management services for Medicaid plans. Our customers include employer groups, individuals, college students, part-time and hourly workers, health plans and government-sponsored plans in both the U.S. and internationally. www.aetna.com

1 Vale MJ, Jelinek MV, Best JD, et. al. Coaching patients with coronary heart disease to achieve the target cholesterol: a method to bridge the gap between evidence-based medicine and the ‘real world’: a randomized controlled trial. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology. 2002;55:245-252.

2 Lorig KR, Ritter P, Stewart A, Sobel D, Brown BW, Bandura A, et al. Chronic disease self-management program. 2-year health status and health care utilization outcomes. Medical Care. 2001;39(11):1217-1223.

Abbott Broadens Use of I-STAT Handheld Blood Analyzer With CLIA Waiver Granted By FDA for CHEM8+ Test Cartridge

EAST WINDSOR, N.J., Oct. 2 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Abbott announced today that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted waived status under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendements of 1988 (CLIA) for its handheld i-STAT CHEM8+ test cartridge, making it more widely available for use beyond the hospital setting.

The waiver indicates the device is sufficiently simple and accurate and can be made more broadly available to healthcare providers where fast results are needed such as physicians’ offices, emergency departments, intensive care units, operating rooms, catheterization labs, outpatient clinics and military bases. By providing these critical test results rapidly, health care providers can quickly monitor and effectively manage their patient’s care.

The CHEM8+ test cartridge is the first i-STAT cartridge to receive a CLIA waiver. The cartridge is a single-use, in vitro diagnostic test cartridge for the simultaneous measurement of sodium, potassium, chloride, total carbon dioxide, glucose, urea, creatinine, ionized calcium, and hematocrit in arterial, venous, and capillary whole blood samples for the purpose of monitoring and diagnosing a patient’s metabolic condition.

“Obtaining CLIA-waived status for the CHEM8+ test underscores the high quality and reliability of i-STAT cartridge technology and expands its potential beyond the hospital setting, improving the quality of care,” said Greg Arnsdorff, vice president, Abbott Point of Care. “Taking advantage of i-STAT’s near immediate test results, more physicians will be able to provide their patients with treatment options in one visit, eliminating the cost and hassle of a second appointment.”

The i-STAT(R) System

The i-STAT System accelerates the availability of critical test information clinicians require to make rapid triage and treatment decisions when diagnosing a patient’s condition, determining a prognosis or monitoring a patient’s treatment response. Weighing only 18 ounces, the i-STAT System is an easy-to-use, hand-held analyzer capable of providing time-sensitive test results at the patient’s side in just minutes. To perform a test, the user places two or three drops of whole blood on the test cartridge, which is then inserted into the analyzer. A new test cartridge is used for each patient. Utilizing test-specific cartridges that are fully self-contained, the i-STAT System delivers lab-accurate testing for blood gases, electrolytes, chemistries, coagulation, hematology, glucose and cardiac markers. i-STAT is at the forefront of expanding the possibilities with the industry’s most comprehensive panel of bedside tests on a single platform. The i-STAT System is currently used in more than 1,800 hospitals, where rapid test results are critical for better patient care. The system is used in emergency departments, intensive care units, operating rooms, as well as catheterization laboratories, out-patient clinics and physician offices.

About Abbott Point of Care

Abbott Point of Care, headquartered in East Windsor, N.J., develops, manufactures and markets critical medical diagnostic and data management products for rapid blood analysis. The company’s premier product is the i-STAT, a market-leading hand-held blood analyzer capable of performing a panel of commonly ordered blood tests on two or three drops of blood at the patient’s side.

About Abbott

Abbott is a global, broad-based health care company devoted to the discovery, development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceuticals and medical products, including nutritionals, devices and diagnostics. The company employs 65,000 people and markets its products in more than 130 countries.

Abbott’s news releases and other information are available on the company’s Web site at http://www.abbott.com/.

Abbott

CONTACT: Don Braakman, +1-224-361-7246, for Abbott

Web site: http://www.abbott.com/

Larenz Tate, His Brothers Raise Awareness About Sickle Cell Disease

By Waldron, Clarence

Versatile actor Larenz Tate says he has played a lot of roles in his long career, but nothing compares to what he’s doing right now. He is continuing in role as national spokesman for sickle cell disease awareness in the “Be Sickle Smart: Ask About Iron” campaign,

“As an actor, I believe that my greatest roles are ones that inspire and uplift,” he explains. “I am therefore wholly committed to my latest role in the “Be Sickle Smart: Ask About Iron” campaign. It is a role that can inspire people to take action and control over their health and their lives.”

Tate and his brothers, screenwriter Larron and actor Lahmard, recently returned to their hometown of Chicago to kick off the nationwide sickle cell awareness tour.

A highlight of the “Be Sickle Smart” is a gospel music contest designed to encourage patients with gospel songs inspired by their endurance.

People with sickle cell disease have red blood cells that sometimes become sickle (crescent)-shaped and have difficulty passing through small blood vessels. This causes extreme pain, can damage tissues and organs and may lead to stroke if the blockage occurs in the brain.

Larenz Tate points out that some sickle cell disease patients require regular blood transfusions. While transfusions give back healthy red cells, they also contain additional iron. His campaign teaches people that iron overload, too much iron, is a potentially fatal complication of regular blood transfusions.

The brothers want to raise the disease’s profile. “It affects a lot of African-Americans but it doesn’t get the kind of attention that cancer gets or lupus gets,” says Tate.

-Clarence Waldron

Larenz Tate and his brothers, (l-r) Lahmard and Larron, urge Blacks to learn more about the disease. For more information visitwww.AskLarenzAboutlron.com

Copyright Johnson Publishing Company Oct 1, 2007

(c) 2007 Jet. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Outcomes From Wraparound and Multisystemic Therapy in a Center for Mental Health Services System-of-Care Demonstration Site

By Stambaugh, Leyla Faw Mustillo, Sarah A; Burns, Barbara J; Stephens, Robert L; Et al

This study examined outcomes for 320 youth in a Center for Mental Health Services system-of-care demonstration site. Youth received wraparound-only (n = 213), MST-only (n = 54), or wraparound + MST (n = 53). Participants were 12 years old on average and mostly White (90%), and 75% were Medicaid-eligible. Service use and functional and clinical outcomes were examined at 6-month intervals out to 18 months. All three groups improved over the study period. The MST- only group demonstrated more clinical improvement than the other groups. Functional outcomes did not differ significantly across groups. Youth in wrap + MST had higher baseline severity and experienced less clinical and functional change than the other two groups, despite more mental health service use. Targeted, evidence- based treatment may be more effective than system-level intervention alone for improving clinical symptoms among youth with serious emotional disorders served in community-based settings. New or amended approaches may be needed for youth with the most severe disorders. Wraparound and multisystemic therapy (MST) are two contemporary, community-based interventions for youth with serious emotional disorders (SED). Although MST intervenes at the individual level, wraparound is a process for developing individualized service plans at the system level. Both interventions have seen widespread dissemination into community mental health settings around the United States over the last decade. MST is heavily based in theory and research, and favorable outcomes have been reported from controlled evaluations. Wrap-around has spread quickly as a promising intervention, but standards have been slow to develop, and rigorous research has lagged as a result.

Following brief descriptions of the two approaches and an update on the research evidence, this article will present results of an examination of the effectiveness of wraparound and MST in one system of care for children and adolescents with SED. Although not a controlled trial, the study is an attempt to measure outcomes from the two interventions as delivered in a naturalistic setting. The study is, thus, an answer to the call of the President’s New Freedom Commission on Mental Health (2003) and the National Advisory Mental Health Council’s Workgroup on Child and Adolescent Mental Health Intervention Development and Deployment’s “Blueprints for Change” report (2001) to collect evidence from real-world practice to guide research on interventions that are both effective for youth and acceptable to practitioners in community- and clinic-based settings.

WRAPAROUND PROCESS

Principles

Wraparound is “an approach to implementing individualized, comprehensive services within a system of care for youth with complicated multidimensional problems” (Burns & Goldman, 1999). As such, it is viewed as a system-level intervention that quite literally aims to “wrap” existing services around youth and their families to address their problems in an ecologically comprehensive way. Wraparound is intended for youth involved in mental health, education, juvenile justice, and child welfare. The wraparound philosophy posits that direct intervention in the service system to provide individualized service planning will lead indirectly (via specific services) to positive change within the child and family. Targeted outcomes include increasing behaviors that facilitate functioning in the community (e.g., positive family and peer relationships, school achievement) and eliminating behaviors that place the child at risk for removal from his or her family or community (e.g., aggression, theft, vandalism, self-injury). A 1998 survey of U.S. states and territories estimated that approximately 1 80,000 youth were receiving wraparound at that time (Faw, 1999).

Research

Reviews of the wraparound evidence base describe wraparound as promising, having shown positive results from three randomized trials and multiple quasi-experimental studies (Burns, Schoenwald, Burchard, Faw, & Santos, 2000; Farmer, Dorsey, & Mustillo, 2004). Study populations have included youth in child welfare, juvenile justice, and system of care. Outcomes have been studied in various domains, producing mixed funding across domains. For youth in child welfare, increases in both clinical symptoms and functioning have been observed compared to treatment as usual (Clark et al., 1998; Evans, Armstrong, Kuppinger, Huz, & Johnson, 1998). Studies with youth in juvenile justice have found improvements in school performance and decreased instances of running away from home (Carney & Buttell, 2003; Pullman et al., 2006). Findings on recidivism (re-arrest) were mixed. Finally, one randomized trial including youth in a system of care found no difference in clinical outcomes for wraparound versus usual treatment, despite higher service use for youth in wraparound (Bickman, Smith, Lambert, & Andrade, 2003). In addition to these experimental and quasi- experimental findings, a recent study reported a positive association between wraparound fidelity and child clinical outcomes (Bruns, Suter, Force, & Burchard, 2005).

MULTISYSTEMIC THERAPY

Principles

Multisystemic therapy is an intensive home- and communitybased family treatment model for children and adolescents at imminent risk for out-of-home placement because of serious emotional and behavioral problems (Henggeler, Schoenwald, Borduin, Rowland, & Cunningham, 1998). MST is a time-limited intervention that lasts 3 to 5 months. MST therapists use principles of family therapy to intervene directly with children and families. Although MST began as a treatment model for juvenile offenders, it has been adapted for youth in child welfare, psychiatric inpatients, and youthful violent sex offenders. Targeted outcomes include decreased behavior problems and improved family, peer, and school functioning.

Research

MST has been the subject of nine randomized trials and at least one quasi-experimental study (Aos, Phipps, Bamoski, & Leib, 2001; Curtis, Ronan, & Borduin, 2004; Hoagwood, Burns, Kiser, Ringeisen, & Schoenwald, 2001). Comparison conditions have included individual counseling (Borduin, Henggeler, Blaske, & Stein, 1990), typical juvenile justice services (Leshied & Cunningham, 2002), typical mental health services (Rowland et al., 2005), psychiatric hospitalization (Henggeler et al., 2003), and typical child welfare services (Ogden & Halliday-Boykins, 2004). Many positive outcomes have been reported, including decreased aggressive behavior, fewer arrests, fewer placements, and improved family functioning. Long- term follow-up findings have also been positive (Schaeffer & Borduin, 2005). A recent meta-analysis criticized findings on MST’s effectiveness in child welfare as well as the fact that research on MST has been conducted almost exclusively by MST developers (Littell, 2005). Overall, however, MST is a well-researched treatment model for youth with behavior problems and has begun to emerge as an effective model for other child mental health disorders.

STUDY RATIONALE

Both wraparound and MST target the child’s ecology and aim to keep the child in his or her home community. Although MST is a short- term clinical intervention, wraparound is an unconditional, often long-term process for planning and coordinating services. The history of wraparound and MST is a somewhat adversarial one. Proponents of MST argue that treatment should be heavily grounded in theory and research and that brief, behaviorally targeted intervention with the child and family is most likely to produce improvement. Proponents of wraparound argue that a rigorous process for tailoring individualized service plans for children and families based on their unique strengths and needs and an unconditional commitment are most likely to produce lasting improvements. These two fundamentally different approaches have never been studied in parallel. From a policy perspective, it is important to compare the utility of brief, treatment-level intervention versus longer-term, system-level intervention.

The provision of both wraparound and MST at a site where data on children and families were routinely collected as part of a large- scale national evaluation offered an ideal opportunity to conduct an observational study comparing outcomes from the two interventions. Moreover, because both wraparound and MST creatively draw upon resources in the community, the availability of community resources was held constant across intervention groups. Absent such parity, any study comparing the two interventions would be fatally confounded. The study’s aim was to analyze clinical and functional outcomes from wrap- around versus MST for youth with SED. Both interventions were expected to predict improvement in clinical symptoms and functioning over an 18-month follow-up period.

METHOD

Study Site

The study included data from families who enrolled in a Center for Mental Health Services (CMHS) system-of-care site that was funded between 1999 and 2003. The site covers a rural and frontier area of Nebraska and targets youth with SED who are at risk for out- of-home placement. Referrals are taken from the schools, child welfare agencies, the state department of health, juvenile justice agencies, the departments of parole and probation, and other child- serving agencies. Treatment Enrollment

To qualify for wraparound, a youth had to be under 21 years old, demonstrate a diagnosable and persistent mental health disorder as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders- Fourth Edition (DSM-IV; American Psychiatric Association, 1994), demonstrate functional impairment in two or more areas, be at risk for restrictive placement, and be at risk for dropping out of school or involvement in the juvenile justice system. In addition, families or the state (in the case of a ward of the court) had to agree to participate in treatment. Additional criteria were required for enrollment in MST. Specifically, in addition to meeting the enrollment criteria for wraparound, a child had to demonstrate physical aggression in the home, at school, or in the community; school truancy or failure; verbal aggression; criminal or delinquent behavior; association with delinquent peers; or substance abuse. Participants were excluded from MST if they had committed a sex offense in the absence of other delinquent or antisocial behavior or if they were actively suicidal, homicidal, or psychotic.

These procedures for group enrollment would suggest that youth assigned to MST had more severe behavioral problems than youth assigned to wraparound. However, the baseline sample descriptives (described later) suggest this was not the case, implying that enrollment protocols were set as an ideal but were not always met. When the protocol was not followed, this was most likely due to nonsystematic fluctuations in the availability of wraparound facilitators and MST therapists to take on new cases. Both wraparound and MST were provided to youth who did not respond to the original intervention attempt. These youth were considered a separate intervention group for all study analyses. Most of the youth who received both interventions received wraparound first and then MST.

Treatment Discharge

To be discharged from wraparound, a child and family had to show that they had met the treatment goals identified at intake, that the child no longer had significant problems, and that the family had been functioning reasonably well for 3 months. For a youth to be discharged from MST, treatment gains had to be sustained for 3 weeks, or the treatment had to have reached a point of diminishing returns, evidenced by the youth having no significant clinical problems, making a reasonable educational or vocational effort, and getting involved with prosocial peers and minimally with deviant peers.

Treatment Implementation

Wraparound providers at the site were initially trained using an adapted version of the VanDenBerg and Grealish ( 1996) model followed by continuous trainings that included classroom sessions, shadowing, and monthly booster sessions. A train-thetrainer model was used whereby on-site staff members trained new staff members as they came on board and provided monthly booster sessions to all wraparound staff. Wraparound facilitators were required to have a bachelor’s degree and carry a maximum caseload of 10 families.

The Wraparound Fidelity Index (WFI; Bruns, Burchard, Suter, Leverentz-Brady, & Force, 2004) provided monthly feedback to staff on wraparound adherence. Version 2.1 was used initially, followed by Version 3 when it became available. Prior analyses from the site demonstrated that high fidelity was maintained across the 11 essential elements of wraparound measured by the WFI (DeKraai et al., 2004). Site-level scores were consolidated across respondents (child, parent, care coordinator, and team member) and across school- and clinic-based programs. The average WFI score across sites was 80.3% in Year 1, 82.7% in Year 2, and 83.2% in Year 3.

Although fidelity data were not available for the study, the standard protocol for MST fidelity was implemented at the site. The protocol as described in Henggeler, Schoenwald, Liao, Letoumeau, and Edwards (2002) involves an initial 40-hr training session to provide grounding in the theoretical and empirical bases of MST, weekly on- site clinical supervision by an MST clinical supervisor, weekly phone consultations with an MST expert, and quarterly booster trainings on special topics. These methods have been positively associated with therapist adherence and child and family outcomes (Schoenwald, Henggeler, Brondino, & Rowland, 2000). MST therapists had at least a master’s degree and carried a caseload of four to six families. In the current study, 57 MST participants had received more than 1 week of MST prior to baseline study enrollment. As such, the results provide a conservative estimate of MST effects.

Data Collection Procedures

The study site was a demonstration site in the National Evaluation of the Comprehensive Community Mental Health Services (CMHS) for Children and Their Families Program. Begun in 1993, this program disseminates evidence-based practice across the United States, via CMHS systems of care, to children with mental health problems and their families (see Holden, Friedman, & Santiago, 2001, for description). The National Evaluation (conducted by Macro International, Inc.) was established to examine these demonstration sites. Main goals of the evaluation include describing the children and families served by CMHS systems of care, examining whether the system-of-care model leads to positive outcomes for youth, and describing patterns of child and family service utilization. Each site is funded for 5 to 6 years.

The Nebraska site also participated in a longitudinal substudy in which additional data on service use and clinical outcomes were collected at 6-month intervals up to 36 months following system-of- care enrollment. The current study includes longitudinal data through 18-month follow-up. This follow-up point was chosen to maintain a high degree of data retention for our analyses and because we felt it was reasonable to expect clinical change within this time period. In addition, due to rolling enrollment procedures, this was the longest follow-up wave for which all cohorts had the opportunity to provide data.

Study Procedures

The observational study followed three treatment groups from enrollment through three consecutive 6-month follow-up assessments. Informed consent procedures were followed as specified for the National Evaluation. Consent was obtained by (a) completing intake forms and descriptive information when families presented to services, (b) determining eligibility for the longitudinal outcome study, (c) recruiting eligible families for the longitudinal outcome study, (d) obtaining informed consent (and youth assent where appropriate) to participate in the longitudinal outcome study, and (e) identifying appropriate respondents to participate in data collection interviews.

Instruments

Although the National Evaluation employs many measures covering a wide array of child and family variables, instruments focused on child service use, and clinical and functional outcomes were chosen for the current study. These measures provided a broad scale for detecting mental health change while also maintaining a parsimonious conceptual model.

Child Behavior Checklist. The CAiW Behavior Checklist (CBCL; Achenbach, 1991) is a parent-report instrument that assesses behavioral problems and social competencies of children ages 4 to 18. The CBCL contains scales of Externalizing (aggressive and delinquent) and Internalizing (withdrawn, anxious/depressed, somatic complaints) symptoms, which when combined yield a Total Problems score. The CBCL has demonstrated strong convergent validity with the Conners Parent Questionnaire (.56 to .86) and the Quay-Peterson Revised Behavior Problem Checklist (.52 to .88; Achenbach, 1991). One-week test-retest reliability of .93, as well as interparent reliability of .66 for Internalizing and .80 for Externalizing, has been established (Achenbach, 1991). Content and criterion validity are supported by the ability of CBCL items to discriminate between matched referred and nonreferred youth (Achenbach, 1991).

Child and Adolescent Functional Assessment Scale. The Child and Adolescent Functional Assessment Scale (CAFAS; Hodges, 1996), completed by the youth’s caregiver or clinician for children ages 7 to 18, measures the degree to which a mental health disorder affects a child’s everyday life across eight domains: school, home, community, behavior toward others, moods/emotions, self-harmful behavior, substance use, and thinking. The total subscale scores for each life domain are summed to provide a total scale score corresponding to the child’s global functioning. The CAFAS has demonstrated adequate internal consistency reliability (range = .63- .68), high interrater reliability (.92), and convergent validity with the CBCL (.42-.49) and the Child Assessment Schedule (.52-.56; Burns & Kutash, 2000).

Multisector Service Contact Questionnaire. The Multisector Service Contact Questionnaire (MSSC) was created by Macro International, Inc., to examine the types and frequencies of services received by children and families in the National Evaluation. Parents/caregivers were asked whether their child received 22 different service types, related to a mental health problem, in the prior 6 months. Some of the services include inpatient and outpatient therapy, case management, after-school services, transportation, and more. The MSSC was completed at 6, 12, and 18 months. Although psychometrics are not yet available for the MSSC, there is evidence that caregiver report of child service use is consistent with provider records (Ascher, Farmer, Burns, & Angold, 1996; Horowitz et al., 2001).

Sample Description

Sample descriptives are presented in Table 1. The sample consisted of 320 children and adolescents ranging in age from 4 to 17.5 years at study intake. Their average age was 12, and 73% were male. The racial distribution of the sample was 90% White, 4% American Indian, and 6% other. Thirty four (11%) participants were of Hispanic ethnicity. A majority of families (57%) reported a gross household income of $25,000 or less. Seventy-one percent were eligible for Medicaid. Comparing descriptives across the three groups, it is apparent that youth who received both interventions ( wrap + MST) had higher CBCL and CAFAS scores and experienced more placements than the other two groups during the 6 months prior to baseline. This suggests that youth who received both wrap-around and MST likely did so because their mental health problems were more severe than those of the other two groups. It is probable that these youth did not respond to the first intervention attempt.

Four differences emerged while comparing descriptives across youth in the wrap-only group versus youth in the MST-only group. Youth in the wrap-only group were younger, were more likely to be male, were more often referred from education

versus corrections/court, and had higher Internalizing t scores on the CBCL. The importance of these differences for outcome comparisons is less than would have been expected based on the written protocol for treatment assignment. That is, the wraponly and MST-only groups did not differ in terms of behavioral severity at baseline (CBCL Externalizing t scores), despite the fact that youth in MST-only were more often referred from court/corrections. Referral from the courts did not function as a proxy for behavioral severity. Moreover, as shown in Table 1 , the largest percentage of youth in all groups was referred from mental health or child welfare. Despite the lack of evidence for selection bias between these two groups, baseline severity was included as a covariate in the inferential models, and interaction terms were introduced to control for differences across all groups in Total Problem scores.

RESULTS

All analyses included three groups. The wrap-only group (n = 213) consisted of youth who received only wraparound during the study period. The MST-only group (n = 54) consisted of youth who received only MST during the study period. The wrap + MST group (n = 53) consisted of all children who received both wraparound and MST at any time during the 18month study period. In this group, receipt of the two interventions overlapped chronologically in some cases but not in others. These differences were controlled for in the mixed models by including a variable coded for simultaneous receipt of wraparound and MST at each study wave. The average length of treatment was 15 months for youth in wrap-only, 5.5 months for youth in MST-only, and 10.2 months for youth in wrap + MST.

Sample Attrition

Rates of study attrition were 1 1% at 6 months, 28% at 12months, and 37% at 18 months. Attrition status at 18 months did not differ by treatment group, gender, age, minority status, family income, or baseline CBCL or CAFAS scores. Multiple imputation procedures were performed using Stata, Version 9.2. All models were run twice – once using only available, nonimputed data and once using imputed data. Results did not differ; therefore, results from the nonimputed model are presented.

Analytic Approach

Following variable diagnostics, three types of analyses were performed: service use descriptives; clinical and functional change descriptives from pre- to posttreatment; and inferential statistics from linear mixed models, performed using Stata, Version 9.2.

Service Use Descriptives

Service use was examined across study groups and coded as yes/no based on any report of service use across the 18-month study period. Rates of missing data at each time point ranged from 14% to 61%. Nonetheless, findings are reported because (a) the way the variable was coded allowed multiple chances for a youth to provide data across time points, and (b) the available data provide a meaningful comparison of the proportion of actual respondents within each group reporting service use. Results are shown in Figure 1.

Because both wraparound and MST aim to prevent restrictive placements, use of primarily nonrestrictive services was expected for all groups. This expectation was confirmed. One notable finding was a higher rate of service use across nearly the entire service spectrum for the wrap + MST group. This service use pattern is not surprising and may be more related to a higher level of need in this group than to the intervention model received.

For the other two groups, patterns of service use were in line with expectations. Youth in the MST-only group were more likely to participate in family preservation and family therapy. Given that MST is a family-based therapy model, this is a confirmatory finding. Similarly, youth in the wrap-only group were more likely to use case management services, as expected. Wraparound is seen by some as a form of intensive case management, so this also is a confirmatory finding. Youth in the wrap-only group were more likely than youth in the MST-only group to use nearly all other types of services included on the MSSC. This is probably related to the difference in duration of intervention across the two groups (15 months vs. 5.5 months).

Clinical Findings

Descriptive Results. Average outcome scores across the four study time points are shown in Figure 2. As demonstrated, both CBCL and CAFAS scores gradually declined (improved) over the study period for all three groups. Paired t tests indicated the change from baseline to 1 8 months was significant at the ?

On the CBCL, the percentage of youth who started in the clinical or borderline range at baseline and moved below the borderline range by the end of the study was 32% for wrap-only, 62% for MST-only, and 20% for wrap + MST. Scores decreased on average by 8.3 points in wrap-only, 13.7 points in MST, and 10.5 points in wrap + MST. Although 10 points represents a change of one standard deviation (which can be viewed as a meaningful change), 80% of the total wrap + MST group remained at or above the borderline range at 18 months, suggesting that despite the change in total score, most youth in this group were still in need of intensive services at the end of the study. By comparison, 64% of the wrap-only group and 30% of the MST-only group were in the borderline or clinical range at the end of the study.

On the CAFAS, the percentage of those who started in the marked or severe impairment range at baseline and moved into the minimal- to-moderate impairment range by the end of the study was 36% for wrap-only, 66% for MST-only, and 26% for wrap + MST. The total scale score decreased on average by 34.2 points in wrap-only, 47.8 points in MST-only, and 49 points in wrap + MST. Again, although one standard deviation is around 40 points on the CAFAS, nearly three- quarters of the wrap + MST group remained in the marked-to-severe range of impairment at the end of the study, indicating need for intensive services. Comparatively, 61% of wrap-only youth and 34% of MST-only youth were in the marked-to-severe range at the end of the study.

Inferential Results. Group differences in outcomes were examined at each wave using linear mixed models. These models used maximum likelihood estimation with an unstructured covariance structure, including random coefficients and random slopes. The models controlled for baseline CBCL and CAFAS scores, gender, age, minority status, family income, and number of living placements reported at each 6-month follow-up. Propensity score matching was also considered to account for baseline differences; however, the sample size was insufficient to allow for reliable estimates.

Preliminary models in which controls were included for time since treatment completion and treatment dose (total amount of wraparound or MST received over the study period) indicated these variables were not predictive of outcome on either the CBCL or the CAFAS . As such, these two variables were not included in the models presented here. Results from this model did not differ from the results from models run without these controls. Tables 2 and 3 show results from the CBCL and CAFAS models, respectively. In both models, the wrap- only group served as the comparison group. An unconditional growth model was run first, followed by a series of nested models that included a group by time interaction term to model differences in the rate of change over time across groups. Goodness of fit and change in variance of the random parameters were examined for each successive model. Results from the final, bestfitting model are presented here.

The CBCL model (see Table 2) consisted of 688 observations from 298 youth over the four waves of data collection. The rate of decline across the 18-month study period was significantly greater for the MST-only group compared to the wraponly group, demonstrated by a significant Group ? Wave interaction for MST-only. There was no significant difference in change over time between the wrap + MST group and the wrap-only group. Family income negatively predicted CBCL scores. This effect was net of group membership, suggesting that family income impacted change in clinical symptoms over and above the treatment group. An interaction between group and baseline CBCL scores was included in the model to account for group differences in severity on outcome. As shown in Table 2, baseline severity in the MST-only group (MST-only ? Baseline CBCL) did not predict outcome, suggesting that the finding of greater improvement in the MST group was not explained by any group differences in baseline clinical severity. The CAFAS model (see Table 3) included 687 observations from 298 youth over the full follow-up period. There were no significant differences in CAFAS outcome scores between the wrap-only and the MST-only groups; however, the wrap + MST group score was significantly higher (worse) compared to the wrap-only group. The absence of a Group ? Time effect suggests there was no difference in the rate of change over time. The difference was rather in overall mean score. Controlling for other variables, there were no differences in group outcomes by CAFAS baseline scores. As such, interaction terms for group by baseline CAFAS score were omitted from the model presented.

Although age, sex, race, and income did not independently predict CAFAS score, number of placements reported during the study was positively associated with CAFAS score at follow-up. Each additional placement was associated with an 8.2-point increase in score. This effect was net of group membership, suggesting that placement history impacted change in functioning over and above membership in any of the three treatment groups.

DISCUSSION

Findings from the study suggest that youth in all groups improved over time on both clinical symptoms and more generalized functioning. Findings also suggest that participants were engaged in the service system during the study period and that the system of care successfully maintained youth in community-based settings, largely avoiding the use of restrictive placements. Wraparound participants appeared to receive more services over the 18-month period, but this may simply be because they were enrolled in the system of care for a longer period of time, on average, than those who received only MST.

Youth receiving only MST demonstrated more improvement in clinical symptoms than did those who received only wraparound over the 1 8-month follow-up assessment. In addition, youth who received only MST were more likely than youth who received only wraparound to move out of the clinical range of impairment by the end of the study. A majority of youth in both wraparound groups remained in the borderline to clinical range on the CBCL at the 18-month follow-up period, indicating these youth were still experiencing a high level of mental health need. Overall, CBCL results suggest that youth who received only MST improved at a faster rate and to a higher degree than those who received wraparound. Given that the study took place at one site where community resources were effectively held constant across groups, the immediate implication of the findings was that MST was more effective than wraparound.

An alternative explanation for the positive MST finding is that youth in the MST-only group were more likely to improve because they met baseline criteria that specifically fit with the intended target population for MST. The baseline clinical characteristics of youth in MST-only versus youth in wrap-only were significantly different in some areas, but there was no indication that youth assigned to MST had more severe behavior problems than youth assigned to wraparound. Moreover, the interaction of group and severity was only significant for the wrap + MST group in the mixed model, implying that severity at baseline did not contribute significantly to the difference in outcomes for youth who received only MST versus youth who received only wraparound.

Findings from the study were in line with past literature that suggests MST is effective for emotionally and behaviorally disturbed youth, while wraparound is promising but has not yet gained the same level of empirical support as MST There are several reasons why research on wraparound may have produced mixed findings. First, wraparound is difficult to study in a controlled way because treatment plans are individualized for each youth. It is possible that some youth in wraparound have access to evidence-based treatments targeted for their specific problems while others may not because of a lack of such treatment or other barriers. The average group effect in such a scenario may provide a limited estimate of wraparound utility because results from both effective and ineffective treatments may contribute to the group outcome score.

Second, the populations studied and the outcomes measured in past studies of wraparound have varied. Randomized trials comparing wraparound to foster care (Clark et al., 1998; Evans et al., 1998) have found positive effects in both clinical and functional domains. In contrast, both the Carney and Buttell (2003) and the Pullman et al. (2006) studies focused on juvenile offenders and reported mixed functional outcomes; clinical outcomes were not measured. The only study besides the current one to focus on children in systems of care (Bickman et al., 2003) measured both functional and clinical outcomes and reported no significant findings in either domain. The setting in which wraparound is provided, including both the target population and the outcome domains studied, may influence the results of any study on the impact of the intervention. Although wraparound is broadly targeted to youth with any serious emotional disorder, it may be differentially effective for different clinical subgroups and across different service systems where quality of services available varies.

One prior study (Bickman et al., 2003) found that wraparound leads to higher use of services compared to usual treatment. A similar finding emerged in the current study. Youth in wraparound appeared to receive more services than youth in MST over the 1 8- month study period. In this sense, wraparound appears to meet its goals. However, as in the Bickman et al. study, which found no difference in outcome, the current findings similarly give no indication that use of more services in the wraparound group had any clinical benefit above and beyond that experienced by youth enrolled in MST-only. This may have implications for the cost-effectiveness of system- versus treatment-level interventions for youthful populations.

One strength of the study was that data were collected onsite and then analyzed by an independent research team. Much of the past literature on wraparound and MST has emerged from developers or champions closely affiliated with these models. The primary strength of the study is that it is the first to examine an integrated model of wraparound and MST. This task was made possible by the quality of both service coordination and data collection at the study site.

The study was also limited in several ways. First, without a no- treatment or usual-treatment control group or random assignment it is ultimately impossible to know whether there was any causal relationship between treatment and outcomes. However, because both wraparound and MST intervene in the child’s ecology and the study occurred at a single site where the resources that are available in the community would presumably have been equally available to youth in all three treatment groups, it is less likely that nontreatment- related factors contributed to differences in treatment outcome between the wrap-only and the MST-only groups. Furthermore, the type of observational research presented here is considered valid for examining correlations between variables (e.g., treatment and outcome) that are unlikely to occur by chance and for studying treatments as they occur in the real world as opposed to the research laboratory (American Psychological Association Presidential Task Force on Evidence-Based Practice, 2006; Institute of Medicine, 2006). The current study is a product of the current momentum around a practice-based evidence ideology.

Additional limitations include limited representation of minorities in the sample and lack of fidelity data for inclusion in the study. Regarding the lack of minority youth, results should not be generalized to minority populations. On a positive note, however, many past studies of family-based interventions (especially in the case of MST) have focused on minority samples, so this study is unique in that sense and offers new information on the relevance of wraparound and MST for rural, White youth and their families. Regarding the lack of fidelity data, inclusion of WFI results from the time of the study surpasses the standard of reporting of fidelity in past wraparound outcome studies. Confirmation from MST Services, Inc., that the rigorous MST adherence protocol was followed at the site fits with the findings of the study in terms of service use, length of treatment, and outcomes for the MST-only group.

The final limitation was the significant difference in baseline severity between youth who received both interventions and youth who received one or the other. This may relate to the naturalistic setting of the study – youth with the most severe problems received both services, and, as such, treatment effects may have been more difficult to achieve in this group. Because of the high level of severity, it is difficult to draw conclusions about the effectiveness of either model for these youth. In a site with both wraparound and MST, it appears that only youth who did not respond to the first intervention approach, perhaps because of severity, received both interventions.

Taken at face value, the results from the combined intervention group suggest that youth with the most severe problems may need more than what is currently available even in stateof-the-art service settings such as the one studied here. By 18 months after enrollment, a large majority of the youth in this group were still experiencing significant clinical and functional impairment despite high rates of service use. The implications for cost-effectiveness may be pessimistic for this group. Two studies have reported on MST’s effectiveness with very severe populations (Ogden & Halliday- Boykins, 2004; Schaeffer & Borduin, 2005). In the Ogden and Halliday- Boykins study, MST effects were modest compared to other MST trials. The authors argued this was likely due to the high perceived quality of services in their comparison group. In light of findings from the current study, another possibility is that MST needs enhancement to meet the challenges presented by youth with the most severe problems. Additional findings suggest that family income and placement history may predict youth outcomes regardless of the type of treatment received. Further, these demographic variables may have different influences on clinical versus functional change. Lower family income predicted worse clinical outcomes regardless of treatment group membership. Family income is an aspect of socioeconomic status that has been shown to place youth at risk for disruptive behavior disorders during adolescence (Herrenkohl, Hawkins, Chung, Hill, & Battin-Pearson, 2001). Prior studies including this variable have focused on poverty at the community level. The extent to which family income is indicative of neighborhood resources was not known in the current study. More research is needed to tease out the elements of socioeconomic status that may independently contribute to risk.

Number of out-of-home placements was highly predictive of functional change, with more placements predicting less positive change. Moving a child in and out of placements may be severely damaging to his or her functioning, perhaps due to a repeated need to readjust and a lowered sense of personal se- curity resulting from instability. Out-of-home placements are also more likely to expose youth to contagion (Dishion & Dodge, 2005), a process in which placing youth with behavior problems together is thought to exacerbate their problems. One study with foster children showed an increase in problem behaviors over time for children who experienced multiple placements (Newton, Litrownik, & Landsverk, 1999). Conversely, youth with more severe behavior problems may be more likely to experience unsuccessful placements and thus expose themselves to multiple placements over time. Some longitudinal research has shown that children with externalizing problems are at greater risk for multiple placements than children without such problems (Nugent & Glisson, 1999).

One of the criteria for a treatment to be considered evidence- based is achievement of outcomes that are equivalent to those reported from an already established evidence-based treatment in a direct group-comparison study (Lonigan, Elbert, & Johnson, 1998). In the current study, the wrap-only group did not improve clinically at a rate equivalent to that of the MST-only group. Accepting that there were no selection biases that impacted outcomes, this finding suggests that targeted, evidence-based treatment models may offer significant benefits for youth with SED beyond what can be expected from intervention at the service level alone. This is in line with much controlled research suggesting that evidence-based child mental health treatments are often brief (3-5 months) and narrowly targeted clinically, e.g., cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) for depression (Brent et al., 1997), parent-child interaction therapy for disruptive behavior disorders (Schuhman, Foote, Eyberg, Boggs, & Algina, 1998), and trauma-focused CBT for child trauma (Cohen, Mannarino, & Knudsen, 2005). Further controlled research is needed to clarify the role of system-level interventions in settings where evidence-based practices are either available or practicable.

References

Achenbach, T. M. (1991). Manual for the Child Behavior Checklist/ 4-18 and 1991 profile. Burlington: University of Vermont, Department of Psychiatry.

American Psychiatric Association Committee on Nomenclature and Statistics. (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (2nd ed.). Washington, DC: Author.

American Psychological Association Presidential Task Force on Evidence-Based Practice. (2006). Evidence-based practice in psychology. The American Psychologist, 67(4), 271-285.

Aos, S., Phipps, P., Barnoski, E., & Leib, R. (2001). The comparative costs and benefits of programs to reduce crime. Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy.

Ascher, B. H., Farmer, E. M. Z,, Bums, B. J., & Angold, A. (1996). The Child and Adolescent Services Assessment (CASA): Description and psychometrics. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders^, 12-20.

Bickman, L., Smith, C. M., Lambert, E., & Andrade, A. R. (2003). Evaluation of a congressionally mandated wraparound demonstration. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 12, 135-156.

Borduin, C. M., Henggeler, S. W., Blaske, D. M., & Stein, R. J. (1990). Multisystemic treatment of adolescent sexual offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 34(2), 105-113.

Brent, D. A., Holder, D., Kolko, D., Birmaher, B., Baugher, M., Roth, C, et al. (1997). A clinical psychotherapy trial for adolescent depression comparing cognitive, family, and supportive therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54(9), 877-885.

Bruns, E. J., Burchard, J. D., Suter, J. C, Leverentz-Brady, K., & Force, M. M. (2004). Assessing fidelity to a community-based treatment for youth: The Wraparound Fidelity Index. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 12(2), 79-89.

Bruns, E. J., Suter, J. C, Force, M. M., & Burchard, J. D. (2005). Adherence to wraparound principles and association with outcomes. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 14, 52 1-534.

Bums, B. J., & Goldman, S. K. (Eds.). (1999). Systems of care: Promis- ing practices in children’s mental health, 1998 series: Volume IV. Promising practices in wraparound for children with serious emotional disturbance and their families. Washington, DC: Center for Effective Collaboration and Practice, American Institutes for Research.

Burns, B. J., & Kutash, K. (2000). Child and adolescent measures of functional status. In Handbook of psychiatric measures and outcomes (pp. 357-392). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Bums, B. J., Schoenwald, S. K., Burchard, J., Faw, L., & Santos, A. (2000). Comprehensive community-based interventions for youth with severe emotional disorders: Multisystemic therapy and the wraparound process. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 9, 283314.

Carney, M. M., & Buttell, F. (2003). Reducing juvenile recidivism: Evaluating the wraparound services model. Research on Social Work Practice, 13, 551-568.

Clark, H. B., Prange, M., Lee, B., Stewart, E., McDonald, B., & Boyd, L. (1998). An individualized wraparound process for children in foster care with emotional/behavioral disturbances: Follow-up findings and implications for a controlled study. In M. E. Epstein, K. Kutash, & A. Duchnowski (Eds.), Outcomes for children and youth with behavioral and emotional disorders and their families: Programs and evaluation best practices (pp. 513-542). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.

Cohen, J. A., Mannarino, A. P., & Knudsen, K. (2005). Treating sexually abused children: 1 year follow-up of a randomized controlled trial. Child Abuse ? Neglect, 29(2), 135-145.

Curtis, N. M., Ronan, K. R., & Borduin, C. M. (2004). Multisystemic treatment: A meta-analysis of outcome studies. Journal of Family Psychology, 18(3), 41 1-419.

DeKraai, M., Hoffman, S., Dillion, Y, Handley, T, Baxter, B., & Tvrdik, A. (2004, March). The impact of multisystemic therapy on children within a system of care. Paper presented at the 1 7th Annual Research Conference: A System of Care for Children’s Mental Health-Expanding the Research Base, Tampa, FL.

Dishion, T. J., & Dodge, K. A. (2005). Peer contagion in interventions for children and adolescents: Moving towards an understanding of the ecology and dynamics of change. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33(3), 395^MX).

Evans, M., Armstrong, M., Kuppinger, A., Huz, S., & Johnson, S. (1998). A randomized trial of family-centered intensive case management and family-based treatment: Outcomes of two communitybased programs for children with serious emotional disturbance. Tampa: University of South Florida, College of Nursing.

Farmer, E. M., Dorsey, S., & Mustillo, S. A. (2004). Intensive home and community interventions. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 13, 857-884.

Faw, L. (1999). The state wraparound survey. In B. J. Bums & S. K. Goldman (Eds.), Systems of care: Promising practices in children’s mental health, 1998 series: Volume IV. Promising practices in wraparound for children with serious emotional disturbance and their families (pp. 61-66). Washington, DC: Center for Effective Collaboration and Practice, American Institutes for Research.

Henggeler, S. W., Rowland, M. D., Halliday-Boykins, C, Sheidow, A. J., Ward, D. M., Randall, J., et al. (2003). One-year follow-up of multisystemic therapy as an alternative to the hospitalization of youth in psychiatric crisis. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 42(5), 543-55 1 .

Henggeler, S. W., Schoenwald, S. K., Borduin, C. M., Rowland, M. D., & Cunningham, P. B. (1998). Multisystemic treatment of antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. New York: Guilford Press.

Henggeler, S. W., Schoenwald, S. K., Liao, J. G., Letourneau, E. J., & Edwards, D. L. (2002). Transporting efficacious treatments to field settings: The link between supervisory practices and therapist fidelity in MST programs. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 3 /,155-167.

Herrenkohl, T. I., Hawkins, D., Chung, I., Hill, K. G., & BattinPearson, S. (2001). School and community risk factors and interventions. In R. Loeber & D. P. Farrington (Eds.), Child delinquents: Development, intervention, and service needs (pp. 21 1- 246). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hoagwood, K., Bums, B. J., Kiser, L., Ringeisen, H., & Schoenwald, S. K. (2001). Evidence-based practice in child and adolescent mental health services. Psychiatric Services, 52(9), 1 179-1 189. Hodges, K. (1996). CAiW and adolescent functional assessment scale. Ypsilanti, MI: Department of Psychology, Eastern Michigan University.

Holden, E. W., Friedman, R. M., & Santiago, R. L. (2001). Overview of the national evaluation of the comprehensive community mental health services for children and their families program. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 9, 4-12.

Horowitz, S., Hoagwood, K., Stiffman, A. R., Summerfeld, T., Weisz, J. R., Costello, E. J., et al. (2001). Reliability of the services assessment for children and adolescents. Psychiatric Services, 52(8), 1088-1094.

Institute of Medicine. (2006). Improving the quality of health care for mental and substance-use conditions. Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences.

Leshied, A., & Cunningham, A. (2002). Seeking effective interventions for serious young offenders: Interim results of a four- year randomized study of multisystemic therapy in Ontario, Canada. London: Centre for Children & Families in the Justice System.

Littell, J. H. (2005). Lessons from a systematic review of effects of multisystemic therapy. Children and Youth Services Review, 27(4), 445-463.

Lonigan, C. J., Elbert, J. C, & Johnson, S. B. (1998). Empirically supported psychosocial interventions for children: An overview. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 27(2), 138-145.

National Advisory Mental Health Council’s Workgroup on Child and Adolescent Mental Health Intervention Development and Deployment. (2001). Blueprint for change: Research on child and adolescent mental health. Rockville, MD: National Institute of Mental Health.

New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. (2003). Achieving the promise: Transforming mental health care in America. Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services. (DHHS Publication Number: SMA-03-3832).

Newton, R., Litrownik, A., & Landsverk, J. ( 1 999). Children and youth in foster care: Disentangling the relationships between problem behaviors and number of placements. Child Abuse & Neglect, 24, 1363-1373.

Nugent, W., & Glisson, C. (1999). Reactivity and responsiveness in children’s services systems. Journal of Social Service Research, 25, 41-60.

Ogden, T, & Halliday-Boykins, C. A. (2004). Multisystemic treatment of antisocial adolescents in Norway: Replication of clinical outcomes outside of the U.S. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 9(2), 77-83.

Pullmann, M. D., Kerbs, J., Koroloff , N., Veach- White, E., Gaylor, R., & Sieler, D. (2006). Juvenile offenders with mental health needs: Reducing recidivism using wraparound. Crime and Delinquency, 52, 375-397.

Rowland, M. D., Halliday-Boykins, C. A., Henggeler, S. W., Cunningham, P. B., Lee, T. G., Kruesi, M. J., et al. (2005). A randomized trial of multisystemic therapy with Hawaii’s Felix Class youth. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 13(1), 13-23.

Schaeffer, C. M., & Borduin, C. M. (2005). Long-term follow-up to a randomized clinical trial of multisystemic therapy with serious and violent juvenile offenders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75(3), 445-153.

Schoenwald, S. K., Henggeler, S. W., Brondino, M. J., & Rowland, M. D. (2000). Multisystemic therapy: Monitoring treatment fidelity. Family Process, 39(1), 83-103.

Schuhman, E. M., Foote, R., Eyberg, S. M., Boggs, S., & Algina, J. (1998). Parent-child interaction therapy: Interim report of a randomized trial with short-term maintenance. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 27, 34-35.

VanDenBerg, J., & Grealish, M. (1996). Individualized services and supports through the wraparound process: Philosophy and procedures. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 5(1), 7-2 1 .

About the Authors

LEYLA FAW STAMBAUGH, PhD, is an NIH postdoctoral fellow in the Services Effectiveness Research Program in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Duke University School of Medicine. Her research is focused on treatment process and outcomes for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. SARAH A. MUSTILLO, PhD, is an assistant professor in the Services Effectiveness Research Program in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Duke University School of Medicine. Her current work is focused on applying advanced statistical methods to various areas of child mental health research. BARBARA J. BURNS, PhD, is professor of medical psychology and director of the Services Effectiveness Research Program in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Duke University School of Medicine. Her current research is focused on strategies to enhance implementation of effective clinical interventions for youth with severe emotional disorders. ROBERT L, STEPHENS, PhD, is a technical director at Macro International, Inc. He has helped conduct the national evaluation of the Center for Mental Health Service’s Comprehensive Community Mental Health Services for Children and Their Families Program for the past 7 years. BETH BAXTER, MS, is regional administrator at Region 3 Behavioral Health Services in Kearney, NE. DAN EDWARDS, PhD, is a clinical instructor in the Department of Psychiatry at the Medical University of South Carolina. He is also vice president and manager of Network Partners at MST Services, Inc., in Charleston, SC. MARK DEKRAAI, JD, PhD, is with the University of Nebraska Public Policy Center, where he is involved in projects related to child and family behavioral health and communitybased systems of care. Address: Leyla Faw Stambaugh, Department of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, Box 3454, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710; e-mail: lstambaugh@psych .duhs.duke.edu

Authors’ Notes

1 . This work was supported through a subcontract from Macro International, Inc., to Barbara J. Bums, PhD, at Duke University.

2. We would like to thank Ann Tvrdik at Region 3 Behavioral Health Services and Ye Xu at Macro International for their assistance with transfer of data and interpreting data codes.

Copyright PRO-ED Journals Fall 2007

(c) 2007 Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Involving Low-Income Parents in the Schools: Communitycentric Strategies for School Counselors

By Van Velsor, Patricia Orozco, Graciela L

Low-income parents participate less in schools than higher- income parents despite the benefits of parent involvement. Barriers that low-income parents face suggest that schools must develop a new approach to engaging these parents. School counselors can play a leadership role in strengthening the relationship between schools and low-income parents by implementing community centered strategies for parent involvement. These strategies respect community culture and parents’ abilities to contribute to their children’s education. Parental involvement in the schools is associated with student improvement in a variety of areas including academic performance, attitudes and behavior, attendance, school adjustment and engagement, and graduation rates (Barnard, 2004; Epstein, 2001; Simons-Morton & Crump, 2003). A recent meta-analysis of 41 studies found a significant relationship between parental school involvement and academic achievement of urban students, both White students and students of color (Jeynes, 2005).

Despite the positive benefits to their children, low socioeconomic status (SES) parents participate less in the schools than their higher SES counterparts (Benson & Martin, 2003; Lareau, 1996; Singh, Bickley, Trivette, Keith, & Keith, 1995). This may be due to a number of barriers that low-income parents face in attempts at school involvement, which include not only demographic and psychological obstacles, but also barriers generated by the school itself.

School personnel understand the importance of parent involvement, and educational writers promote the idea of the home-school partnership (e.g., Fuller & Olsen, 1998; Pelco, Jacobson, Ries, & Melka, 2000; Raffaele & Knoff, 1999). However, many approaches to parent involvement primarily focus on school needs as they relate to children’s education. For example, parents are invited to support school activities in the classroom, on field trips, and in the library or school office. Although these strategies are essential to parent involvement, strategies targeting low-income parents for involvement may call for a broader focus. From interviews of teachers from a low-income, culturally diverse, urban community, Lawson (2003) found that teachers viewed parent involvement from a schoolcentric frame of reference, that is, how parents can help the schools promote students’ education. However, Lawson found that, although parent interviews also conveyed this school-focused theme, parents’ stories further communicated a broader communitycentric frame of reference, that is, how community concerns related to the future of their children. In designing strategies to involve low- income parents in the schools, then, it seems critical to consider this com-munitycentric perspective.

School counselors are in a unique position to provide leadership in implementing parent involvement strategies that speak to community needs. The American School Counselor Association (ASCA) reflects this broad focus in its assertion that school counseling programs represent “collaborative efforts benefiting students, parents, teachers, administrators and the overall community” (emphasis added; ASCA, 2005a, Executive Summary, [para] 1). The purpose here is to encourage school counselors serving low-income families to take the lead in implementing communitycentric parent involvement strategies, which serve to enhance not only children’s school experiences but also their overall quality of life. The first step in adopting these strategies is understanding the barriers to involvement that low-income parents face.

BARRIERS TO LOW-INCOME PARENT INVOLVEMENT

Low-income parents encounter both demographic and psychological barriers to school involvement. They also face barriers related to both teacher attitudes and school climate.

Demographic Barriers to Involvement

Work often prevents low-income parents from devoting time to their children’s schooling. For example, parents may have inflexible work schedules, may need to work more jobs, and/or are just tired from work (Benson & Martin, 2003; Plunkett & Bamaca-Go mez, 2003). Responsibilities of caring for children and elderly parents also interfere with low-income parents’ abilities to become involved (Mapp, 2003). Additionally, transportation problems and lack of resources associated with lower-income families may hinder parent involvement (Hill & Taylor, 2004).

Low-income immigrant parents may not participate for additional reasons. Parents who speak languages other than English may experience fewer opportunities to volunteer in the schools. Parents also reported that in their native countries they were not expected to get involved and in some cases would even be characterized as disrespectful if they tried to do so (Mapp, 2003).

Psychological Barriers to Involvement

In addition to these demographic barriers, low-income parents also experience psychological barriers to involvement, and among these is parent confidence. According to Eccles and Harold (1996), parents’ confidence in their own intellectual abilities is the most salient predictor of school involvement. This may relate to parents’ own educational background, that is, parents may not perceive themselves as capable of helping their children in school. Lack of confidence by the parents may in turn result in a lack of confidence by students of their parents’ ability to help with schooling (Plunkett & Bamaca Go mez, 2003).

Parents’ perceptions of racism as well as their own negative school experiences serve to distance them from the schools (Lareau, 1996). In one study, low-income African American parents’ racism awareness was positively related to at-home parental involvement while inversely related to at-school involvement (McKay, Atkins, Hawkins, Brown, & Lynn, 2003). In another study, African American mothers of kindergarteners who believed that their teachers had discriminated against them on the basis of race were less likely to be involved in the schools (Rowley & Grace cited in Taylor, Clayton, & Rowley, 2004). Moreover, when they did become involved, they had less positive involvement experiences.

Additionally, poverty has direct effects on parents’ mental health and indirect effects on parent involvement in the schools (Hill & Taylor, 2004). For example, lower family income is linked to higher rates of depression and depressed mothers tend to be less involved in the early years of children’s schooling (Hill & Taylor; Inaba et al., 2005).

These barriers are only some of the barriers that low-income parents face. Parents also often face barriers that relate to the school culture itself.

Barriers to Involvement: Teacher Attitudes

Teachers may contribute to the level of school involvement of low- income parents in several ways. Some teachers do not value parents’ participation or opinions in the schools, perceive parents as impeding the work of the schools, and/or make negative judgments about low-income parents’ lack of involvement (Konzal, 2001; Ramirez, 1999). Teachers may make sweeping generalizations about families based on low-income status (Amatea, Smith-Adcock, & Villares, 2006). They also interpret a lack of school involvement as a lack of interest, although research supports the idea that parents from urban, low-socioeconomic settings do want their children to succeed in school (Delgado-Gaitan, 1990; Mapp, 2003). Negative attitudes toward low-income families by teachers may then lead to substandard treatment of parents when they do attempt to become involved (Hill & Taylor, 2004).

The intersection of low-income and cultural difference may further alienate parents from teachers. Epstein and Dauber (1991) suggested that teachers are less likely to know students from culturally different backgrounds. Moreover, value differences between the culture of parents and the culture of the school may inhibit parent involvement. For example, White middle-class teachers may value and reward independence and assume that parents will involve themselves in the school autonomously. However, in one Latino community, parents relied on their value of collectivity and banded together to better help their children in school (Delgado- Gaitan, 1996). This suggests that facilitating interaction among some parents could facilitate parent involvement.

Barriers to Involvement: School Climate

Besides teacher attitudes, school climate may serve as a barrier to low-income parent involvement. According to Hill and Taylor (2004), schools in low-SES communities are less likely to encourage parental school involvement than those in higher SES communities. Power differentials related to education and professional expertise may lead to unequal relationships between teachers and parents (O’ Connor, 2001). Schools also marginalize parents, ignoring the status differences and re-creating the dominant power relationships of race and social class reflective of the larger society (Abrams & Gibbs, 2002). Schools often (wittingly or unwit-tingly) develop activities based on specific majority culturally based knowledge (Delgado- Gaitan, 1991). For example, school personnel may speak to parents using professional terminology with which parents are not familiar, or send out notices and memos written in English to parents who speak little or no English (Delgado Gaitan, 2004). COMMUNITYCENTRIC STRATEGIES TO ENHANCE PARENT INVOLVEMENT

As school counselors design parent involvement strategies, it is critical that they take into account the unique needs of low-income families. This means considering the barriers to involvement, helping parents to learn about the school culture and needs (a schoolcentric focus), and addressing the needs of the community in which the students live (a communi-tycentric focus). The following strategies embrace the communitycentric focus as a means of involving low-income parents in the schools.

Learn About the Families of the Children in the School

It seems intuitive that school personnel must know about the families they serve to provide optimal education for their children. Getting to know parents by cultivating meaningful relationships may be even more important than programming and may enhance parents’ desire to be involved in their children’s education (Mapp, 2003). Teachers, however, may know very little about how less-educated parents are involved with their children (Baker, Kessler Sklar, Piotrkowski, & Parker, 1999). School counselors can begin to bridge this knowledge gap through proactive communication with parents. A phone call to provide information about available school programs or a personalized invitation to a school event communicates the value that the school places on parent involvement (Benson & Martin, 2003; O’ Connor, 2001). A call or a note to a parent offering positive feedback about a student provides an opportunity for relationship building that cannot be accomplished in a contact about problem behavior, which may negatively affect parent involvement (Lott, 2003; Simon, 2004).

It may be critical for school counselors to encourage teachers to build relationships with parents by initiating contact. In a multistate survey of parents, 62% of parents of color agreed with the statement that the teacher should be in charge of getting parents involved (Chavkin & Williams, 1993). In another study, however, teacher perceptions of good communication with parents focused on parents contacting teachers often, but not teachers actively contacting parents (Barge & Loges, 2003). While each (i.e., teacher and parent) waits for the other’s contact, valuable opportunities for building relationships and learning about families languish. To encourage teachers to build relationships, school counselors first must attend to developing positive relationships with teachers and then must provide role modeling through the proactive communication with parents described above. If counselors develop varied and understandable methods for communicating with families themselves, they can share these with teachers (Pelco et al., 2000).

Another way to learn about families is to make home visits. The authors’ recommendations of home visits to school counseling interns, school counselors, and directors of school counseling programs on various occasions have given rise to cries of protest. Although roadblocks to visits do exist, examples of the rewards of home visits also exist. Home visits help build relationships with parents who cannot come to school (Amatea, Daniels, & Bringman, 2004). Home visits minimize the power imbalance between professionals and families and help to overcome barriers related to low-income parents’ work constraints and transportation problems (Beder, 1998). Although it may be necessary to overcome parent distrust of home visits, school counselors can do so by utilizing parent input and strictly maintaining confidentiality (Dalton et al., 1996).

In her former position as a school counselor, the second author built positive relationships with parents and students through home visits. She found that the relaxed atmosphere of the home enhanced parent trust of school personnel and facilitated discussion of issues that had not formerly been disclosed in the school itself. School counselors who build positive relationships in which parents share their dreams for their children can support parents and children in achieving those dreams (Amatea et al., 2006). Allen and Tracy (2004) have provided recommendations regarding confidentiality and safety during home visits.

The school counselor might engage other school personnel in a home-visitor program. A school counselor designed a program in which teachers made home visits to the parents of incoming kindergar- teners with positive results (Alison Brenner, personal communication, February 23, 2000). In another program, low-income White parents who were hard to reach (i.e., having no phone) began dropping by or calling the school after receiving home visits by school representatives (Dalton et al., 1996).

Getting to know parents requires more than inviting parents to become involved; it demands actively reaching out to them (Raffaele & Knoff, 1999). In a survey of 529 parents/guardians (ASCA, 2005b), 24% of parents reported initiating no contact with the school counselor during the previous school year. The school counselor can take the lead in developing models of positive parent contact to help reach these and other parents. According to Benson and Martin (2003), research findings show that when schools make clear, deliberate efforts to involve parents, their socioeconomic status and education level become an inconsequential factor in their willingness to participate in the schools.

Learn About the Community Where the Students Live

Learning about families involves learning about the community where students live, which in turn involves identifying the leaders (e.g., community activists, spiritual leaders, local youth organization workers). In a study to examine the characteristics of high-achieving middle schools for Latino students in poverty, researchers found that, in the successful schools, principals communicated with community leaders, and teachers were familiar with the community (Jesse, Davis, & Pokorny, 2004). Community leaders have helpful information concerning families and the challenges they face. Parent leaders (i.e., parents who are well respected and serve as consultants and/or advocates for other parents) have valuable insights about the community, such as parent social networks, and can connect counselors with other individuals in the community. After school counselors have established relationships with community and parent leaders, they can help to connect the leaders with school personnel (e.g., through invitations to school) in an effort to further positive community-parent-school communication.

Learning about the community includes knowing the organizations and agencies that provide services to families. Many school counselors already obtain or create referral lists. It is important that these lists be updated annually. Speaking with community agency workers, via phone or in person, could reap even more benefits. Knowing agencies more intimately helps school counselors to communicate to parents the exact nature of and eligibility for services. When a referral becomes necessary in an emergency, knowing the person on the other end of the phone may expedite response to questions and requests. Furthermore, if school counselors explore community agencies for families, they can communicate this knowledge to teachers who are often not aware of such resources (Shumow & Harris, 2000).

Help Parents Address Community Concerns

The needs of low-income families extend beyond the educational success of their children. Low-income parents often struggle to provide for their family’ s basic needs, such as food and health care. When basic family needs are met, low-income parent involvement may be more consistent with that of parents who have fewer financial concerns. School counselors who know the community can provide appropriate referral to agencies that offer services such as medical care, dental care, and counseling. As part of the services of one parent involvement program in a White, predominantly low-income community, a mobile health unit provided weekly medical services out of the school parent center (Dalton et al., 1996). With permission, school counselors also can connect families who share concerns. Linking families with needed resources and support can lead to improved family effectiveness and contribute to parent involvement (Allen & Tracy, 2004).

Provide On-Site Services for Parents

Providing on-site activities consistent with the individual needs and interests of parents attracts parents to the school (Benson & Martin, 2003). A previously mentioned parent involvement program in one diverse low-income community has included a multitude of activities for parents that not only support student goals (e.g., family math nights, constructive discipline) but also address other topics of interest to parents (e.g., prenatal care, menopause) (Martinez & Talamantes, 2006). Parent involvement activities could include parent-child sports teams, plays, or art projects (Bemak & Cornely, 2002). One school launched a project that brought together low-income, immigrant Latino parents and their children for computer learning and publishing activities (Dura n, Dura n, Perry-Romero, & Sanchez, 2001).

A school resource and/or drop-in center can provide opportunities for parents to get to know the school and to get to know one another. The Institute for Responsive Education (n.d.) and the Superintendent of Public Instruction (n.d.) have provided funding for parent centers (Dalton et al., 1996, Mapp, 2003). In one urban, low-socioeconomic setting, a successful parent partnership program included a family center where families could gather informally for coffee and snacks to discuss social and educational topics (Mapp). In another district serving students from low-SES families, a parent involvement program included a parent center, which provided tutoring, a library, and weekly medical services (Dalton et al.). This program resulted in dramatic increases in the number of parent volunteers and parent volunteer hours at school. Parents are more apt to return to a school where they have a place and feel comfortable. The school counselor can function at the forefront in the organization of on-site activities and services for parents. Offer In-Service Training for School Personnel

In addition to services for parents, a communitycen-tric program must include training for school personnel. Training can be conducted by the school counselor, parents, community experts, or outside experts. Topics will vary from school to school and the school counselor needs to identify what kinds of training would benefit his or her school personnel. Teachers themselves may feel that they require additional education regarding communication with parents (Ramirez, 1999). Parents and community leaders from ethnically diverse groups can provide teachers with cultural knowledge and ways to integrate community culture into children’ s learning. Because research reveals a gap between the culture of middle class school personnel and that of low-income families (O’ Connor, 2001), training might focus on differences between these cultures.

If the teachers’ training programs failed to offer courses related to diversity, outside experts could educate school personnel about general issues of multiculturalism. In a collaborative action research project implemented at seven elementary schools, learning about the constructs of individualism and collectivism “enhanced teachers’ understanding of their own cultures, the culture of U.S. schools, and the cultures of their immigrant Latino students” (Trum- bull, Rothstein-Fisch, & Hernandez, 2003, p. 45).

School counselor training in group process makes school counselors good candidates to facilitate dialogues between parents and teachers aimed at helping to build relationships. In one study soliciting parent, student, and teacher perceptions on parent involvement and communication, all three parties highlighted the importance of high-quality parent-teacher relationships (Barge & Loges, 2003). In a comprehensive project undertaken at a university lab school, a significant outcome of problem-solving meetings to help students was the positive change in relationships between families and school personnel (Amatea et al., 2004). School counselors can help to create what Benson and Martin (2003) called a “pervasive culture of interaction” (p. 188) between parents and the school that positively engages urban families.

Utilize Parents’ Cultural Capital

Broadly, social capital refers to “the norms and values people hold that result in, and are the result of, collective and socially negotiated ties and relationships” (Edwards, 2004, p. 81). According to Lareau (1996), public school culture continues to be more consistent with middle-class social capital. Therefore, “those who speak the language of the White and privileged class” have more opportunity to become involved in the schools (Abrams & Gibbs, 2002, p. 397). Increasing parents’ social capital- skills and information consistent with existing school culture-is the goal of schoolcentric strategies and makes parents better able to aid their children in school-related activities (Hill & Taylor, 2004).

When working with low-income families, however, it is equally important for school personnel to understand and embrace community culture. This involves valuing parents’ cultural capital, broadly defined as how parents view the world and the universe and the ways in which they interact with their environment (Berkes & Folke, 1993). This means respecting what parents can contribute to the educational process “regardless of their own formal educational experiences” (Raffaele & Knoff, 1999, p. 452). This requires refocusing attention from family deficits to family strengths and recognizing the expertise that different families have to contribute to children’ s academic success (Amatea et al., 2006). Parents can furnish useful information about their children’ s knowledge and learning styles (Konzal, 2001). They can share unique information about their lived experiences, which helps them to identify the needs of their children and ways to address those needs (Lightfoot cited in Lawson, 2003). They can provide valuable information about their community for developing programs and learning strategies (Konzal, 2001). For example, parents can create and implement lessons from different cultural perspectives (Bemak & Cornely, 2002).

In seeking out parent knowledge, school counselors must respect parent strengths, affirm their efforts to be involved in their children’ s education, and honor new and various ways of contributing to the school (Abrams & Gibbs, 2002; Mapp, 2003). In a successful school improvement project in a low-income Native American community, the school accepted parents as primary providers of their children’s educational experience and encouraged exchange of information between the “home” teacher and the “school” teacher (de Baca, Rinaldi, Billig, & Kinnison, 1991).

Valuing parents’ cultural capital reaps benefits for schools. Parents have talents and abilities that teachers can use (Delgado- Gaitan, 1990, 2004). Drawing on parents’ skills and knowledge increases parent confidence in their ability to support their children and their effectiveness in doing so (Hoover Dempsey & Sandler, 1997). Collaborating with parents helps families and schools develop a consensus about appropriate behavior, so that students receive consistent messages at home and at school (McNeal, 1999). In valuing family contributions, school personnel learn not only from parents themselves but also from grandparents, aunts, uncles, and respected elders in the community. For example, African Americans can share their rich oral tradition (e.g., parables, folktales, proverbs) in the school setting (Lee, 1999).

Legitimizing the worldviews and utilizing the strengths of parents is not meant to preclude the use of schoolcentric activities that support children’s learning and development or teachers’ needs for support and recognition (Lawson, 2003). Instead, it is to create a collaboration between parents and the school that places value on parents’ contributions to their children’ s education.

CONCLUSION

Overcoming the barriers to the school involvement of low-income parents and incorporating communi-tycentric strategies for involvement most likely requires a paradigm shift. First, it requires that school counselors embrace a new role as promoters of effective teamwork within the school and community consistent with the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs standards (Colbert, Vernon-Jones, & Pransky, 2006). It also demands that schools rethink the work priorities of school counselors to make building relationships with students and their families a primary focus (Bemak & Cornely, 2002). In this new role, school counselors can help teachers understand the benefits of an open-door school policy for parents (Mapp, 2003). They can help administrators view parents as partners in the educational process of their children. They can help teachers, administrators, and parents alike view the school as the center of a larger community of learning (Martinez & Talamantes, 2006).

School counselors cannot create a comprehensive parent involvement program alone. Administrators must embrace a high level of family participation in the schools and demonstrate commitment through active involvement themselves (Mapp, 2003). Teachers must support the desirability of parent involvement strategies in order to coordinate planning and establish a successful program (Benson & Martin, 2003). The objective here is not to suggest that school counselors “go it alone,” but instead to motivate school counselors to take a leadership role in creating communitycentric parent involvement programs. This goal is consistent with the ASCA standards that call for counselors to act as leaders in schoolwide change and Colbert et al.’s (2006) call for school counselors to move to preventive action and a community-building approach to counseling. This goal is also consistent with the efforts of the National Center for Transforming School Counseling (Education Trust, 2003), which challenges counselor educators to commit to training future school counselors in leadership, advocacy, and collaboration skills.

The question that school counselors often ask is, “Where do I begin?” School counselors can glean some useful ideas from the School and Family Intervention project (Bemak & Cornely, 2002); however, lack of economic and human resources may require that counselors start small. Raffaele and Knoff (1999) provided prudent suggestions for initiating parent involvement programs, which include (a) soliciting stakeholder (e.g., teachers, parents) perspectives before beginning; (b) deciding on specific goals, objectives, and strategies; and (c) identifying reasonable expectations and specific definitions for success. In this process, it is critical to solicit input continuously from parents and to share ideas consistently with teachers and administrators (Colbert et al., 2006).

As school counselors begin to implement commu-nitycentric strategies, they must include data gathering to track progress. There is a dire need for research that investigates the effectiveness of com-munitycentric strategies in parent involvement programs. In the program developed by Martinez and Talamantes (2006), reaching out to parents to help address community needs resulted in improved parent involvement in schoolcentric activities. For example, an early morning information session about a tutoring program for students brought in an unprecedented 80 parents. However, it is critical to track what specific communitycentric strategies positively affect parent involvement and how communi- tycentric models of parent involvement relate to student achievement and other important outcomes such as students’ emotional functioning, school climate, and teacher turnover rates (Pelco et al., 2000). This kind of research will help identify strategies that create what Trumbull et al. (2003) called a mutually forged school culture, in which parents have knowledge of how schools operate and school personnel have knowledge of children’ s families and communities. The ultimate goal is to promote the academic and life success often unwittingly denied to children from low-income families. School counselors are in a unique position to provide leadership in implementing parent involvement strategies that speak to community needs.

As school counselors design parent involvement strategies, it is critical that they take into account the unique needs of low-income families.

Linking families with needed resources and support can lead to improved family effectiveness and contribute to parent involvement.

The ultimate goal is to promote the academic and life success often unwittingly denied to children from low-income families.

References

Abrams, L. S., & Gibbs, J.T. (2002). Disrupting the logic of home- school relations: Parent involvement strategies and practices of inclusion and exclusion. Urban Education, 37, 384-407.

Allen, S. F., & Tracy, E. M. (2004). Revitalizing the role of home visiting by school social workers. Children & Schools, 26, 197- 208.

Amatea, E. S., Daniels, H., & Bringman, N. (2004). Strengthening counselor-teacher-family: The family-school collaborative consultation project. Professional School Counseling, 8, 47-55.

Amatea, E. S., Smith-Adcock, S., & Villares, E. (2006). From family deficit to family strength:Viewing families’ contributions to children’s learning from a family resilience perspective. Professional School Counseling, 9, 177-188.

American School Counselor Association. (2005a). The ASCA national model: A framework for school counseling programs (2nd ed.). Alexandria,VA: Author.

American School Counselor Association. (2005b). Survey shows too many parents lack contact with school counselors. Retrieved January 31, 2006, from http://www. schoolcounselor. org/ content.asp?pl=328&sl= 348&contentid=348

Baker, A. J. L., Kessler-Sklar, S., Piotrkowski, C. S., & Parker, F. L. (1999). Kindergarten and first-grade teachers’ reported knowledge of parents’ involvement in their children’s education. Elementary School Journal, 99, 367-380.

Barge, J. K., & Loges,W. E. (2003). Parent, student, and teacher perceptions of parental involvement. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 31, 140-163.

Barnard,W. M. (2004). Parent involvement in elementary school and educational attainment. Children and Youth Services Review, 26, 39- 62.

Beder, J. (1998).The home visit, revisited. Families in Society, 79, 514-522.

Bemak, F., & Cornely, L. (2002).The SAFI model as a critical link between marginalized families and schools: A literature review and strategies for school counselors. Journal of Counseling & Development, 80, 322-331.

Benson, F., & Martin, S. (2003). Organizing successful parent involvement in urban schools. Child Study Journal, 33, 187-193.

Berkes, F., & Folke, C. (1993). A systems perspective on the interrelationships between natural, human-made and cultural capital. Ecological Economics, 5, 1-8. Retrieved July 20, 2006, from http:// dieoff.org/page117.htm Chavkin, N. F., & Williams,D. L. (1993).Minority parents and the elementary school: Attitudes and practices. In N. F.

Chavkin (Ed.), Families and schools in a pluralistic society (pp. 73-119). Albany, NY: SUNY.

Colbert, R.D.,Vernon-Jones, R., & Pransky, K. (2006).The school change feedback process: Creating a new role for counselors in education reform. Journal of Counseling & Development, 84, 72-82.

Dalton,D.,Dingess,D., Dingess, C.,McCann, J., Farley,D., Ramey, C., et al. (1996).The Parents as Educational Partners Program at Atenville Elementary School. Journal of Education for Students Places At Risk, 1, 233-247.

de Baca,M. R. C., Rinaldi, C., Billig, S. H., & Kinnison, B. M. (1991). Santo Domingo School: A rural schoolwide project success [Electronic version]. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 13, 363-368.

Delgado-Gaitan, C. (1990). Literacy for empowerment: The role of parents in children’s education. Bristol, PA: Falmer Press.

Delgado-Gaitan, C. (1991). Involving parents in the schools: A process of empowerment. American Journal of Education, 100, 21-46.

Delgado-Gaitan, C. (1996). Protean literacy: Extending the discourse on empowerment. Bristol, PA: Falmer Press.

Delgado Gaitan, C. (2004). Involving Latino families in schools: Raising student achievement through home-school partnerships. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.

Dura n, R., Dura n, J., Perry-Romero,D., & Sanchez, E. (2001). Latino immigrant parents and children learning and publishing together in an after-school setting. Journal of Education for Students Placed At Risk, 6, 95-113.

Eccles, J. S., & Harold, R.D. (1996). Family involvement in children’ s and adolescents’ schooling. In A. Booth & J. F. Dunn (Eds.), Family-school links: How do they affect educational outcomes? (pp. 3-33).Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Education Trust. (2003). Transforming school counseling. Retrieved October 31, 2006, from http://www2.edtrust. org/EdTrust/ Transforming+School+Counseling/ rationale.htm

Edwards, R. (2004). Social capital [Electronic version]. Organization Management Journal, 1, 81-88.

Epstein, J. L. (2001). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Epstein, J. L., & Dauber, S. L. (1991). School programs and teacher practices of parent involvement in inner-city elementary and middle schools. Elementary School Journal, 91, 289-305.

Fuller,M. L., & Olsen, G. (1998). Home-school relations:Working successfully with parents and families. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

Hill, N. E., & Taylor, L. C. (2004). Parental school involvement and children’ s academic achievement. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 161-164.

Hoover-Dempsey, K., & Sandler, H.M. (1997).Why do parents become involved in their children’ s education? Review of Educational Research, 67, 3-42.

Inaba, A.,Thoits, P. A., Ueno, K., Gove,W. R., Evenson, R. J., & Sloan, M. (2005).Depression in the United States and Japan: Gender, marital status, and SES patterns. Social Science & Medicine, 61, 2280-2292.

Institute for Responsive Education. (n.d.). Home page. Retrieved December 10, 2006, from http://www. responsiveeducation.org/ home.html

Jesse,D., Davis, A., & Pokorny, N. (2004). High-achieving middle schools for Latino students in poverty. Journal of Education for Students Placed At Risk, 9, 23-45

Jeynes,W.H. (2005) A meta-analysis of the relation of parent involvement to urban elementary school student academic achievement. Urban Education, 40, 237-269.

Konzal, J. L. (2001). Collaborative inquiry: A means of creating a learning community. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 16, 95- 115.

Lareau, A. (1996). Assessing parent involvement in schooling: A critical analysis. In A. Booth & J. Dunn (Eds.), Family-school links: How do they affect educational outcomes? (pp. 57-67).Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Lawson, M. A. (2003). School-family relations in context: Parent and teacher perceptions of parent involvement. Urban Education, 38, 77-133.

Lee,W. (1999). An introduction to multicultural counseling.Ann Arbor, MI: Taylor & Francis.

Lott, B. (2003). Recognizing and welcoming the standpoint of low- income parents in the public schools. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 14, 91-104.

Mapp, K. L. (2003). Having their say: Parents describe why and how they are engaged in their children’ s learning. School Community Journal, 13, 35-64.

Martinez, F., & Talamantes, M. (2006, January). Parent involvement in largely Hispanic schools: Link to student achievement. Information presented at the annual conference of the California Association for Counseling and Development, Long Beach.

McKay, M. M., Atkins,M. S., Hawkins,T., Brown, C., & Lynn, C. J. (2003). Inner-city African American parental involvement in children’ s schooling: Racial socialization and social support from the parent community. American Journal of Community Psychology, 32, 107-114.

McNeal, R. B. (1999). Parental involvement as social capital: Differential effectiveness on science achievement, truancy, and dropping out. Social Forces, 78, 117-144.

O’ Connor, S. (2001).Voices of parents and teachers in a poor, White urban school. Journal of Education for Students Placed At Risk, 6, 175-198.

Pelco, L. E., Jacobson, L., Ries, R. R., & Melka, S. (2000). Perspectives and practices in family-school partnerships: A national survey of school psychologists. School Psychology Review, 29, 235- 250.

Plunkett, S.W., & Bamaca-Go mez, M.Y. (2003).The relationship between parenting, acculturation, and adolescent academics in Mexican-origin immigrant families in Los Angeles. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 25, 222-239.

Raffaele, L. M., & Knoff, H.M. (1999). Improving home-school collaboration with disadvantaged families: Organizational principles, perspectives, and approaches [Electronic version]. School Psychology Review, 28, 448-466.

Ramirez, A.Y. (1999). Survey on teachers’ attitudes regarding parents and parental involvement. School Community Journal, 9(2), 21- 39.

Shumow, L., & Harris,W. (2000).Teachers’ thinking about home- school relations in low-income urban communities. School Community Journal, 10(1), 9-24.

Simon, B. S. (2004). High school outreach and family involvement. Social Psychology of Education, 7, 185-209.

Simons-Morton, B. G., & Crump, A.D. (2003). Association of parental involvement and social competence with school adjustment and engagement among sixth graders. Journal of School Health, 73, 121-126. Singh, K., Bickley, P. G.,Trivette, P., Keith,T. Z., & Keith, P. B. (1995). The effects of four components of parental involvement on eighth-grade student achievement: Structural analysis of NELS-88 data. School Psychology Review, 24, 299-317.

Superintendent of Public Instruction. (n.d.). Elementary and Secondary Education Act. Retrieved December 10, 2006, from http:// www.k12.wa.us/ESEA/

Taylor, L. C., Clayton, J.D., & Rowley, S. J. (2004). Academic socialization: Understanding parental influences on children’ s school-related development in the early years. Review of General Psychology, 8, 163-178.

Trumbull, E., Rothstein-Fisch, C., & Hernandez, E. (2003). Parent involvement in schooling-According to whose values? School Community Journal, 13(2), 45-72.

Patricia Van Velsor, Ph.D., and Graciela L. Orozco, Ed.D., are assistant professors with the Department of Counseling, San Francisco State University, CA. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright American Counseling Association Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Professional School Counseling. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Surgical Care Affiliates Names Board of Directors

Surgical Care Affiliates (SCA) has announced the composition of its board of directors. SCA was formed when TPG finalized its purchase of the surgery division from HealthSouth Corporation in June of this year.

The new board of directors includes: Leonard D. Schaeffer, Chairman, who was the founding Chairman and CEO of WellPoint; the nation’s largest health benefits company; Thomas C. Geiser, advisor and legal counsel to numerous healthcare organizations; Todd B. Sisitsky, Partner at TPG Capital, L.P. where he leads healthcare investments; Curtis S. Lane, founder of MTS Health Investors and manager of the healthcare investment banking group at Bear Stearns from 1986-1998; Dr. Sharad Mansukani, senior advisor at TPG, practicing ophthalmologist, and entrepreneur; and Mike Snow, SCA’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

“All of these board members have proven healthcare backgrounds and bring their unique perspectives to the company,” said Mike Snow, President and CEO of SCA. “We believe that ambulatory surgery centers are well-positioned to be part of the long-term solution to rising healthcare costs. The board is committed to SCA’s leadership role in this effort.”

SCA owns and operates surgical care centers providing a variety of surgical procedures that require a limited post-operative stay. One of the largest providers of specialty surgical services, SCA operates 139 facilities and 3 surgical hospitals in 35 states, with most of the facilities concentrated in California, Texas, Florida, North Carolina, and Alabama.

With 6,000 employees, SCA is affiliated with more than 3,000 physician partners across the country. For more information on SCA, visit www.scasurgery.com.

SCA Board Members

Leonard D. Schaeffer was the founding Chairman and CEO of WellPoint, the nation’s largest health benefits company. Throughout his career in the healthcare industry, Schaeffer has been selected for many honors including BusinessWeek Magazine’s Top 25 Managers of the Year and Worth Magazine’s 50 Best CEOs in America. Under Schaeffer’s leadership, WellPoint was named by FORTUNE Magazine as Most Admired Healthcare Company (for six consecutive years), BusinessWeek as one of the 50 Best Performing Public Companies (for three consecutive years), and Forbes Magazine as America’s Best Large Health Insurance Company. He is now a Senior Advisor to TPG and Chairman of the Board of Directors for SCA.

Thomas C. Geiser, a Senior Advisor to TPG, has served as an advisor and legal counsel to numerous healthcare organizations including his former role as General Counsel for WellPoint. Geiser’s main focus is on healthcare financing. In San Francisco, Geiser had a successful career with the law firms of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison; Epstein, Becker, Stromberg & Green; and Hanson, Bridgett, Marcus, Vlahos & Stromberg. He has been elected to The Best Lawyers in America and was named 100 Most Influential Attorneys of California by California Law Business.

Todd B Sisitsky, a partner of TPG Capital, L.P., leads the firm’s investment activities in the healthcare services and pharmaceutical / medical device sectors. He played key roles in connection with TPG’s investments in IASIS Healthcare, Fenwal Transfusion Therapies, Biomet and Surgical Care Affiliates. Prior to joining TPG in 2003, Mr. Sisitsky worked at Forstmann Little & Company and Oak Hill Capital Partners.

Curtis S. Lane founded MTS Health Investors in 2000. Lane founded and managed Bear Stearns Health Investment Banking Group from its inception in 1986 until 1998. Under Lane’s leadership, the healthcare investment banking group was named top ranked Institutional Investor healthcare research team in the country. Just before founding MTS, he joined Evercore Partners as a partner to focus on advisory and investment opportunities in healthcare.

Sharad Mansukani, MD, a leading healthcare business strategist, Mansukani is an authority on the health insurance, hospital, PBM and pharmaceutical industries. He has additional expertise in federal healthcare programs, particularly the Medicaid program and the Medicare prescription drug program. In addition to advising many medical organizations, Mansukani currently serves as a Senior Advisor of TPG. He is on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania and Temple University Schools of Medicine.

Michael D. Snow was named SCA’s first President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2007. Mike has more than 25 years of experience in healthcare business operations. He served as Chief Operating Officer of HealthSouth from 2004 to 2007, as President of HCA’s Gulf Coast Division from 1996 to 2004 and as Chief Operating Officer of Columbia/HCA’s Greater Houston Division from 1995 to 1996. Before joining HCA, he held various positions at Tenet Healthcare Corporation, Universal Health Services, Inc. and Humana, Inc.

NASA Examines Arctic Sea Ice Changes

PASADENA, Calif. – A new NASA-led study found a 23-percent loss in the extent of the Arctic’s thick, year-round sea ice cover during the past two winters. This drastic reduction of perennial winter sea ice is the primary cause of this summer’s fastest-ever sea ice retreat on record and subsequent smallest-ever extent of total Arctic coverage.

A team led by Son Nghiem of NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, Calif., studied trends in Arctic perennial ice cover by combining data from NASA’s Quick Scatterometer (QuikScat) satellite with a computing model based on observations of sea ice drift from the International Arctic Buoy Programme. QuikScat can identify and map different classes of sea ice, including older, thicker perennial ice and younger, thinner seasonal ice.

Between winter 2005 and winter 2007, the perennial ice shrunk by an area the size of Texas and California combined. This severe loss continues a trend of rapid decreases in perennial ice extent in this decade. Study results will be published Oct. 4 in the journal Geophysical Research Letters.

The scientists observed less perennial ice cover in March 2007 than ever before, with the thick ice confined to the Arctic Ocean north of Canada. Consequently, the Arctic Ocean was dominated by thinner seasonal ice that melts faster. This ice is more easily compressed and responds more quickly to being pushed out of the Arctic by winds. Those thinner seasonal ice conditions facilitated the ice loss, leading to this year’s record low amount of total Arctic sea ice.

Nghiem said the rapid decline in winter perennial ice the past two years was caused by unusual winds. “Unusual atmospheric conditions set up wind patterns that compressed the sea ice, loaded it into the Transpolar Drift Stream and then sped its flow out of the Arctic,” he said. When that sea ice reached lower latitudes, it rapidly melted in the warmer waters.

“The winds causing this trend in ice reduction were set up by an unusual pattern of atmospheric pressure that began at the beginning of this century,” Nghiem said.

The Arctic Ocean’s shift from perennial to seasonal ice is preconditioning the sea ice cover there for more efficient melting and further ice reductions each summer. The shift to seasonal ice decreases the reflectivity of Earth’s surface and allows more solar energy to be absorbed in the ice-ocean system.

The perennial sea ice pattern change was deduced by using the buoy computing model infused with 50 years of data from drifting buoys and measurement camps to track sea ice movement around the Arctic Ocean. From the 1970s through the 1990s, perennial ice declined by about 500,000 square kilometers (193,000 square miles) each decade. Since 2000, that amount of decline has nearly tripled.

Results from the buoy model were verified against the past eight years of QuikScat observations, which have much better resolution and coverage. The QuikScat data were verified with field experiments conducted aboard the U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker Healy, as well as by sea ice charts derived from multiple satellite data sources by analysts at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s National Ice Center in Suitland, Md.

The new study differs significantly from other recent studies that only looked at the Arctic’s total sea ice extent. “Our study applies QuikScat’s unique capabilities to examine how the composition of Arctic sea ice is changing, which is crucial to understanding Arctic sea ice mass balance and overall Arctic climate stability,” Ngheim said.

Pablo Clemente-Colon of the National Ice Center, Suitland, Md., said the rapid reduction of Arctic perennial sea ice requires an urgent reassessment of sea ice forecast model predictions and of potential impacts to local weather and climate, as well as shipping and other maritime operations in the region. “Improving ice forecast models will require new physical insights and understanding of complex Arctic processes and interactions.”

Other organizations participating in the study include the University of Washington’s Polar Science Center, Seattle; and the U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Hanover, N.H.

Media also may contact: Sandra Hines, University of Washington, 206-543-2580; Marie Darling, U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 603-646-4292; Lt. James Brinkley, National Ice Center, 301-394-3018; and Peter Weiss, American Geophysical Union, Washington, 202-777-7507.

On the Net:

For more information about QuikScat, visit: http://winds.jpl.nasa.gov/missions/quikscat/index.cfm .

JPL is managed for NASA by the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena.

Grosse Pointe’s Cottage Hospital Joins Henry Ford Health System

GROSSE POINTE FARMS, Mich., Oct. 1 /PRNewswire/ — Cottage Hospital, which has served thousands of patients from the Grosse Pointes and other eastside communities for more than 85 years, has rejoined the Henry Ford Health System.

In 1986, Cottage Hospital became affiliated with Henry Ford Health System. In 1998, Cottage became part of the Bon Secours Cottage Health Services, along with Bon Secours Hospital. As part of the joint venture, Henry Ford Health System owned 30 percent of the joint venture. With Henry Ford assuming full ownership of Cottage, the joint venture has been dissolved.

Cottage hospital will be staffed by current employees, physicians from the local community, and members of the nationally-recognized Henry Ford Medical Group.

The Henry Ford Medical Group is one of the nation’s largest and most experienced group practices, with 1,000 physicians and researchers in more than 40 specialties who staff Henry Ford Hospital and outpatient medical centers.

As part of the transition of ownership, Cottage Hospital has officially been renamed Henry Ford Cottage Hospital, preserving its legacy and rich heritage in the Grosse Pointes and across southeastern Michigan.

“Henry Ford Cottage Hospital will be an integral part of Henry Ford Health System, serving the Grosse Pointes and eastside communities with the safest and highest quality of clinical care, and superb personal service,” said Nancy Schlichting, president and chief executive officer of Henry Ford Health System. “We pride ourselves on being an employer of choice and welcome the Cottage Hospital employees back to the Henry Ford family.”

Eastside patients will benefit from the complete ownership as the hospital will act as a gateway to the expertise and professionals at Henry Ford Hospital and the entire health system.

For instance, in the last three weeks, Henry Ford Hospital received the following honors:

    - Alliance of Healthcare Providers selected Henry Ford Hospital as a      2007-2008 Hospital of Choice Award. This award was designed to identify      America's Most Customer-friendly Hospitals.     - For the second consecutive year, the National Research Corporation      (NRC) named Henry Ford Hospital as the winner of the Consumer Choice      Award for Best Overall Quality for the Detroit/Wayne County area.     - Henry Ford Hospital was one of 41 U.S. hospitals named a 2007 Leapfrog      Top Hospital, based on results from the Leapfrog Hospital Quality and      Safety Survey, the most complete and current assessment of hospital      quality and safety available.   

“Henry Ford Cottage Hospital will be an anchor for the east side allowing patients to receive hospital services in the community as well as an entry point into Henry Ford Health System,” said Bob Riney, Henry Ford’s executive vice president and chief operating officer.

Services currently available will remain at the Grosse Pointe Farms hospital, ranging from the inpatient psychiatric unit, rehabilitation services, women’s diagnostic center and the emergency department.

“We are looking forward to investing further in the hospital, including new medical programs and technologies, and continuing to expand current services,” says Anthony Armada, president and CEO of Henry Ford Hospital and Health Network.

In addition to Cottage Hospital, Henry Ford will also be the sole owners of:

    - Henry Ford Rehabilitation Services - Lowell Park      44800 Delco Blvd, Sterling Heights     - Henry Ford Rehabilitation Services - Warren      3601 E. Eleven Mile Road, Warren   

Henry Ford Cottage hospital’s leadership team will be comprised of Anthony Armada chief executive officer; Denise Allar, R.N., chief operating officer; and Michael Dunn, M.D., chief medical officer.

ABOUT HENRY FORD HEALTH SYSTEM

Henry Ford Health System is one of the nation’s leading comprehensive, integrated health systems, with 20,000 employees caring for more than 1 million patients annually with its flagship hospital, education and research center in Detroit; and a network of six community hospitals, 25 medical centers and pharmacies, home care, medical equipment companies, nursing homes, and numerous other related services throughout southeast Michigan. Henry Ford also owns Health Alliance Plan, serving more than 2,800 employer groups and 560,000 members. Henry Ford’s revenues in 2006 totaled $3.3 billion with net income of $135 million. For additional information, visit henryford.com.

Henry Ford Health System

CONTACT: Dwight Angell of Henry Ford Health System, +1-313-876-8709,[email protected]

Web site: http://henryfordhealth.org/

American Eagle Airlines Announces Expansion in Northwest Arkansas

FORT WORTH, Texas, Oct. 1 /PRNewswire/ — American Eagle Airlines announced today that it will expand its maintenance facility at Northwest Arkansas Regional Airport (XNA) in Highfill, Ark. (Benton County), investing $10 million and bringing up to 100 new jobs to the area in the years to come. The expansion is driven in part by the recent addition of new American Eagle service from XNA to Miami, Washington, D.C., and Raleigh/Durham, N.C.

Peter Bowler, President and CEO of American Eagle Airlines, was joined by Arkansas Gov, Mike Beebe and other officials for the announcement.

“American Eagle was the first scheduled airline to serve the Northwest Arkansas Airport nearly nine years ago,” Bowler said. “We are proud to offer more departures to more destinations than any other airline, and we are also proud to be growing our maintenance base in Northwest Arkansas. American Airlines and American Eagle believe that the dynamic economy of this great region will drive demand for more travel to more destinations around the world. We intend to be the airline that best meets the needs of customers in Northwest Arkansas.”

“This expansion is a testament to Arkansas’ growing role in the aviation industry, a role that has led to aviation becoming our single-biggest export,” Gov. Beebe said. “It’s appropriate that American Airlines, the first airline to service Highfill, is now increasing its operation at XNA.”

American Eagle has operated a maintenance facility at XNA since 2004, employing 120 people. The new maintenance facility will be located in a hangar at XNA. This move to a larger hangar, together with the increase in its XNA-based maintenance work force, will enable the airline to maintain more aircraft every night and to take on additional maintenance responsibilities. Interested job applicants should apply online at http://www.americaneaglecareers.com/.

American Airlines and American Eagle began service from Chicago O’Hare and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airports to XNA when it opened in November 1998 and added direct service to New York’s La Guardia Airport in 2000. Since then, the airline has added service from XNA to St. Louis, Los Angeles, Miami, Washington, D.C., and Raleigh/Durham. Together, American Eagle, American and AmericanConnection offer a combined 24 daily departures to eight cities from Northwest Arkansas.

About American Eagle

American Eagle operates more than 1,800 daily flights to more than 160 cities throughout the United States, Canada, the Bahamas, Mexico and the Caribbean on behalf of American Airlines. American Airlines is the world’s largest airline. American, American Eagle and the AmericanConnection(R) airlines serve 250 cities in over 40 countries with more than 4,000 daily flights. The combined network fleet numbers more than 1,000 aircraft. American’s award-winning Web site, AA.com, provides users with easy access to check and book fares, plus personalized news, information and travel offers. American Airlines is a founding member of the oneworld(R) Alliance, which brings together some of the best and biggest names in the airline business, enabling them to offer their customers more services and benefits than any airline can provide on its own. Together, its members serve more than 700 destinations in over 140 countries and territories. American Airlines, Inc. and American Eagle Airlines, Inc. are subsidiaries of AMR Corporation. AmericanAirlines, American Eagle, AmericanConnection, AA.com and AAdvantage are registered trademarks of American Airlines, Inc. .

Current AMR Corp. news releases are available via the Internet. The address is http://www.aa.com/

American Eagle Airlines

CONTACT: Andrea Huguely, Corporate Communications of American EagleAirlines, +1-817-967-1577, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.aa.com/http://www.americaneaglecareers.com/

The Best Map of Our Galaxy Yet

It has been ten years since the release of the Hipparcos and Tycho catalogues, the first astrometric catalogues produced from observations in space. The Hipparcos catalogue has since been re-processed and fine-tuned, providing the best map of our galaxy to date.

ESA’s Hipparcos (High Precision Parallax Collecting Satellite), launched in 1989, was the first, and so far only, space-based astrometry mission. Designed to determine the position and distance of more than 100 000 stars, its accuracy exceeded ground-based observations by a factor of 10 to 100. The mission also collected data on the proper motion and variability of stars and identified multiple star systems.

Hipparcos was managed and run exclusively by ESA and a consortium of European scientists. It resulted in the Hipparcos and Tycho catalogues which were first published in 1997. The catalogues provide information fundamental to all subjects in astronomy and remain unrivalled to this day.

The Hipparcos catalogue contains about 120 000 stars and can be used to study not only individual stars, but also the behaviour of stellar groups as well as the formation of our galaxy. The Tycho catalogue, an unplanned product of the mission, is a bigger source for the study of stars (about one million stars) and its data is also used for orientation of satellites in space. 

“When Hipparcos was launched, astrometry was an obscure area and no one could have foreseen the surprises coming,” said Michael Perryman, ESA’s Project Scientist for Hipparcos. “The mission provided insight on a wide spectrum of subjects and opened up vast, unexplored pastures.”

The quality and quantity of information contained in the two catalogues will not be superceded until Gaia, ESA’s next space-based astrometry mission, launches in 2011 and releases its catalogue in 2020.

Thanks to the patient fine-tuning of Hipparcos data by Floor van Leeuwen, of the University of Cambridge (UK), a member of the Hipparcos Science Team, a new version of the Hipparcos catalogue is now available. With upgraded technology, computer models used to process data have been refined and re-run, revealing much more.

Van Leewen’s efforts have resulted in an improvement by a factor of two on the original Hipparcos catalogue, with larger improvements for a number of specific cases.

About Hipparcos
 
The Hipparcos catalogue contains information on 118 218 stars, the majority of which (97%) are also classified in the Tycho catalogue. Hipparcos contains precise astrometric or movement and location and limited photometric single-colour information for a small number of stars. The original Tycho catalogue provided two-colour photometric data and less precise astrometric data (compared to Hipparcos) for more than a million stars. In 2000, a new reduction of the star mapper data resulted in the Tycho-2 catalogue, containing more than 2.5 million stars.

Due to limitations of the computer models used for processing the data first obtained years ago, it was not possible to incorporate some of the effects of micrometeoroids on satellite pointing and observations. The movement of solar panels with respect to the spacecraft, although tiny, also introduced some subtle errors.

Now, with upgraded technology, a task that used to take 6 months to run twelve years ago now takes about a week on a desktop computer. The models have been refined and rerun, revealing much more.

The printed version of the new catalogue is due for release today, 27 September 2007 in the book “ËœHipparcos, the new reduction of the raw data’. The data from the new reduction will be available online in early 2008.

The new reduction of the Hipparcos catalogue has resulted in an improvement by a factor of two on the original. Larger improvements have resulted in specific cases: distances of open clusters are 2 to 3 times more accurate than before; a good solution can now be found for about 1000 “Ëœtroublesome’ stars in the original catalogue; improved parallaxes for Cepheid stars have led to a better estimate for the distance to the Large Magellanic Cloud.

On the Net:

European Space Agency

Hipparcos Mission

6 Die From Brain-Eating Amoeba in Lakes

By CHRIS KAHN

PHOENIX – It sounds like science fiction but it’s true: A killer amoeba living in lakes enters the body through the nose and attacks the brain where it feeds until you die.

Even though encounters with the microscopic bug are extraordinarily rare, it’s killed six boys and young men this year. The spike in cases has health officials concerned, and they are predicting more cases in the future.

“This is definitely something we need to track,” said Michael Beach, a specialist in recreational waterborne illnesses for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

“This is a heat-loving amoeba. As water temperatures go up, it does better,” Beach said. “In future decades, as temperatures rise, we’d expect to see more cases.”

According to the CDC, the amoeba called Naegleria fowleri (nuh-GLEER-ee-uh FOWL’-erh-eye) killed 23 people in the United States, from 1995 to 2004. This year health officials noticed a spike with six cases – three in Florida, two in Texas and one in Arizona. The CDC knows of only several hundred cases worldwide since its discovery in Australia in the 1960s.

In Arizona, David Evans said nobody knew his son, Aaron, was infected with the amoeba until after the 14-year-old died on Sept. 17. At first, the teen seemed to be suffering from nothing more than a headache.

“We didn’t know,” Evans said. “And here I am: I come home and I’m burying him.”

After doing more tests, doctors said Aaron probably picked up the amoeba a week before while swimming in the balmy shallows of Lake Havasu, a popular man-made lake on the Colorado River between Arizona and California.

Though infections tend to be found in southern states, Naegleria lives almost everywhere in lakes, hot springs, even dirty swimming pools, grazing off algae and bacteria in the sediment.

Beach said people become infected when they wade through shallow water and stir up the bottom. If someone allows water to shoot up the nose – say, by doing a somersault in chest-deep water – the amoeba can latch onto the olfactory nerve.

The amoeba destroys tissue as it makes its way up into the brain, where it continues the damage, “basically feeding on the brain cells,” Beach said.

People who are infected tend to complain of a stiff neck, headaches and fevers. In the later stages, they’ll show signs of brain damage such as hallucinations and behavioral changes, he said.

Once infected, most people have little chance of survival. Some drugs have stopped the amoeba in lab experiments, but people who have been attacked rarely survive, Beach said.

“Usually, from initial exposure it’s fatal within two weeks,” he said.

Researchers still have much to learn about Naegleria. They don’t know why, for example, children are more likely to be infected, and boys are more often victims than girls.

“Boys tend to have more boisterous activities (in water), but we’re not clear,” Beach said.

In central Florida, authorities started an amoeba phone hot line advising people to avoid warm, standing water and areas with algae blooms. Texas health officials also have issued warnings.

People “seem to think that everything can be made safe, including any river, any creek, but that’s just not the case,” said Doug McBride, a spokesman for the Texas Department of State Health Services.

Officials in the town of Lake Havasu City are discussing whether to take action. “Some folks think we should be putting up signs. Some people think we should close the lake,” city spokesman Charlie Cassens said.

Beach cautioned that people shouldn’t panic about the dangers of the brain-eating bug. Cases are still extremely rare considering the number of people swimming in lakes. The easiest way to prevent infection, Beach said, is to use nose clips when swimming or diving in fresh water.

“You’d have to have water going way up in your nose to begin with” to be infected, he said.

David Evans has tried to learn as much as possible about the amoeba over the past month. But it still doesn’t make much sense to him. His family had gone to Lake Havasu countless times. Have people always been in danger? Did city officials know about the amoeba? Can they do anything to kill them off?

Evans lives within eyesight of the lake. Temperatures hover in the triple digits all summer, and like almost everyone else in this desert region, the Evanses look to the lake to cool off.

It was on David Evans’ birthday Sept. 8 that he brought Aaron, his other two children, and his parents to Lake Havasu. They ate sandwiches and spent a few hours splashing around.

“For a week, everything was fine,” Evans said.

Then Aaron got the headache that wouldn’t go away. At the hospital, doctors first suspected meningitis. Aaron was rushed to another hospital in Las Vegas.

“He asked me at one time, ‘Can I die from this?'” David Evans said. “We said, ‘No, no.'”

On Sept. 17, Aaron stopped breathing as his father held him in his arms.

“He was brain dead,” Evans said. Only later did doctors and the CDC determine that the boy had been infected with Naegleria.

“My kids won’t ever swim on Lake Havasu again,” he said.

On the Net:

More on the N. fowleri amoeba:

http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dpd/parasites/naegleria/factsht-naegleria.htm#what

Medical Card System, Inc. Selects Catalyst Rx to Provide Pharmacy Benefit Management Services

HealthExtras, Inc. (NASDAQ:HLEX) — HealthExtras announced today that its Pharmacy Benefit Management (PBM) division, Catalyst Rx was selected by Medical Card System, Inc. (MCS) to provide PBM services to the Puerto Rico based health plan. Catalyst Rx will serve as the PBM commencing December 1, 2007, for MCS’s Commercial business and commencing January 1, 2008, for MCS’s Medicare Part D (Classicare) business. The selection of Catalyst Rx and applicable terms are subject to final contract execution.

“MCS’s selection of Catalyst Rx reflects continued success in our efforts to provide clients with both heightened performance accountability and innovative solutions to managing prescription benefits,” said David T. Blair, Chief Executive Officer of HealthExtras. “We look forward to working with MCS on a collaborative basis to deliver local market-focused management of prescription benefits and to provide MCS’s members with the highest level of service.”

“Catalyst Rx’s commitment to an extensive Center of Excellence with employees located in Puerto Rico, track record of success with numerous efficient PBM conversions and reputation for exceptional service should improve both the quality and value of pharmacy benefits for our members in Puerto Rico,” said Gregory H. Wolf, Chief Executive Officer of MCS.

Catalyst Rx has had success in serving managed care companies by aligning its clinically-focused Centers of Excellence with the operations of the health plan. This strategy has proven to be effective in improving member communications, formulary compliance and overall member satisfaction. Catalyst has already begun the initial phases of its implementation process in Puerto Rico, focused on local market hiring initiatives, data processing, information technology platforms and member communications.

HealthExtras management team will provide more details on this contract and other corporate developments in conjunction with its next regularly scheduled conference call now scheduled for November 7, 2007. During that call the Company will discuss the financial impact of the MCS contract including the timing and extent of anticipated upfront implementation expenses as well as post-implementation revenue and earnings contributions.

About HealthExtras (www.healthextras.com)

HealthExtras, Inc. is a full-service pharmacy management company. Its clients include self-insured employers, including state and local governments, third-party administrators, managed care organizations and individuals. The Company’s integrated pharmacy benefit management services marketed under the name Catalyst Rx include: claims processing, benefit design consultation, drug utilization review, formulary management, drug data analysis services, and mail service and specialty services. Additionally, the Company operates a national retail pharmacy network with over 59,000 participating pharmacies.

About Medical Card System, Inc. (www.medicalcardsystem.com)

Medical Card System Inc. (MCS) is the second largest health insurance company in Puerto Rico with over 725,000 Commercial, Medicare, and Medicaid (Reforma) members. MCS offers custom-made products and guarantees competitive rates that satisfy the health care needs of all segments of the population in Puerto Rico. MCS is a leader in health care administration and offers personalized customer service, quality and efficiency in clinical care, and flexibility in the design of plans and models of access. The company has a wide network of participating providers consisting of over 12,000 physicians, pharmacies, dentists, labs and hospitals.

This press release may contain forward-looking information. The forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be significantly impacted by certain risks and uncertainties described in HealthExtras’ filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Couple Convicted of Rape Sentenced

By Bill Trotter, Bangor Daily News, Maine

Sep. 28–ELLSWORTH — A man and a woman from Mount Desert Island who were convicted of raping women in Hancock County were sentenced Thursday to serve several years behind bars.

Justice William S. Brodrick sentenced Peter Mills, 50, of Southwest Harbor to 10 years in prison with none of the sentence suspended. Stephanie Stark, 45, of Bar Harbor was sentenced to seven years in prison, also with none of it suspended.

On additional charges, each also received consecutive multiyear sentences that were suspended entirely, Mills for seven years and Stark for five. Each will serve three years of probation upon release from prison but could go back behind bars for the duration of the suspended sentences if any probation conditions are violated.

The defense attorneys for Mills and Stark said they intend to appeal the convictions.

Mills and Stark were accused of sexually assaulting the women on two separate incidents in June 2005, during what District Attorney Michael Povich called a two — to three-day “spree.” Mills was convicted of raping three women and Stark two.

The three victims testified separately during the trial in June that after they met up with Mills and Stark to socialize and consume alcohol, they became woozy and disoriented. All three said they were drugged and then raped.

“I’m less trusting of people,” one of the victims told Brodrick in court Thursday. “I’m less sure of myself. I feel less independent.”

Two of the victims, women in their 20s who worked with Mills at a Southwest Harbor restaurant, did not attend the sentencing. These women claimed they had gone out together to a Bar Harbor restaurant with Mills and Stark on June 16, 2005. After dining, the four returned to Mills’ rented home, where the assaults took place later that night. Only one of these women claimed to have been assaulted by Stark.

The victim who spoke Thursday in court is a Surry woman in her 40s who said she was assaulted by Mills and Stark on June 18, 2005, after the pair came over to her home. She had testified that she had just met Mills earlier that day over the phone and had invited him to her house. Her phone number had been printed accidentally in a weekly newspaper advertisement for a bartending job that Mills was interested in. He had been fired from his bartending job in Southwest Harbor after the two other women accused him of drugging and assaulting them.

Stark did not address the court at the sentencing but Mills did. He told the judge that what he did was “reprehensible” and that he had started drinking heavily after he and his wife separated.

“It’s the worst thing I’ve ever done,” he told the judge in a clear voice. “I’m embarrassed, ashamed and humiliated by my actions. The remorse I feel for my actions will never leave me.”

Several of Mills’ friends and relatives addressed the court, including his sister and a daughter from a previous relationship. All told the judge that Mills has no significant criminal background, that he is a hard worker, and that he has been generous and supportive to all of them over many years.

“I love you, Dad,” his grown daughter Danielle Stanley told him.

Mills’ attorney, Daniel Pileggi, said before the hearing that his client has been struggling emotionally the past couple of weeks. Mills’ estranged wife, Michelle Mills, committed suicide Sept. 12 in the Penobscot County Jail, where she was being held while waiting to go on trial for allegedly murdering Southwest Harbor resident Jacqueline Evans in January 2006.

Michelle Mills, who was hired by Evans to help take care of an ailing friend, was accused of bludgeoning Evans to death with a gargoyle statue after they began arguing about money.

Stark and Peter Mills have been held in jail since they were convicted, but jail officials allowed Mills to attend his estranged wife’s funeral in Bar Harbor on Tuesday.

“His outlook has changed considerably in the past couple of weeks,” Pileggi said before the sentencing about his client. “[Mills’ sentencing] pales by comparison.”

Several members of Stark’s family, including her two sisters and her parents, also addressed the court. Each said that Stark has been a strong, supportive presence in their lives and can do more good out of jail than by serving time behind bars.

“She’s given me many happy times,” her mother, Patricia Stark, told the judge, her voice tightening with emotion. “I can only hope the court will have mercy on Stephanie.”

Povich told Brodrick that despite the character testimonials, Mills and Stark need to be held responsible for the seriousness of their crimes.

“People, when it comes to sex, have dark sides that their friends and relatives might not be aware of,” the prosecutor said. “We should not forget we have three victims involved here.”

Brodrick spent little time announcing the sentences or commenting on the crimes. He said the lack of serious criminal conduct in the prior records of the defendants was a mitigating factor in the sentencing.

“You inflicted grievous harm on [the victims],” the judge told Mills and Stark. “I think there is reason to believe you will be productive citizens again in the future.”

Pileggi and Stark’s attorney, Stephen Smith of Bangor, said after the sentencing that each plans to appeal. The sentences were severe for the type of uncharacteristic behavior each defendant was briefly engaged in, they each said.

After the proceeding, Povich said he was “very pleased” with the sentences.

“I’ve never seen a case like this,” he said. “These are serial rapists.”

The prosecutor said the case is a clear indication that women should be careful when socializing in a private setting with people they don’t know that well.

“You can’t be trusting anymore,” Povich said. “‘Watch your back. Watch your drink.”

—–

To see more of the Bangor Daily News, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.bangordailynews.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Bangor Daily News, Maine

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Wedgewood Introduces Twist-a-Dose(TM) Transdermal Applicator: Easy, Accurate, and Simple Administration of Medications to Companion Animals

SWEDESBORO, N.J., Sept. 27 /PRNewswire/ — Wedgewood Pharmacy has introduced the Twist-a-Dose(TM) transdermal applicator, an innovative package that makes it easier and safer for veterinarians and pet owners to administer precise doses of custom-compounded medications to companion animals. Instead of the old 1ML plunger-type topical syringe, Twist-a-Dose requires just two twists of a clearly marked rotating end cap to dispense the precise dose required.

Animated instructions for using the Twist-a-Dose are located at http://www.wedgewoodpharmacy.com/Twist-a-Doseinstructions.html.

Twist-a-Dose delivers a more concentrated gel than the plunger-type syringes previously used to dispense transdermal medications. The cost for a 30-day supply of medication can be one-half or less the cost of the same medications delivered in syringes.

Transdermal medications must be dispensed in tiny, concentrated doses to the inside of a cat’s ear flap or pinna. A typical old plunger-style syringe typically contains 1 milliliter of medication — just one-fifth of a teaspoon — concentrated so that the desired dose is one-tenth of that. Practically, this means that pet owners had to read tiny markings on the syringe to get a correct dose and then use a gloved finger to apply the gel to the inside of the ear. The Twist-a-Dose transdermal applicator is more concentrated so that two twists of the Twist-a-Dose pen delivers the same amount of medication in 0.05 milliliters. And, because it minimizes physical contact with the medication, it’s safer because pet owners can apply the medication directly to the animal’s ear using the built-in applicator tip, minimizing human contact with the medicine.

Since the dose delivered by the Twist-a-Dose is more concentrated, the medication it dispenses can be prepared with less transdermal gel base, the “vehicle” that carries the active ingredient. As a result, a 30-dose supply can be provided in a single Twist-a-Dose applicator compared to three old- style syringes. This simplifies things for both the veterinarian and the pet owner.

Veterinarians often prescribe transdermal medications for cats when other means of delivering medications such as pills, capsules, suspensions and flavorings have been tried. This may be due to pet owners who have been unable to “pill” their animals or when animals refuse bitter-tasting medications, such as Methimazole, which is used to manage hyperthyroidism.

Wedgewood currently fills prescriptions from licensed prescribers in the Twist-a-Dose applicator for these medicines:

   Amitriptyline HCl       Diltiazem HCl       Metoclopramide   Atenolol                Enalapril           Methimazole   Buspirone HCl           Famotidine          Phenoxybenzamine   Cisapride               Fluoxetine          Prednisolone   Clomipramine HCl        Furosemide          Prednisone   Dexamethasone           Glipizide           Theophylline    About Wedgewood Pharmacy  

A compounding pharmacy creates customized medications for individual patients in response to a licensed practitioner’s prescription. Wedgewood Pharmacy is the largest veterinary compounding pharmacy in the United States, serving more than 20,000 prescribers of animal and human compounds. It is located in Swedesboro NJ and licensed throughout the United States.

Background: About Compounding Pharmacy

Because every patient is different and has different needs, customized, compounded medications are a vital part of quality medical care.

The basis of the profession of pharmacy has always been the “triad,” the patient-physician-pharmacist relationship. Compounding is extremely important to the veterinary community, which often requires more flavors, dosages and potency levels than commercially available medications supply.

Through this relationship, patient needs are determined by a doctor, who chooses a treatment regimen that may include a compounded medication. Physicians and veterinarians often prescribe compounded medications for reasons that include (but are not limited to) the following situations:

   -- When needed medications are discontinued by or generally unavailable      from pharmaceutical companies, often because the medications are no      longer profitable to manufacture;   -- When the patient is allergic to certain preservatives, dyes or binders      in available off-the shelf medications;   -- When treatment requires tailored dosage strengths for patients with      unique needs (for example, an infant);   -- When a pharmacist can combine several medications the patient is taking      to increase compliance;   -- When the patient cannot ingest the medication in its commercially      available form and a pharmacist can prepare the medication in cream,      liquid or other form that the patient can easily take; and   -- When medications require flavor additives to make them more palatable      for some patients, most often children and pets.   

For additional information, visit the International Academy of Compounding Pharmacists’ Web site at http://www.iacprx.org/ and http://www.compoundingfacts.org/.

   Contact:  Marcy Kelly             Vice President, Marketing             [email protected]             856.832.1303              David Kirk, APR, Fellow PRSA             [email protected]             610.422.0048  

Wedgewood Pharmacy

CONTACT: Marcy Kelly, Vice President, Marketing of Wedgewood Pharmacy,+1-856-832-1303, [email protected]; or David Kirk, APR, FellowPRSA, +1-610-422-0048, [email protected], for Wedgewood Pharmacy

Web site: http://www.wedgewoodpharmacy.com/http://www.wedgewoodpharmacy.com/Twist-a-Doseinstructions.htmlhttp://www.iacprx.org/http://www.compoundingfacts.org/

Tastybaby Frozen Organic Baby Food Now Available

BALTIMORE, Sept. 27 /PRNewswire/ — 2007 NATURAL PRODUCTS EXPO EAST — Tastybaby(TM) (http://www.tastybaby.com/), a company devoted to a balanced and healthy lifestyle, today announced the immediate West Coast availability of its line of Tastybaby 100 percent organic frozen baby food through distributors UNFI and DPI. Next month, Tastybaby will be available for purchase at Whole Foods, Bristol Farms, Mollie Stones and PC Greens.

“We are excited about the level of interest and enthusiasm among retailers to carry Tastybaby food,” said Liane Weintraub, co-founder and CEO of Tastybaby who is a former journalist and avid environmentalist. “Our goal is to provide tasty organic baby food to families nationwide in order to help give children everywhere the best possible nutritional start.”

Tastybaby is raising the bar by pioneering a new food category — frozen, organic baby food — which is widely recognized as the healthiest nutritional baby food option available today. By blast-freezing the freshest organic ingredients at their prime, capturing the ripest flavors and optimal nutrients and preparing baby food in convenient single servings, Tastybaby is helping make it possible for parents everywhere to practice green living without sacrificing life’s pleasures.

Tastybaby frozen organic baby food is made with all natural ingredients, farmed and minimally processed to be certified 100 percent organic. Tastybaby co-founder and president Shannan Swanson, a member of the Swanson Frozen Food family and graduate of Le Cordon Bleu in Paris, applied years of culinary experience and passion into making tasty organic food for her own babies. Best friends Shannan and Liane shared recipes and cooking techniques, and realized they shared a goal to create tasty organic baby food that they could freeze for convenient anytime, anywhere preparation.

“We knew that jarred food wasn’t the answer, so we set out to make something we’d feel good about feeding our own babies, or any baby,” Liane said.

“We worked so hard to care for ourselves during pregnancy that we really wanted to do everything we could to ensure that the same healthy choices were passed on to our babies after birth,” added Shannan.

Tastybaby goes beyond food to promote a balanced and healthy lifestyle and a tasty approach to fashion, family and giving back through its website http://www.tastybaby.com/ (Tastybaby co-founder and former journalist Liane serves as the Editor-in-Chief). Since the launch of http://www.tastybaby.com/ on Earth Day 2007, the online community and lifestyle blog has become a destination site for proud parents and issues-minded individuals everywhere. Updated with fresh content on an ongoing basis, http://www.tastybaby.com/ provides members with a friendly forum to share personal stories, advice for health, fitness and parenting, access to exclusive celebrity interviews, green tips and tricks, family gift ideas, eco-friendly arts & crafts, tasty recipes and more. Replicating an online magazine, each month focuses on a new theme, from Mother’s and Father’s Day to Back-to-School.

Tastybaby is shipping 9 baby food flavors for 3 stages of development. Stage 1 (extra smooth puree with single ingredients): Life’s a Peach, Squash ‘Em, Hip 2 B Pear; Stage 2 (smooth puree with more complex flavors): Peas On Earth, Bangos, Bollywood Baby, Sweetie Pie; Stage 3 (chunky puree with protein): Kickin’ Chicken, Mama Mia. Each box contains three (3) 3.5-oz individual, re-sealable cups and will retail for about $5.50.

The food will be available in select Whole Foods in various California (Northern and Southern), Nevada and Arizona locations, Mollie Stones in Northern California, Bristol Farms throughout California, as well as PC Greens, located near Tastybaby’s headquarters in Malibu, California.

A socially-responsible company, Tastybaby is involved with E2 (Environmental Entrepreneurs), the Natural Resources Defense Council and the Malibu Legacy Park Project. In addition, this month Tastybaby co-hosted a fall fashion event at the Stella McCartney store in West Hollywood, from which proceeds supported Children’s Action Network, a non-profit dedicated to finding homes for Foster Children.

Tastybaby’s packaging is recyclable and biodegradable and printed with vegetable-based inks by Cedar Graphics, Inc., a division of EarthColor, Inc., recognized by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as the new #1 largest purchaser of renewable (wind power) energy in the printing sector.

About Tastybaby LLC

Tastybaby goes beyond food to offer a lifestyle that promotes green living without sacrificing life’s pleasures. Founded by two savvy and fashion-forward moms with a passion for cooking, kids, the environment and healthy living, Tastybaby has a line of frozen organic baby food as well as a web site. For more information, please visit http://www.tastybaby.com/. Tastybaby LLC, founded in 2007, is a privately owned company with offices in Malibu, California.

Tastybaby LLC

CONTACT: Jenni Hart of Cohn & Wolfe, +1-415-365-8537,[email protected], for Tastybaby

Web site: http://www.tastybaby.com/

Roz Varon, ABC7 Morning News Traffic Anchor, Named Honorary Chair of Fannie May(R) Chocolate’s Pink Campaign

CHICAGO, Sept. 26 /PRNewswire/ — Fannie May(R) is proud to name Roz Varon, Traffic Anchor for ABC7 News This Morning, the Honorary Chair of its 2007 “Support the Cause” PINK Campaign fundraiser to benefit five local cancer centers, following a tradition established last year with First Lady Maggie Daley.

“We are grateful to Ms. Varon for joining with us and the Coleman Foundation to support the cause,” said Mr. David Taiclet, CEO of Fannie May. “Ms. Varon was chosen for the personal courage she demonstrated, and the inspiring and uplifting message that she communicated through example, to thousands of Chicagoans during her recent journey from stage four breast cancer to 100 percent remission,” he continued. “Her positive attitude while undergoing treatment represents the spirit of this fundraiser.”

In her role, Ms. Varon will preside over activities surrounding a kick-off party at Fannie May’s landmark Michigan Avenue store in Chicago. The event will be followed by “street sampling” by more than 50 volunteers from the benefiting organizations of PINK Confections, and the distribution of informational brochures to pedestrians during the lunch hour. She will also support the cause as ambassador for Fannie May’s PINK Campaign throughout October — National Breast Cancer Awareness Month.

“I am honored to have been chosen Honorary Chair for Fannie May’s PINK Campaign fundraiser,” said Varon. “In light of my own journey with breast cancer, wellness and follow-up treatment for survivors is a cause close to my heart, and this type of positive energy helps improve the quality of life for those of us dealing with cancer,” she continued. “I am proud to be able to help make a difference in so many lives.”

Through October, Fannie May will donate 10 percent of the proceeds of its Limited Edition PINK Confections to the Cancer Wellness Center in Northbrook, Gilda’s Club, Chicago, Jennifer S. Fallick Cancer Support Center in Homewood, Wellness House in Hinsdale, and Wellness Place in Palatine. The centers provide resources and guidance free of charge to people who are dealing with cancer, to complement their medical care. The monies raised through the PINK Campaign will be matched dollar for dollar through a grant from the Chicago-based Coleman Foundation.

“Like most families, we’ve been touched by cancer,” reports Coleman Foundation President and CEO, Mr. Michael Hennessy. “The Foundation and Fannie May have deep Chicago roots, and we’re pleased to partner with them once again to help promote the important work of these local cancer centers.”

Fannie May’s PINK Confections, packaged in pink gift wrap and decorated with the familiar pink ribbon symbol for breast cancer awareness, will be available at all 55 Fannie May Shops in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Wisconsin, and at Jewel-Osco, Dominick’s, and select Walgreen’s retail outlets, and other independent retailers where pre-packaged Fannie May Chocolates are sold, and at http://www.fanniemay.com/. Suggested retail prices for the special assortment range from $9.99 to $19.99, and include:

   -- Pink Drizzled Pixies(R) -- Combination of rich caramel, luscious      chocolate and crunchy pecans, drizzled with pink pastel coating      (website only)   -- Pink Mint Meltaways(R) -- Mint chocolate center in creamy pink pastel      coating   -- Pink Ladies -- Coconut center in creamy pink pastel coating and toasted      coconut   -- Peppermint Ice -- Pastel coating with crunchy peppermint pieces    

“We thank Fannie May and the Coleman Foundation for their generous support and for increasing awareness of breast cancer through this PINK Campaign,” said Mrs. Nancy Laatsch, Executive Director of the Cancer Wellness Center in Northbrook and president of the Cancer Health Alliance, a consortium that includes the Jennifer S. Fallick Cancer Support Center, Wellness House, and Wellness Place.

“This fundraiser works to remind women over 40 of the importance of early detection through annual mammography screenings, and also increases awareness among those Chicagoans affected by cancer of the support services available through our five organizations,” said Ms. LauraJane Hyde, CEO of Gilda’s Club Chicago.

2007 marks the third consecutive year of Fannie May’s PINK Campaign. Past contributions have supported outreach efforts to doctors and hospitals in the Chicago metropolitan area, making them aware of services available free of charge for their patients, and were used to purchase computer database systems to allow for better program delivery. In addition, Fannie May and the Coleman Foundation were sponsors of the second national conference in Chicago that brought together free-standing cancer support organizations from all over the United States, to improve their skills and share best practices.

The Coleman Foundation was established by J.D. and Dorothy Coleman who were the owners and managers of Fannie May Candies until their deaths in 1975 and 1977, respectively. Since 1981, the Foundation’s Directors have made cancer support a priority in the Chicagoland area by supporting major initiatives to improve treatment, facilities, access to care, program capacity as well as forward thinking translational research. In recent years, grants to the five local cancer centers have supported programs to improve the quality of life for the individuals and families battling cancer.

Fannie May was founded in 1920 by H. Teller Archibald and operates 55 shops in four Midwestern states and plans to open up to nine more stores in 2007. Among these, the following locations are planned to open by December 1, 2007 or earlier: Hawthorne Mall, Vernon Hills; Bolingbrook Shopping Center; Danada Square West, Wheaton; 144 Dearborn Avenue, Chicago; Willow Festival Shopping Center, Northbrook; and Heritage Square, Michiwaka, Indiana. Fannie May offers more than 80 different kinds of chocolate candies, including Trinidads, Mint Meltaways, Pixies, and hand-picked assortments. Pre-packaged selections are also available at Jewel-Osco, Dominick’s, select Walgreen’s retail outlets, and other independent retailers, and at http://www.fanniemay.com/. Fannie May also sells its premium chocolates through its wholesale partners, as well as through its catalogs.

Fannie May

CONTACT: Lisa Doherty of Doherty Marketing, +1-312-988-4314, for FannieMay

Web site: http://www.fanniemay.com/

Sex Therapist `Dr. Ruth’ Advocates for Sex After 50

MIAMI _ We won’t lie and tell you that life begins at 50, but we will you this: Many people have the best sex of their lives after 50.

Maybe it’s because the kids are gone and you have all the time in the world to re-create that steamy kitchen counter scene from “Fatal Attraction,” not the one with the rabbit, the other, sexy one. Or maybe it’s because you communicate well. She’s not ashamed to tell him she needs lubricant, and he’s not embarrassed to tell her he needs some physical stimulation to obtain an erection.

Whatever the case, “at a certain age when a couple have fortune to have each other and a good relationship _ not the Hollywood type _ then they should not give up on sex,” says Dr. Ruth Westheimer, world-renowned sex therapist. “If there is a problem, go see a medical doctor.”

In her book, “Dr. Ruth’s Sex After 50: Revving Up the Romance, Passion & Excitement” (Quill Driver, $14.95), she speaks frankly about overcoming age-related challenges, finding a partner and spicing up your love life. After all, a recent survey by the National Institutes of Health shows that people 57 to 85 are continuing to have sexual relationships.

Dr. Ruth, 79, “and never hiding it,” spoke on the phone from her New York apartment, “looking over the majestic Hudson,” and enthused about keeping the passion burning, between the sheets and everywhere else.

Q: How do you be intimate if you’re ashamed of your body image?

A: Because of cultures of slim and young people, older people often get very sad because they don’t look like they did when they were 25. It has an impact on their desire to be together. The important thing is you don’t have to have sex at the same time. You can pleasure him or her separately.

Q: Exercise can help, too, right?

A: Yes. The next time you’re in the locker room, look around discreetly. (Don’t get yourself arrested!) Not everyone has a great body. I’m not saying you should go to the gym five days a week for five hours. Go for walks. Make sure you move your body and have an attitude that says, “Let me do some exercise.” I used to be a fantastic water skier. At 79, I don’t do it any more. You have to honor your age. I’m not saying don’t do anything. I recently danced with a Cuban dancer. I hadn’t danced like that in a long time.

Q: What about emotional fitness?

A: You have to teach the men that it’s OK to show your emotions. Six years ago I told a friend who had walked out of the Twin Towers that it’s OK to cry. Tears are not only meant for women. Men have tear ducts.

Q: Why is communication so important for older couples?

A: When people are younger and busy they come home and discuss the children. When the nest is empty there is often nothing to talk about. You must develop a passion, some interest such as golf or Mah-jongg. When you interact with other people you can come home and have something to talk about, rather than just sit in front of the TV.

Q: How should a woman handle erectile dysfunction the first time it happens?

A: She should not say anything. She should not want to hurt him because she knows he is upset. Avoid it. Watch TV late. The male sexual apparatus is very delicate. Maybe he was tired, had too much to drink, had a lot on his mind. If it continues he should see a doctor and she should go with him, but not in a bad mood. Communicate and be sexually literate. If they don’t know that after menopause to use a lubricant, then he will not approach her because it was painful the last time. People are living longer and it would be sad if they give up on the wonderful opportunity of being intimate.

Q: In your book, you recommend erotica. Why?

A: If both are willing, sexually explicit movies in the privacy of your home permit you to have some fantasies. You don’t have to be Siamese twins; you can watch them alone, be aroused and have a good experience. Women prefer a story line. Men just want to see the act. They know that it’s not the reality of every man out there in terms of penis size and being able to do that for the length of the movie.

Q: How do you spice things up when you’re both retired and probably tired of each other?

A: Use a lot of fantasies. Don’t ever say, “I’m tired of you.” Your partner will never forget that. Go on a second honeymoon, but remove all expectations that sex will be like it was on the first honeymoon. Take time out for each other. It doesn’t have to be Paris. It can be a motel around the corner. Wear sexy clothes, but nothing to compete with a 25-year-old.

Busts are sagging, arms are flabby _ expect that. You can have sexy material that’s colorful and feels good, so you walk with pleasure. I don’t like to see older women with their breasts showing. An older woman should hide a bit and let people enjoy the other parts of her body, like the smile on her face. And remember, the bedroom isn’t the only place for sex. It can be a couch, a kitchen table, whatever is fun.

Q: When dating someone new, if the guy says he’s too old for condoms, what do you do?

A: That’s a problem. Many men are worried that by time they put a condom on they will lose the erection. Tell them not to worry about losing the erection, otherwise they will lose it. If they have a good relationship, no other relations, a condom does not have to be used. Otherwise, older people can get sexually transmitted diseases. So be careful.

Q: When is it appropriate to masturbate?

A: Always. You can use any fantasies you want, but keep your mouth shut. Not in public; in the privacy of your bedroom or bathroom … or kitchen.

___

TREATING SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

The first step in treating sexual dysfunction _ a common couple’s disease _ is to go as a couple to see a urologist, says Dr. Lawrence Hakim, head of sexual medicine and surgery at Cleveland Clinic.

“It’s a very trying issue” affecting 20 million to 30 million people in the United States, Hakim says. “Some wait years suffering in silence. It destroys intimacy, marriages, relationships. It’s nothing to be ashamed of. It’s often due to other problems like diabetes, hypertension, prostate cancer therapies. … For many men it can be the first sign of heart disease, which could be life-threatening.”

Once the couple makes the first step, they can discuss treatments, including:

_Medications such as Viagra, Levitra and Cialis. These are effective for many men, but they don’t work for everyone, Hakim says. Also, they could prove fatal to someone with heart disease taking nitroglycerin.

_Injection therapy. This involves the man injecting himself in the penis before sexual intercourse, a turn-off for men who prefer spontaneity.

_Penile prothesis. During a 30-minute operation, a device is placed into the penis, completely concealed. After four to six weeks of healing, the man can get a full, rigid erection anytime for as long as he wants, without interfering with sensation and urination, Hakim says.

After ejaculation, he can maintain the erection. He can deflate the device by activating a pump that sits inside the scrotum. With this, there is no risk of priapism, an often-painful erection lasting hours that can lead to permanent erectile dysfunction.

“No one treatment is right for everybody,” Hakim says. “There’s no magical pill.”

___

(c) 2007, The Miami Herald.

Visit The Miami Herald Web edition on the World Wide Web at http://www.herald.com/

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

_____

ARCHIVE PHOTOS on MCT Direct (from MCT Photo Service, 202-383-6099): RUTH WESTHEIMER

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Loma Linda University Medical Center & Faculty Physicians, Redlands Community Hospital and Beaver Medical Group Commemorate Groundbreaking for the Beaumont Healthcare Center

Four well-respected health care organizations came together today to break ground on a new healthcare center in Beaumont that will significantly enhance the access to medical services for families in the Inland Empire. Beaumont Mayor Jeff Fox also participated in the event.

Upon completion, the Beaumont Healthcare Center will offer comprehensive, high-quality medical services in an 85,000-square-foot facility. The center will serve the residents of Beaumont as well as the surrounding communities of Cherry Valley, Banning, Cabazon, Calimesa, Yucaipa and Oak Glen.

Loma Linda University Medical Center, Faculty Practice Plan of Loma Linda University School of Medicine, Redlands Community Hospital and Beaver Medical Group have collaborated for over two years on developing the new healthcare facility. When completed, the Beaumont Healthcare Center will include a medical office building, outpatient surgery center, urgent care, a variety of medical and surgical programs, and additional services such as imaging, a laboratory and physical therapy. Plans calls for completion by early 2009. The project is expected to cost $42 million.

“Our collaboration with Faculty Practice Plan of Loma Linda University School of Medicine, Redlands Community Hospital, and Beaver Medical Group marks an important new direction for LLUMC,” said Ruthita J. Fike, Chief Executive Officer for Loma Linda University Medical Center. “The project is our first significant venture to provide LLUMC services outside our immediate campus. It is also the first time we have engaged in a partnership of such scope and magnitude with other health care providers to bring needed medical services to patients.”

Loma Linda University Medical Center (LLUMC) is a tertiary care teaching hospital in the Riverside/San Bernardino area, and serves as the only Level 1 regional trauma center for Inyo, Mono, Riverside, and San Bernardino counties. LLUMC offers nearly 900 beds for patient care. The Medical Center operates some of the largest clinical programs in the United States in areas such as neonatal care and outpatient surgery, and is recognized as the international leader in infant heart transplantation and proton treatments for cancer. Each year, the institution admits more than 33,000 inpatients and serves roughly half a million outpatients.

“Our university has had a long tradition of pioneering important medical breakthroughs,” noted Roger Hadley, M.D., Dean of the School of Medicine. “Our collaboration with the partners present today represents a breakthrough of a different kind. By teaming with LLUMC, Redlands Community Hospital and Beaver Medical Group, our physicians will be able to bring the medical expertise of teaching-hospital faculty members to patients who may never have otherwise been able to access our services.”

The Faculty Practice Plan of Loma Linda University School of Medicine comprises over 600 physicians from more than 20 different physician group practices affiliated with the Medical Center. The group maintains nearly 20 satellite offices throughout the Inland Empire.

“Redlands Community Hospital has a great working relationship with Loma Linda University Medical Center, its faculty and Beaver Medical Group,” said Jim Holmes, President and Chief Executive Officer of Redlands Community Hospital. “This project allows our organizations to build on that past affiliation to bring needed healthcare services to this community. By bringing outpatient services here to our patients, we hope to reduce their need to travel to us. Of course, our hospital will continue caring for patients when they need emergency medical services or to be admitted for more acute health care.”

Redlands Community Hospital has been serving the local community for more than 100 years. The 176-bed hospital offers a full range of medical and surgical services, including maternity neonatal intensive care, orthopedics, psychiatric services and an emergency room that treated more than 41,000 patients in 2005, resulting in 6,164 admissions. The hospital performs nearly 6,500 surgeries a year and admitted over 13,000 patients in 2005. Over 2,600 of these patients were from the San Gorgonio Pass communities.

“The physicians of Beaver Medical Group have served the Inland Empire since 1945 and the healthcare needs of patients in this local community for well over a decade,” said John Goodman, Administrator of Beaver Medical Group. “The Beaumont Healthcare Center introduces a new opportunity for Beaver Medical Group to serve the needs of our patients in this community. Our physicians appreciate the opportunity to participate with Redlands Community Hospital and Loma Linda University Medical Center & Faculty Physicians in the development of this important healthcare center.”

Beaver Medical Group (BMG) has facilities in Redlands, Yucaipa, Highland, Colton and Banning. Founded in 1945, BMG is one of the largest multi-specialty medical groups in the Southern California, with over 140 physicians representing 25 medical specialties. Beaver Medical Group recently opened a second medical office building in the city of Banning, adjacent to an established location where BMG physicians have been caring for patients in the area for over a decade. The new medical office building enables Beaver Medical Group to bring additional physicians to the community and expand specialty care services.

Kindred Healthcare Opens New Hospitals in Havertown, Pennsylvania, and Richmond, Virginia

Kindred Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) (NYSE:KND) today announced the opening of Kindred Hospital Philadelphia – Havertown in Havertown, Pennsylvania, and Kindred Hospital Richmond in Richmond, Virginia.

Kindred Hospital Philadelphia – Havertown is a 57-bed freestanding long-term acute care (“LTAC”) hospital. The Company currently operates a freestanding LTAC hospital under the name Kindred Hospital – Philadelphia and a hospital-in-hospital under the name Kindred Hospital – Delaware County in the Philadelphia market.

Kindred Hospital Richmond is a 60-bed freestanding LTAC hospital, the Company’s only LTAC hospital in Virginia.

“These hospitals are part of our continued strategy to develop new LTAC hospitals in underserved markets where our shareholders can expect a solid return on their invested capital,” said Paul J. Diaz, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

“Our nationwide system of LTAC hospitals provides specialized care to medically complex patients who require prolonged treatment plans and extended recovery time,” said Frank J. Battafarano, Executive Vice President and President of the Company’s Hospital Division. “The Havertown hospital will serve an underserved area in the Philadelphia market and we look forward to providing long-term acute hospital care in the Richmond area.”

About Kindred Healthcare

Kindred Healthcare, Inc. (NYSE:KND) is a Fortune 500 healthcare services company, based in Louisville, Kentucky, with annual revenues of over $4 billion. Kindred through its subsidiaries operates long-term acute care hospitals, skilled nursing centers and a contract rehabilitation services business, Peoplefirst Rehabilitation Services, in approximately 560 locations in 39 states across the United States. Kindred’s 51,000 employees are committed to providing high quality patient care and outstanding customer service to become the most trusted and respected provider of healthcare services in every community we serve. For more information, go to www.kindredhealthcare.com.

NewHope Bariatrics Opens New Weight Loss Surgery Center in Kansas City

NewHope Bariatrics announced today the opening of its second Ambulatory Surgery Center focused on the treatment of obesity through adjustable gastric banding. The center is based in Overland Park, Kan. The Medical Director of the NewHope Bariatrics Center is Stephen Malley, M.D., a leading bariatric surgeon who has performed more than 750 LAP-BAND® System procedures and serves as a LAP-BAND surgical proctor for Allergan, Inc, (NYSE: AGN), the product’s manufacturer.

“Dr. Malley has a proven track record with clinical outcomes and a comprehensive weight loss program for long-term success and patient satisfaction,” said David Crane, President and Chief Executive Officer of NewHope Bariatrics. “NewHope Bariatrics is pleased to formalize this partnership and expand the positive impact of this program in the Kansas City market,” added Mr. Crane.

“Our shared goal is to expand the awareness locally that a safe and minimally invasive option is available, and a team of committed, compassionate individuals are standing by to help patients set and achieve their health goals,” Dr. Malley commented. “We want the people suffering from obesity to realize that there is new hope today. They don’t have to have their stomach stapled. They don’t have to be out of work for weeks, and they can take off the weight and keep it off.”

The NewHope Bariatrics Surgery Center offers a comprehensive program beginning with extensive education, pre-surgical consultation and financial counseling, and continuing through aftercare programs focused on long-term clinical support and access to a community of patients and health-care professionals. The entire program is designed to help people achieve their weight loss goals and improve their quality of life.

The NewHope Bariatrics Weight Loss Center of Kansas City will begin performing LAP-BAND® System procedures in October. It is located at 10787 Nall Ave., Suite 100, Overland Park, Kan. Free educational seminars are offered to the public. To register, please call 1-877-NEW-HOPE (1-877-639-4673) or visit www.newhopetoday.com.

NewHope Bariatrics (Charlotte, N.C.) develops and operates ambulatory surgery centers and short-stay surgical hospitals in partnership with highly regarded bariatric surgeons that serve the needs of the seriously overweight. The NewHope Bariatric Centers focus on adjustable gastric banding procedures (primarily the LAP-BAND® System), delivering compassionate care, excellent clinical results, and superior patient satisfaction ratings. For more information, visit www.newhopebariatrics.com.

Impact of Complications on Outcomes Following Aortic and Mitral Valve Replacements in the United States

By Allareddy, V Ward, M M; Ely, J W; Allareddy, V; Levett, J

Aim. Heart valve replacement surgeries account for 20% of all cardiac procedures. In-hospital mortality rates are approximately 6% for aortic valve replacements and 10% for mitral valve replacements. The objectives of the study are to provide nationally representative estimates of complications following aortic and mitral valve replacements and to quantify the impact of different types of complications on in-hospital outcomes. Methods. The Nationwide Inpatient Sample was analyzed for years 2000-2003. The effect of complications on in-hospital mortality, length of stay (LOS), and hospital charges were examined using bivariate and multivariable logistic and linear regression analyses. The confounding effects of age, sex, primary diagnosis, type of valve replacement, type of admission, comorbid conditions, and hospital characteristics were adjusted.

Results. A total of 43 909 patients underwent aortic valve replacement as the primary procedure during the study period and 16 516 patients underwent mitral valve replacement. Complications occurred in 35.2% of those undergoing aortic valve replacements and in 36.4% of those undergoing mitral valve replacements. Almost half of these are cardiac complications and a quarter involve hemorrhage/ hematoma/seroma. Complications were significantly associated with in- hospital mortality, LOS, and hospital charges even after adjusting for patient and hospital characteristics.

Conclusion. Complications are prevalent and exert a considerable influence on outcomes following aortic and mitral valve replacements. Quality initiatives should focus on minimizing complications and improving processes of care that would enable complications to be better resolved if they occur.

KEY WORDS: Aortic valve, surgery – Mitral valve, surgery – Prosthesis – Treatment, outcome.

Aortic and mitral valve replacements are often treatments of choice for patients with symptomatic aortic and mitral valve diseases respectively. Heart valve replacement surgeries account for 20% of all cardiac procedures and as the proportion of elderly in the United States increases, the number of valve replacements is expected to rise.1 Heart valve replacements also account for 30% of all deaths following cardiac surgeries l with in-hospital mortality rates around 4.3% for first-time isolated aortic valve replacements 2 and 10% for mitral valve replacements and surgeries. 3 In- hospital mortality rates are higher for multiple valve replacements when compared to isolated aortic valve replacements.2 Several single center and population-based studies have examined the predictors of mortality following valve replacement surgeries.2-10 Most studies reporting the incidence of complications following heart valve replacement surgeries are single center trials.11-14 Single center trials, though potentially rich in individual patient data, do not accurately represent usual practice because their results may not be representative of other hospitals. There is little published data providing population-based estimates of complications following heart valve replacement surgeries or describing the impact of complications on outcomes.

The objectives of the current study are to provide nationally representative estimates of complications following aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries and to quantify the relative impact of different types of complications on in-hospital outcomes including in-hospital mortality, length of stay (LOS), and hospital charges.

Materials and methods

Patient selection

Analyses were conducted using the Nationwide Inpatient Sample (NIS) of the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) for the years 2000-2003. The NIS is a 20% stratified sample of all non- federal hospitals in the United States and contains up to 8 million records from approximately 1 000 hospitals in 35 states.15 All patients who underwent aortic valve replacement (ICD-9-CM codes of ‘35.21’ or ‘35.22’) or mitral valve replacement (ICD-9-CM codes of ‘35.23’ or ‘35.24’) as primary procedures were selected for analyses.

Complications

The NIS dataset has information on up to 15 diagnoses per discharge. Reported complications were classified using the Clinical Classification Software (CCS) coding system (code = 238 – Complications due to medical or surgical care) in the NIS. Based on the ICD-9-CM codes, we grouped the complications into 12 categories including: cardiac, nervous, respiratory, digestive, urinary, iatrogenic, infections, hemorrhage/hematoma/seroma,disruption/ dehiscence/rupture/non-healing wounds, septicemia, and others. The ICD-9-CM codes for complications that were used in this study are summarized in Table I.

Outcome variables

The hospital charges in the NIS were adjusted to year 2003 (last quarter) levels using the consumer price index for inpatient hospital services provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.16 Hospital charges were log transformed to correct for skewed data distribution as was LOS. In-hospital mortality was coded in the dataset.

Descriptive statistical snalysis

Descriptive statistics were used to summarize the frequency of occurrence of complications and the characteristics of patients with and without complications. For the procedures of interest, baseline characteristics such as age, sex, admission type (elective versus emergent/urgent), type of valve replacement (bioprosthetic or mechanical valve) and performance of concomitant coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) procedure during the hospitalization were compared between those who developed complications and those who did not develop complications by using independent sample t tests and ?2 tests where appropriate. Hospital volume was used as a continuous variable in the models and was calculated based on the number of aortic and mitral valve replacement procedures performed (includes secondary procedures) at each hospital each year.

Regression models

The influence of patient related factors including age, sex, type of valve replacement procedure, multiple valve replacement (concomitant aortic or mitral valve), presence of comorbid conditions, admission type, primary diagnosis, performance of CABG, number of complications, and different types of complications were examined on in-hospital mortality, LOS, and hospital charges following aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries using bivariate logistic and linear regression models where appropriate.

Multivariable logistic and linear regression models were then developed incorporating the variables that were significant (P

TABLE I.-Frequencies of complications following aortic valve or mitral valve replacement.

In the NIS, 11 states do not report race,1? which means that this variable is missing from 30% of cases. Thus, to retain the full N in the multivariable models, they were computed once without race in the model and then computed again, on a reduced sample size, with race in the model.

Statistical analysis

The Generalized Estimating Equation (GEE) method specifying an exchangeable correlation matrix was used to fit the bivariate and multivariable regression models in order to correct for possible clustering of similar outcomes within hospitals.18 The empirical standard errors were used to compute the 95% confidence intervals of the estimates. Two-sided P values were calculated for all analyses and 0.05 was set as the statistical significance level. All analyses were performed using SAS version 9.1 (SAS Institute Ine, Cary, NC) and SPSS version 13.0 (SPSS Ine, Chicago, IL).

Results

A total of 43 909 patients underwent aortic valve replacement as the primary procedure during the study period and 16 516 patients underwent mitral valve replacement. The baseline characteristics of patients undergoing these procedures are summarized in Table II. The average age of patients having aortic valve replacement was 67 years and 64 years for mitral valve replacement surgery. Nearly 40% of the patients who underwent aortic valve replacement and 56% of patients who underwent mitral valve replacement were female. Approximately 66% of admissions for aortic valve replacement and 6l% of admissions for mitral valve replacement were elective. Mechanical valves were used for 56% and 71% of patients having aortic valve and mitral valve replacements respectively. The most frequently occurring primary diagnosis for both aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries was heart valve disorders. Patients who were transferred to another short-term hospital (456 after aortic valve and 197 after mitral valve replacement) or for whom information about disposition was not available (158 after aortic valve replacement and 52 after mitral valve replacement) were not included in the analysis. TABLE II.-Baseline characteristics of patients undergoing aortic valve and mitral valve replacement surgeries.

TABLE III.-Characteristics of patients* with and without complications after aortic valve or mitral valve replacement.

Close to 35% of those undergoing aortic valve replacements and 36.4% of those undergoing mitral valve replacements had at least one complication. The comparative baseline characteristics of patients who developed and those who did not develop complications following heart valve replacement surgeries are summarized in Table III. Overall, complications were seen more frequently among older patients (P

The frequencies of different types of complications are shown in Table I. Cardiac complications were the most common, affecting 16.9% of patients with aortic valve replacement and 15.5% of patients with mitral valve replacement. Hemorrhage /hematoma /seroma was also common, occurring in 8.0% of patients with aortic valve replacement and 8.3% of patients with mitral valve replacement, with respiratory complications next most common (affecting 5.0% and 5.6% respectively). Other complications, including iatrogenic induced complications, urinary complications, nervous system complications, infections, and septicemia occurred in 1 to 5% of patients. Relatively rare complications (occurring in

In-hospital mortality, median LOS, and median hospital charges for the various types of complications are shown in Table IV. In- hospital mortality rates among those who developed complications following aortic valve replacement were 10% and 13% following mitral valve replacement. The median LOS for patients with complications was 10 days for aortic valve replacement and 12 days for mitral valve replacement. The median hospital charge for patients who developed complications following aortic valve replacement was $24,000 more than those who did not develop a complication. The corresponding number for those who underwent mitral valve replacement was $30,690.

The results of the multivariable analyses for in-hospital mortality are shown in Table V. In the bivariate analyses, the odds of in-hospital mortality for both aortic and mitral valve replacements increased with an increase in number of complications. For aortic valve replacement, all complications except vascular complications were associated with higher in-hospital mortality rates (P

In the multivariable models, after adjusting for all patient characteristics, patients who developed two or more complications following aortic valve replacement had 305% higher odds (P

TABLE IV.-Complications and their associated mortality rates, median LOS, and median hospital charges following aortic valve or mitral valve replacement.

The results of analyses for LOS and hospital charges are generally similar to those of mortality. In the Divariate analyses for both aortic and mitral valve replacements, number of complications, type of complications, and all patient characteristics were significantly associated with increased LOS. In the multivariable analyses, LOS increased with an increase in the number of complications for both aortic and mitral valve replacements (P

In the bivariate analyses, hospital charges increased with an increase in the number of complications and all complication types were associated with higher hospital charges for both aortic and mitral valve replacements (P

Complications continued to be significantly associated with in- hospital mortality, LOS, and hospital charges following aortic and mitral valve replacements in the multivariable models that adjusted for the effect of race.

Discussion

The current study provides population based estimates of complications following aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries and quantifies the impact of these complications on in- hospital mortality, LOS and hospital charges. The results clearly demonstrate that postoperative complications are prevalent and exert considerable influence on clinical outcomes. Over a third of patients undergoing these procedures experience complications following the surgery. Almost half of these are cardiac complications and about a quarter involve hemorrhage/hematoma/ seroma. Most of the studies that have examined complications following heart valve replacements are single center studies and mostly report on prosthesisrelated complications.5- 12-14 The current study reports on a wider range of possible postoperative complications, uses a nationally representative sample, and quantifies the economic impact of different types of complications.

TABLE V-Impact of complications on in-hospital mortality following aortic valve or mitral valve replacement (multivariable analysis).

Complications occurred more frequently in older patients after both surgeries, and in males after mitral valve replacement. As expected, patients with nonelective admissions were more likely to have complications. Of clinical note, patients undergoing repair with bioprosthetic valves were more prone to complications following both types of surgery than were patients undergoing mechanical valve replacement. In the current study, the odds of in-hospital mortality were higher for patients having replacements with bioprosthetic valves as compared to mechanical valves for both types of surgery in the bivariate analysis. However, type of valve replacement was not significantly associated with in-hospital mortality in the multivariable analysis thus suggesting that patient characteristics related to choice of prosthesis type may be significant confounders.

In addition to being prevalent, complications have serious consequences. In-hospital mortality rates, LOS, and hospital charges increase substantially with the occurrence of complications. Of the specific types of complications examined, almost all were associated with increased mortality rates, LOS, and hospital charges even after adjusting for patient and hospital characteristics. Of all the specific types of complications, patients with septicemia had the highest mortality rates, LOS and hospital charges. Previous studies have examined risk factors for mortality following heart valve replacement surgeries, and like this study have found that older age, female sex, emergent/urgent admissions, comorbid conditions (such as heart failure, chronic renal failure, and cerebrovascular disease), and tissue valve prosthesis are risk factors for mortality.2-4′ 6. 8 The current study goes beyond these previous investigations to demonstrate the significant impact of post- surgical complications on mortality, even after adjusting for these other contributing factors.

A large number of studies have found that hospital volume is associated with lower in-hospital mortality rates following complex surgical procedures.1 For aortic valve replacement surgeries, we found that there was an inverse relationship between hospital volume and in-hospital mortality even after adjusting for all other hospital and patient-related factors including complications. This may suggest that the positive effect of hospital volume operates through mechanisms other than the occurrence of complications, but this finding is too preliminary to draw conclusions other than to suggest that the role of complications in the relationship between post-surgical mortality and hospital volume should be further explored. Other hospital capacity characteristics such as bed size and teaching status were unrelated to occurrence of post-surgical complications or to outcomes. Several studies have examined predictors of outcomes following valve replacement surgeries using the Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS) National Cardiac Surgery Database. J9-2i The STS National Cardiac Surgery Database has information on clinical parameters and the predictors of adverse outcomes as identified by studies using this database are more robust as compared to our study. However, it should be noted that the Nationwide Inpatient Sample is designed to be nationally representative of all nonfederal hospitals in the United States and our study adds value in providing nationally representative estimates of complications and quantifying the economic impact of complications on a national scale.

The current study has several limitations. The study uses administrative discharge data and the dataset does not contain information regarding severity of primary or secondary diagnoses. Unlike the Society of Thoracic Surgeons National Cardiac Surgery Database, the Nationwide Inpatient Sample does not have information on clinical parameters such as severity of left ventricular dysfunction, hemodynamic severity of valve lesions, and information on re-operations which precludes us from conducting a more comprehensive risk adjustment.22- 23 Another limitation is that the current analyses only use in-hospital mortality to assess short- term mortality following aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries. It is quite possible that patients with complications have higher post-discharge mortality rates. So the estimated risk adjusted in-hospital mortality rates in this study may underestimate the true mortality rates for patients with complications. Finally, ICD-9-CM codes were used for identifying complications. Datasets created from hospital discharge abstracts may be prone to coding errors and biases, although examination of ICD-9-CM codes used to identify complications have been corroborated by review of medical records in 89% of surgical cases.24

Conclusions

Complications are prevalent and exert a considerable influence on clinical outcomes following aortic and mitral valve replacement surgeries. In-hospital mortality rates, LOS, and hospital charges increase in the presence of complications and increase further if more than one type of complication occurs. Our study results represent usual practices and thus could serve as benchmarks for future studies examining complication rates following heart valve replacement surgeries. Clearly, development of complications more than doubles the risk of in-hospital mortality. Thus quality initiatives should focus on reducing occurrence of complications and improving processes of care that would enable complications to be better resolved if they do occur.

References

1. Birkmeyer JD, Siewers AE, Finlayson EV, Stukel TA, Lucas FL, Batista I et al. Hospital volume and surgical mortality in the United States. N Engl J Med 2002;346: 1128-37.

2. Astor BC, Kaczmarek RG, Hefflin B, Daley WR. Mortality after aortic valve replacement: results from a nationally representative database. Ann Thorac Surg 2000;70:1939-45.

3. Nowicki ER, Birkmeyer NJ, Weintraub RW, Leavitt BJ, Sanders JH, Dacey LJ et al. Multivariable prediction of in-hospital mortality associated with aortic and mitral valve surgery in Northern New England. Ann Thorac Surg 2004;77:1966-77.

4. Birkmeyer NJ, Martin CA, Morton JR, Leavitt BJ, Lahey SJ, Charlesworth DC et al. Decreasing mortality for aortic and mitral valve surgery in Northern New England. Northern New England Cardiovascular Disease Study Group. Ann Thorac Surg 2000;70:432-7.

5. Blackstone EH, Cosgrove DM, Jamieson WR, Birkmeyer NJ, Lemmer JH, Miller DCJr et al. Prosthesis size and long-term survival after aortic valve replacement. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2003;126:783-96.

6. Bloomstein LZ, Gielchinsky I, Bernstein AD, Parsonnet V, Saunders C, Karanam R et al. Aortic valve replacement in geriatric patients: determinants of in-hospital mortality. Ann Thorac Surg 2001;71:597-600.

7. Collait F, Feier H, Kerbaul F, Mouly-Bandini A, Riberi A, Mesana TG et al. Valvular surgery in octogenarians: operative risks factors, evaluation of Euroscore and long term results. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2005;27:276-80.

8. Florath I, Rosendahl UP, Mortasawi A1 Bauer SF, Dalladaku F, Ennker IC et al. Current determinants of operative mortality in 1400 patients requiring aortic valve replacement. Ann Thorac Surg 2003;76:75-83.

9. Hassan A, Quan H, Newman A, Ghali WA, Hirsch GM. Outcomes after aortic and mitral valve replacement surgery in Canada: 1994/ 95 to 1999/2000. CanJ Cardiol 2004;20:155-63.

10. Verheul HA, van den Brink RB, Bouma BJ, Hoedemaker G, Moulijn AC, Dekker E et al. Analysis of risk factors for excess mortality after aortic valve replacement. J Am Coll Cardiol 1995;26:1280-6.

11. Akins CW, Hilgenberg AD, Vlahakes GJ, Madsen JC, MacGillivray TE. Aortic valve replacement in patients with previous cardiac surgery. J Card Surg 2004;19:308-12.

12. Concha M, Aranda PJ, Casares J, Merino C, Alados P, Munoz I et al. Prospective evaluation of aortic valve replacement in young adults and middle-aged patients: mechanical prosthesis versus pulmonary autograft. J Heart Valve Dis 2005;14:40-6.

13. Jamieson WR, von Iipinski O, Miyagishima RT, Burr LH, Janusz MT, Ling H et al. Performance of bioprostheses and mechanical prostheses assessed by composites of valve-related complications to 15 years after mitral valve replacement. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2005;129:1301-8.

14. Kvidal P, Bergstrom R, Malm T, Stahle E. Long-term follow-up of morbidity and mortality after aortic valve replacement with a mechanical valve prosthesis. Eur Heart J 2000;21:1099-111.

15. HCUP Databases. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP). May 2006, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/databases.jsp

16. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Inflation rate for Inpatient Services. http://www.bls.gov/cpi/. Date of access is 06/23/2005.

17. Elixhauser A, Steiner C, Harris DR, Coffey RM. Comorbidity measures for use with administrative data. Med Care 1998;36:8-27.

18. Hanley JA, Negassa A, Edwardes MD, Forrester JE. Statistical analysis of correlated data using generalized estimating equations: an orientation. AmJ Epidemiol 2003;157:364-75.

19. Rankin JS, Hammill BG, Ferguson TB, Glower DDJr, O’Brien SM, DeLong ER et al. Determinants of operative mortality in valvular heart surgery. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2006;131:547-57.

20. Taylor NE, O’Brien S, Edwards FH, Peterson ED, Bridges CR. Relationship between race and mortality and morbidity after valve replacement surgery. Circulation 2005;111:1305-12.

21. Mehta RH, Eagle KA, Coombs LP, Peterson ED, Edwards FH, Pagani FD et al. Influence of age on outcomes in patients undergoing mitral valve replacement. Ann Thorac Surg 2002;74:1459-67.

22. Ferguson TB, Dziuban SWJr, Edwards FHJr, Eiken MC, Shroyer AL, Pairolero PC et al. The STS National Database: current changes and challenges for the new millennium. Committee to Establish a National Database in Cardiothoracic Surgery, The Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Ann Thorac Surg 2000;69:680-91.

23. Welke KF, Ferguson TB, Coombs LPJr, Dokholyan RS, Murray CJ, Schrader MA et al. Validity of the Society of Thoracic Surgeons National Adult Cardiac Surgery Database. Ann Thorac Surg 2004;77:1137-9.

24. Lawthers AG, McCarthy EP, Davis RB, Peterson LE, Palmer RH, lezzoni LI. Identification of in-hospital complications from claims

V. ALLAREDDY1, M. M. WARD1, J. W. ELY2, V. ALLAREDDY3, J. LEVETT4

1 Department of Health Management and Policy, College

of Public Health, The University of Iowa, E107 General

Hospital, Iowa City, IA, USA

2 Department of Family Medicine, The University of Iowa

University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics

Iowa City, IA, USA

3 Departments of Internal Medicine and Pediatrics

MetroHealth Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, USA

4 Physicians’ Clinic of Iowa, Cedar Rapids, IA, USA

Acknowledgements.-This work was supported in part by Grant * HS015009 from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.

Received on July 5, 2006.

Accepted for publication on April 27, 2007.

Address reprint requests to: Ward M. M., Ph.D., Professor and Associate Head, Department of Health Management and Policy, Director, Center for Health Policy and Research, College of Public Health, University of Iowa, 200 Hawkins Dr. E210GH, Iowa City, Iowa 52242-1008, USA. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Edizioni Minerva Medica Jun 2007

(c) 2007 Journal of Cardiovascular Surgery. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Risk of Mortality From Cardiovascular and Respiratory Causes in Patients With Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Submitted to Follow-Up After Lung Resection for Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer

By Volpino, P Cangemi, R; Fiori, E; Cangemi, B; Et al

Aim. Considerable controversy surrounds mortality from non- neoplastic diseases during the postoperative follow-up of patients with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). This study investigated the incidence of mortality from cardiovascular and respiratory (CVR) causes in patients with COPD submitted to follow-up after lung resection for NSCLC, and identified preoperative and postoperative risk factors. Methods. A total of 398 patients with mild or moderate COPD were followed up in our department after lung resection for NSCLC (median follow-up 61 months). Statistical analysis of the data was carried out to determine the incidence and the prognostic factors of postoperative death from CVR causes.

Results. Of the 398 resected patients, 186 survived without tumor recurrence; 24/186 (12.9%) died of CVR causes (acute respiratory failure, pneumonia, pulmonary embolism, acute pulmonary edema, acute myocardial ischemia or stroke). These 24 patients had a higher frequency of pre-existing coronary artery disease or heart failure (P=0.0003), predicted postoperative FEV1

Conclusion. The findings suggest that postoperative CVR death may be expected in patients with COPD and advanced stage NSCLC or in those undergoing completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary tumor. Other risk factors are previous coronary artery disease and/or heart failure, exertional dyspnea and predicted postoperative FEV1

KEY WORDS: Lung neoplasms – Pulmonary disease, chronic obstructive – Carcinoma, non-small-cell lung, surgery – Follow-up – Cardiovascular diseases – Mortality.

Operative cardiopulmonary complications following lung resection, often associated with early morbidity and mortality, have been extensively studied owing to the increasing number of high-risk patients with lung cancer.1-6

Less well studied are morbidities and mortalities occurring during early and late postoperative follow-up and preoperative factors associated with their development.7-15 Respiratory failure, pulmonary hypertension, congestive heart failure, and shorter life expectancy have been reported to occur after major pulmonary resection in patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and/or in advanced age.14, 16, 17 Rare but striking clinical outcomes also reported are postpneumonectomia syndrome (bronchial distortion/compression) and platypnea-orthodeoxia syndrome (repermeation of the foramen ovale).16, 18 Currently available data on these complication are limited and few reports have dealt with independent predictors of postoperative morbidity and mortality from causes other than recurrent cancer.

The purpose of this study was to investigate the incidence of mortality from cardiovascular and respiratory (CVR) causes in patients with COPD submitted to follow-up after lung resection for non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and to identify preoperative and postoperative risk factors.

Materials and methods

From 1992 to 2002, an ongoing follow-up protocol included 398 patients with mild or moderate COPD who had undergone pulmonary resection for NSCLC in our department after participating in a short- term preoperative rehabilitation program (smoking cessation, individualized respiratory exercises and medical therapy). No patients with severe COPD (FEV1

Preoperative evaluation included a complete history and physical examination, biochemical profile, serum markers, electrocardiogram, chest radiography, wholebody computed tomography (CT) scan, bone scan, sputum cytology, bronchoscopy with bronchial brushing and/or biopsy, and biopsy or cytology of the lung lesion. The final diagnosis was based on histopathology of the resected lung. Tumor staging was reviewed using the current criteria of the UICC TNM Committee (1997).

Prior to surgery, all patients had routine arterial gas measurement, spirometry and respiratory_exercise (6-min walk or stair climbing) tests. Classification of preoperative COPD severity was reviewed using the recent indications of the GOLD project (Stage I or mild COPD: FEV^sub 1^/FVC 80% predicted; Stage II or moderate COPD: IIA: 50% 50 mm Hg). w Exertional dyspnea was recorded using the Medical Research Council (MRC) dyspnea scale.20 A ventilation and perfusion lung scan was also performed to predict residual postoperative pulmonary function (PpFEV^sub 1^) and to verify the presence of ventilation and/or perfusion mismatching in both lungs. A ppFEVl of 800 mL was considered the cut-off value for resectability. In patients with preoperative cardiopulmonary risk factors, positive cardiac history (prior myocardial infarction, angina pectoris and heart failure) and abnormal ECG, cardiological evaluation was completed by transthoracic and/or transesophageal echocardiographic study. Pulmonary artery wedge pressure was measured when considered necessary. The New York Heart Association (NHYA) Functional Classification and American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) classification were reviewed in all cases.

Resection included lobectomy with or without wedge resection (271 cases), bilobectomy (32 cases), pneumonectomy (80 cases), and completion pneumonectomy (7 cases) or partial resection of the other lung (8 cases) for a second primary tumor. Mediastinal lymph node dissection was performed as recommended by the Lung Cancer Study Group and recently described by Izbicki et al. 21 Resection margins were negative in all cases. CVR morbidity and mortality during hospitalization or within 30 days after pulmonary resection were considered as operative.

Neoadjuvant chemo- and/or radiotherapy was carried out in all patients with advanced stage disease. No patients in stage I-II underwent pre- or postoperative chemo- and/or radiotherapy.

Postoperative follow-up after discharge from hospital (every 6 months for the first 3 years, annually thereafter) included periodic pulmonary rehabilitation, precautional domiciliary oxygen therapy (resting PaO^sub 2^ =72 mm Hg) and control of dietary habits. In addition to physical examination at the control visits, serum markers, whole-body CT, bone scan, sputum cytology and bronchoscopy, if necessary, were also performed to restage the neoplasm.

The case notes were reviewed and operative cardiorespiratory morbidity reassessed for all followed up cancer-free patients. Any deaths from cardiovascular and respiratory complications occurring during follow-up were recorded as postoperative.

All subjects consented to use of their personal data, stating that they had been informed that the data were classified as “sensitive information”, and permited the data arising from the research protocol to be treated anonymously and collectively, with scientific methods and for scientific purposes, in accordance with the principles of the Declaration of Helsinki.

Statistical analysis

The probability of postoperative survival was calculated by the Kaplan-Meier method, excluding cardiovascular and respiratory- related deaths in all 398 patients. The Kaplan-Meier method was also used to calculate death risk from CVR causes in the cancer-free surviving patients. The log-rank test, Mantel-Cox and generalized Wilcoxon (Breslow) tests were used for the univariate statistical data comparison with a 95% confidence interval. The variables associated with postoperative CVR death (CVRD) in the univariate analysis were included in the multivariate analysis by applying the Cox proportional hazards model. Paired Student’s t-test and Fisher’s exact test were used to assess correlations between the groups. A probability level

TABLE I.-NSCLC: personal series (186 cancer-free followed up resected cases)*.

Results

Of the 398 patients studied, 344 were men (86.4%) and 54 women. The median age was 61.4 years (range 35-78). One-year, 5-year, and 10-year survival probabilities were 87.6%, 49.8% and 36.8%, respectively, in stage I-II patients and 64.3%, 13.6% and 10%, respectively, in stage III-IV patients (P=0.023).

During the follow-up period, 186 patients survived cancer free (median survival time 70 months in stage I-II and 21 months in stage III-IV); 24/186 patients (12.9%) died of CVR causes (Table I). Postsurgical mean survival time for these 24 patients was 45 months (range 2-134); the mean age at death was 68 years (range 45-76). Of the remaining 162 surviving patients, taken as the control group (CG), the mean age was 67.4 years (range 47-83). When related to the extent of lung resection, early and long-term postoperative CVRD occurred after all types of resection most often after completion pneumonectomy and partial resection of the other lung for a second primary tumor (42.8% and 42.8%, respectively) and least often after lobectomy with or without wedge resection (7.38%) (P=0.05) (Table I). A lower frequency of CVRD was observed in patients with adenocarcinoma (P=O. 04). A significantly higher frequency of CVRD (6 cases) occurred in advanced-stage patients (17 cases) (P=0.01 vs. stage I-II). Prior to surgery, all had undergone chemo- and/or radiotherapy without significant CVR complications. No pre- or postsurgery chemo-and/or radiotherapy was performed in early stage patients.

TABLE II.-NSCLC: preoperative clinical and functional status in 186 cancer-free follow ed-up cases.

TABLE III.-NSCLC: Cardiovascular and respiratory causes of CVR death (24 cases) during postoperative follow-up.

CVRD incidence was similar in middle (41-69 years) and old age (>70 years) (16.7% vs. 17%). No CVRD or complications were observed in patients

A slightly higher frequency of CVRD was observed in men than women (13-9% vs. 7.1%; P=0.54).

Preoperative clinical and functional status was compared in the 24 patients who died of CVR causes and in the remaining 162 patients (CG) (Table II). The former group included patients with a history of a significantly higher frequency of previous coronary artery disease (CAD) and heart failure (P=0.0003), exertional dyspnea (P=0.0000) and PpFEV^sub 1^ values

Thirty-day operative cardiorespirarory complications (transitory hypoxemia, pneumonia, pulmonary edema, colonie ischemia, symptomatic dysrhythmias or myocardial ischemia) were more frequently observed in the 24 patients who died of CVR causes than the controls (20.8% vs. 9.9%; P =0.001). After discharge from hospital, 30 patients with resting PaO^sub 2^

Postoperative pulmonary hypertension coexisted in 3/10 ARF- related deaths and in 1/4 deaths due to pneumonia. In another of these 4 cases, a post-pneumonectomia syndrome coexisted.

Underlying causes of respiratory failure were increased ventilation/perfusion mismatching and shunting, postoperative FEV^sub 1^ near 800 mL and insufficient residual pulmonary reserve, altered respiratory dynamics, increased CO2 production, and left- sided heart failure.

Figure 1.-Non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC): cancer-free followed up resected patients: cumulative risk of CVR death related to tumor stage.

Figure 2.-NSCLC: cancer-free followed up resected patients: cumulative risk of CVR death related to kind of resection. (A) stage I-II (B) Stage III-IV.

The cumulative probabilities of CVRD in the 186 cancer-free followed-up patients are shown in Figures 1-4. In each figure, the highest CVRD probability was observed in the first 2 years after surgery. A significant difference was found in the cumulative CVRD rate related to disease stage, the highest death rate being expected in more advanced stage (47% at 5-12 years vs. 9-14% in stage I-II; P= 0.028) (Figure 1). Completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary tumor carried the highest cumulative CVRD rate in stage I-II (57% and 51% at 6-12 years vs. 7.5-13.4% of all other resections; P=0.0158) (Figure 2); bilobectomy had a higher relative CVRD rate in stage III-IV (true death rate ratio: 0.06). Histologie tumor type did not significantly affect the CVRD rate in stage I-II. In stage III-IV, epidermoid carcinoma had the highest CVRD rate (P=0.006) (Figure 3). Old and middle age had a similar CVRD rate in stage I-II; the elderly in stage III-IV had the worst prognosis (P=0.03) (Figure 4). Youngest age (

Among the remaining basal patient characteristics, the only other significant negative prognostic factor was pre-existing exertional dyspnea (sensitivity 54% and accuracy 82%). A PpFEV^sub 1^

Figure 3.- NSCLC: Cancer-free followed up patients: cumulative risk of CVR death related to histologie tumor type. (A) stage I-II. (B) stage III-IV.

Figure 4.-NSCLC postoperative follow-up: cumulative risk of CVR death related to age. (A) stage I-II (B) stage III-IV.

Multivariate analysis showed that of all the variables in the univariate analysis only stage III-IV and completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary tumor were independent predictors of a high rate of postoperative CVRD (hazard risk [HR] 4.89; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.26-6.03; HR 8.72; 95% CI 1.6- 47.4).

There were no significant differences between the incidence of causes of CVRD when stratified according to age, tumor histology, stage and type of surgery. Only ARF was more frequently associated with completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary lung tumor.

Discussion

Our results show a risk of death from cardiovascular and pulmonary causes during early and late follow-up in patients with mild and moderate COPD who underwent pulmonary resection for NSCLC, particularly in disease stage III-IV.

Few reports have described non-cancer-related deaths during the follow-up of NSCLC resected patients.10-12, 14 CVRD is seldom studied and probably very often underreported. Insufficient cardiac and pulmonary adaptation has often been related to other causes such as intrathoracic progression of neoplastic disease and/or adjuvant cancer treatment (radiotherapy, chemotherapy).4. 7, 14

In our series, there were no statistically significant differences between the 2 groups (pre-existing hypertension, previous arrhythmias, myocardial infarction followed by cardiovascular bypass surgery, presence of V/Q mismatching outside the lung cancer area, wash-out delay, systemic oxygenation or ASA classification). Neoadjuvant therapy did not significantly influence patients’ performance status (all staged III-IV) and the ASA class was similar to that observed in the patients who did not receive it. Adjuvant therapy was not adopted in our series.

The cumulative CVRD rate during the follow-up period was influenced by and significantly increased with advanced stage of disease (48% at 2-8 years) and by a second resection with completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary lung tumour (57% and 51%, respectively, at 6-10 years). When neoadjuvant therapy, administered to a few advanced-stage patients, was added as a factor to the Cox model, it did not emerge as an independent factor for poor prognosis, in contrast to other series on adjuvant therapy.14′ 22 Univariate analysis showed that protective features were: a) young age (

Risk factors, associated conditions and/or complications and causes of early and late postoperative CVRD are often unclear and almost always multifactorial. Advanced age, extensive resection, loss of alveolar volume, hypoxia, sepsis, concomitant bronchial obstruction, exertional dyspnea, pre-existing cardiac disease, dysfunction of the right heart in patients with a critical reduction of the pulmonary vascular bed, elevated pulmonary vascular resistance, pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary embolism are variably reported as predisposing factors that increase heart and lung vulnerability following pulmonary resection.9, 12, 14, 16, 23, 24

In our study, the preoperative clinical and functional status of the 24 patients who died of CVR causes, compared to that of the remaining surviving patients (CG), was characterized by a higher frequency of pre-existing CAD or heart failure (EF >30% in all cases) (P=0.0003), exertional dyspnea (P=0.00004) and low PpFEV^sub 1^ (P=0.0008); none of these conditions constituted an independent prognostic factor for postoperative CVRD. These data are partially consistent with those reported by other authors. Lewis at al. 25 observed that 25% of their patients with moderately severe cardiopulmonary dysfunction had a significant reduction in right ventricular EF after pulmonary resection, with a potentially high risk of late cardiorespiratory morbidity and mortality. Wihlm and Massard l6 stressed that, due to a reduced pulmonary capillary bed, left ventricular failure caused by prior ischemie or hypertensive cardiomyopathy and/or myocardial reinfarction should be considered dangerous in resected patients with COPD. Given the high prevalence of cardiac morbidity, congestive heart failure has been reported as a common cause of late invalidating dyspnea, especially in the elderly.11, 16 In our series, these data occurred independently of middle and elderly age. Elderly age, indeed, did not affect CVR morbidity and death even in those patients who underwent pneumonectomy or reported postoperative congestive heart failure. Stage I-II patients aged over 40 and 70 years, respectively, had a similar cumulative CVRD risk. This was observed in both men and women, who, in our experience, had a similar probability of survival. The gender effect has not been sufficiently investigated. According to Visbal,15 after NSCLC diagnosis, men have a less favorable prognosis than women, probably because men usually develop preoperative CVR disease more often and earlier than women and are diagnosed with lung cancer later than women.

Our 30-day operative CVR morbidity was a significant risk factor for early postoperative CVR mortality. Postoperative pulmonary rehabilitation which, in contrast with other authors,10- 12 was an important fac- tor in improving cardiorespiratory function and quality of life in all cases and for long periods, had a lesser and temporary effect on patients with high operative CVR morbidity, as in those with a PpFEV1 close to the resectability cut-off value and/ or with hypercarbia and/or exertional dyspnea, and in those in ASA class 3 and/or with a recent history of stroke. All these patients had postoperative morbidities such as congestive heart failure and progressive respiratory failure, which frequently became causes or concomitant causes of the CVRD observed in the first 2 years.

Pulmonary hypertension, frequently reported by other authors as a later complication of lung surgery, was observed in the late follow- up course of 4/24 patients with CVR. In the literature, pulmonary hypertension is infrequently considered as a primary cause of irreversible respiratory failure. However, in 2/4 patients with postoperative pulmonary hypertension, the concomitant presence of: 1) cardiac morbidity with subsequent congestive heart failure; 2) ongoing smoking habit with increasing bronchial obstruction and greater loss of alveolar volume; 3) acute events such as pneumonia and pulmonary embolism, precipitated dyspnea and cardiorespiratory deterioration. The association of pulmonary hypertension with a repermeated foramen ovale, generally reported to cause a severe platypnea-orthodeoxia syndrome in COPD lung-resected patients,16 was documented in one of our patients but did not cause any significant cardiorespiratory deterioration. In our opinion, one must ascertain pre-existing foramen ovalem such cases, since the use of therapeutic tools such as positive end-expiratory pressure ventilation may increase interatrial shunting.16

A postpneumonectomy syndrome, which is reported as a rare late complication, characterized by excessive mediastinal displacement towards the empty pleural space with secondary progressive tracheobronchial compression and heart displacement after a long period of well-being,18 occurred in 1/24 patients. This patient complained of dyspnea worsening on exertion 3 years after a right pneumonectomy completion, followed by varying degrees of respiratory difficulties, with repeated bouts of respiratory infections, and died of pneumonia 2 years later.

The most frequent causes of CVRD in our series (ARF, pneumonia, pulmonary embolism, acute pulmonary oedema, acute myocardial ischemia and stroke) did not depend on patient and tumor characteristics: only ARF was more frequently associated with a very low PpFEV^sub 1^ (800-900 mL) (71% of cases), a preoperative PaO^sub 2^

Conclusions

The main limitation of our study is the small number of patients in the sample. Nevertheless,_we can conclude that NSCLC patients with mild or moderate COPD may undergo lung resection with good survival expectancy. In these patients, advanced stage tumor and completion pneumonectomy or partial resection of the other lung for a second primary tumor are the only independent risk factors of early and late CVRD. This risk is significantly higher than that expected due to COPD. In these patients, ARF, bacterial lung infections, myocardial infarction and stroke may be more directly responsible for CVRD. A more careful screening of NSCLC patients with COPD and previous CAD and/or heart failure, exertional dyspnea and PpFEV^sub 1^ value

References

1. Aokai T, Yamato Y, Tsuchida M, Watanabe T, Hayashl J. Pulmonary complications after surgical treatment of lung cancer in octogenarians. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2000;18:662-5.

2. Bernard A, Deschamps C, Allen MS, Miller DL, Trastek VF, Jenkins GD et al. Pneumonectomy for malignant disease: factors affecting early morbidity and mortality. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2001;121:1076-82.

3. Cardinale D, Martinone A, Cipolla CM, Civelli M, Lamantia G, Fiorentini C et al. Atrial fibrillation after operation for lung cancer: clinical and prognostic significance. Ann Thorac Surg 1999;68:1827-31.

4. Fujimoto T, Zaboura G, Fechner S, Hillejan L, Schroder T, Marra A et al. Completion pneumonectomy: current indications, complications, and results. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2001;121:484- 90.

5. Licker M, de Perrot M, Hohn L, Tschopp JM, Robert J, Fery JG et al. Perioperative mortality and major cardio-pulmonary complications after lung surgery for non-small cell carcinoma. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 1999;15:3l4-9.

6. Stephan F, Boucheseiche S, Holland J, Flahauh A, Cheffi A, Bazelly B et al. Pulmonary complications following lung resection: a comprehensive analysis of incidence and possible risk factors. Chest 2000;118:1263-70.

7. Bousamra M, Presberg KW, Chammas SH, Tweddell JS, Winton BL, Bielefeld MR et al. Early and late morbidity in patients undergoing pulmonary resection with low diffusion capacity. Ann Thorac Surg 1996;62:968-75.

8. Ferguson MK, Durkin AE. A comparison of three scoring systems for predicting complications after major lung resection. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2003;23:35-42.

9. Kawalewski J, Brochi M, Diyjanski T, Kapron K, Barcikowski S. Right ventricular morphology and function after pulmonary resection. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 1999;15:444-8.

10. Miyazava M, Haniuda M, Nishimura H, Kubo K, Amano J. Longterm effects of pulmonary resection on cardiopulmonary function. J Am Coll Surg 1999;189:26-33.

11. Ploeg AJ, Kappetein AP, van Togeren RB, Pahlplatz PV, Kastelein GW, Breslau PJ. Factors associated with perioperative complications and long-term results after pulmonary resection for primary carcinoma of the lung. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2003;23:26- 9.

12. Sekine Y, Behnia M, Fujisawa T. Impact of COPD on pulmonary complications and on long-term survival of patients undergoing surgery for NSCLC. Lung Cancer 2002;37:95-101.

13. Wang J, Abboud RT, Evans KJ, Finley RJ, Graham BL. Role of CO diffusing capacity during exercise in the preoperative evaluation for lung resection. AmJ Respir Crit Care Med 2000; 162: 1435-44.

14. Toker A, Dilige S, Ziyade S, Eroglu O, Tanju S, Yilmazbayha D et al. causes of death within !year of resection for lung cancer. Early mortality after resection. Eur J Cardio-Thorac Surg 2004;25:515-9.

15. Visbal AL, Williams BA, Nichols FC, Marks RS, Jett JR, Aubry MC, et al. Gender differences in non-small-cell lung cancer survival: an analysis of 4,618 patients diagnosed between 1997 and 2002. Ann Thorac Surg 2004;78:209-15.

16. Wihlm JM, Massard G. Late complications.- late respiratory failure. Chest Surg Clin North Am 1999;9:633-54.

17. Sekine Y, Kesler K, Behnia M, Brooks-Brunn J, Sekine E, Brown J. COPD may increase the incidence of refractary supraventricular arrhythmias following pulmonary resection for non-small cell lung cancer. Chest 2001;120:1783-90.

18. Mehran RJ, Deslauriers J. Late complications: postpneumonectomy syndrome. Chest Surg Clin North Am 1999;9:655-73.

19. Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive lung Disease. Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. NHLBI/WHO workshop report. Bethesda, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, April 2001; NIH Publication No, 2701: 1-100.

20. Surveillance for respiratory hazards in the occupational setting [American Thoracic Society] Am Rev Respir Dis 1982;126:952- a

21. Izbicki SR, Thetter O, Habekost M, Karg O, Passlick B, Kubuschok B et al. Radical systematic lymphadenectomy in non-small cell lung cancer: a randomized controlled trial. BrJ Surg 1994;81:229-35.

22. Martini N, Burt M, Barile M, Mc Cormack P, Rush, Ginsberg R. Survival after resection of stage II non-small cell lung cancer. Ann Thorac Surg 1992;54:460-6.

23. Hopkins N, McLoughlin P. The structural basis of pulmonary hypertension in chronic lung disease: remodelling, rarefaction or angiogenesis? J Anat 2002;201:335-48.

24. Asamura H. Early complications: cardiac complications. Chest Surg Clin North Am 1999;9: 527-41.

25. Lewis J, Bastanfar M, Gavriel F, Mascha E. Right heart function and prediction of respiratory morbidity in patients undergoing pneumonectomy with moderately severe cardiopulmonary dysfunction. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 1994;108:l69-75.

P. VOLPlNO 1, R. CANGEMI 2, E. FIORI 1, B. CANGEMI 3, A. DE CESARE 1, N. CORSI 1, T. Dl CELLO 1 V. CANGEMI 1

1 Department of Surgery Pietro Valdoni

University La Sapienza, Rome, Italy

2 Fourth Division of Clinical Medicine

First Faculty of Medicine

University La Sapienza, Rome, Italy 3 Department of Cardiology, Second Faculty of Medicine

University La Sapienza, Italy

Received on December 23, 2003.

Accepted for publication on April 26, 2007.

Address reprint requests to: Prof. P. Volpino, Via Squarcialupo 19A, 00162 Roma, Italy. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Edizioni Minerva Medica Jun 2007

(c) 2007 Journal of Cardiovascular Surgery. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Effect of a Probiotics Supplementation on Respiratory Infections and Immune and Hormonal Parameters During Intense Military Training

By Tiollier, Eve Chennaoui, Mounir; Gomez-Merino, Danielle; Drogou, Catherine; Et al

This study examined the effect of a probiotics supplementation on respiratory tract infection (RTI) and immune and hormonal changes during the French Commando training (3-week training followed by a 5- day combat course). Cadets (21 +- 0.4 years) received either a probiotics (n = 24) or a placebo (n = 23) supplementation over the training period. We found no difference in the RTI incidence between groups but a significantly greater proportion of rhinopharyngitis in the probiotic group (p

Military framing environment represents a situation which associates several stressors such as intense physical training, sleep deprivation, energy deficit, and psychological pressure. Singly or in combination these stressors are susceptible to exert detrimental effects on the immune system, and there is a prevalent assumption that this immunocompetence impairment might favors the development of infection and especially respiratory tract infection (RTl). This hypothesis is in accordance with data from studies on military framing related to infection.12

Many attempts have been made to find nutritional supplements that would prevent this framing-induced immune impairment and consequently incidence of infection.3 Probiotics have been shown to reduce respiratory infections and their severity among children4,5 and elderly subjects,6 but data are missing regarding the effectiveness of probiotics use in subjects undertaking intense training.7 To date, the only one study that has investigated the potential benefit of a probiotics supplementation during military framing has focused on gastrointestinal infections.8

Probiotics mechanisms of action remain unclear but one of the constant findings is the enhancement of the immunoglobulin A response.9,10

In recent studies, we noted mucosal immunosuppression and hormonal changes at the end of the French Commando fraining 11,12 – Tj16 purp0se 0f the present study was to investigate the effect of ingestion of fermented milk with the probiotic strain Lactobaculus casei on RTI, mucosal and cellular immune parameters, and hormonal parameters in subjects submitted to a multistressor environment such as the Commando training. It was hypothesized that the probiotics supplementation would lessen the negative impact of this multistressor environment on RTI and on immune and hormonal parameters.

Methods

Subjects

A group of 47 male cadets from the French Military Officer School of Coetquidan in Brittany took part in the French Army Commando Training, including 3 weeks of commando framing followed by a 5-day combat course. The subjects were in good mental and physical condition. The study was approved by a French medical ethics committee (Faculty of Medicine, Paris V, France), and the participants had all given voluntary written consent.

Description of the French Army Commando Training

The 3-week training and the 5-day combat course (Fig. 1) took place at the National Center for Commando Training at MontLouis in the Pyrenees mountains in June. During the training, subjects spent most of their time engaged in realistic combat training in rough terrain, which included heavy physical activities: swimming, walking and running, and avoiding roads, lanes, and frails while carrying backpacks of 1 1 +- 1.2 kg. Several parts of the training involved mountain climbing.

The 5-day course took place from 6 a.m. on day 1 until 6 a.m. on day 6 and most of the physical activities were at night. Since the cadets slept outside at ambient temperatures during the 3 weeks of training, their sleep was disturbed, and since most of the physical activities were at night during the 5-day course, subjects were also sleep deprived.

During the 5-day combat course, subjects were estimated to have physical exercise activities corresponding to 35% of maximal oxygen uptake and a daily energy expenditure exceeding 5,000 kilocalories.13

During the training and the course, the subjects ate the commando ration which consisted of two main courses, bread in the form of biscuit, custard, energy bars, and candied fruit. The ration did not contain any fermented dairy products. In addition to this ration, they received one of two products described below. Water intake was not restricted.

Study Products

Subjects received one of the two products: either a milk fermented by yogurt cultures and with L. casei strain DN- 1 14 00 1 (herein referred to as probiotics) or a nonfermented milk (herein referred to as placebo). The two drinks had the same taste and the same nutrient composition (2.5 g of protein, 1.5 g of fat, and 17.2 g of carbohydrates/100 mL). Products were manufactured at Danone Vitapole pilot laboratory following standard techniques and hygienic practices for fresh dairy products. Products were delivered in 100- mL portions with identical packaging and were distinguished by letter codes that were not revealed to the investigators. This protocol ensured that the study was performed under double-blind conditions.

Study Design

The study design was randomized and paralleled probiotics versus placebo in double blind. Subjects were randomly assigned to the placebo (n = 23; 2 1 .3 +- 0.4 years) or the probiotics (n = 24; 21.3 +- 0.2 years) groups. During the 3 weeks preceding the beginning of the training, the subjects were allowed to eat no more than one fermented dairy product per day. Then, from the first day of the training to the last day of the combat course (1 month), subjects received daily 300 mL of product (3 pots of 100 mL). During the period of supplementation, they were asked to avoid other fermented dairy products, which was easy to control since all of the food was provided by the commandment. To assess the compliance, the subjects were asked to report in a logbook the quantity of tested product consumed each day.

Recording of Respiratory Infections

As part of the commando training, cadets were under medical surveillance throughout the study. Every cadet had a medical file in which all medical data were recorded. Moreover, from the begirming of the commando training to the end of the recovery, cadets were requested to report daily, via a logbook, their signs and symptoms of infection, giving detailed information on RTI. Also, as part of the study, medical examinations were carried out on four occasions: before and at the end of the 3-week framing, at the end of the 5- day course and after 1 week of recovery (Fig. 1). Based on the collected data and on the examinations, the medical officers filled in a standardized log sheet giving details on the symptoms (rhinopharyngitis [defined as inflammation of the mucous membranes of the nasal and the pharyngeal cavities], tonsillitis, sinusitis, otitis, bronchitis, pneumonia, and asthma), the severity of the symptoms (mild, moderate, or severe), and the duration of the symptoms so far. More than one symptom could be diagnosed on the same day for any one subject. RTI was recorded when subjects reported infectious symptoms on at least 2 consecutive days. The number of RTI episodes, the number of days with symptoms, the number of symptoms, and the number of occurrences of each symptom for both groups were calculated.

Saliva Collection

Saliva samples were collected before and after the 3-week training, at the end of the 5-day course, and after 1 week of recovery. The saliva samples were obtained between 7 a.m. and 8 a.m. The subjects were told not to force salivation, and it was not (artificially) stimulated. Immediately after, the saliva sample was placed on ice and then stored at -8O0C until subsequent determinations.

Quantification of Salivary Immunoglobulin A

Salivary immunoglobulin A concentrations were assayed in duplicate with a modified nephelometric method (IGALC, immunoglobulin A low concentration; Immunochemisfry IMMAGE system; Beckman Coulter, Paris, France) generally used for assay of human immunoglobulin A in serum and cerebrospinal fluid. The limit of sensitivity for immunoglobulin A in cerebrospinal fluid was: 0.25 mg – L”1. The infra- and extra-assay coefficients of variation were 4% and 6%, respectively. All samples were determined within the same assay.

Blood Sampling

Blood samples were collected before training and after the combat course, between 7 a.m. and 8 a.m. Twenty milliliters of venous blood were sampled from an antecubital vein after a 10-minute rest supine. A sampling of 5 mL was transported in a sealed container from the location of collection to the immunology laboratory (Grenoble, Isere, France). The remaining 15 mL were centrifuged at the location of collection, and serum or plasma was collected and stored at – 18O0C in carbonic ice from collection to our laboratory. Serum and plasma were stored at -8O0C in our laboratory and used for subsequent determinations. Quantification of Leukocytes, Lymphocytes, and Their Subsets

Complete blood cell counts were measured from ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid-treated blood using an automated hematology analyzer (Penfra 120; ABX, France). The cell concenfra- tion of each leukocyte subpopulation was calculated using the same apparatus: the lymphocyte concentration allowed us to calculate the respective absolute lymphocyte subset count using the percentage of lymphocyte subsets that was determined by flow cytometry analysis as described below.

Lymphocyte subset markers for CD3+, CD4+, CD8CD19+ (B cells), and CD16+/56+ (NK cells) were analyzed by a Multitest IMK Kit (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA) with a FACSCalibur flow cytometer (BD Biosciences) using the whole-blood lysis method and dual-color immunofluorescence assay.

Quantification of Hormones

Cortisol, dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS), and prolactin concentrations were assayed in duplicate by radioimmunoassay using commercial kits (DiaSorin; Beckman Coulter, Lineo Research, France). The normal fasting range for lean men was 193 to 690 nmol – L”1 for morning Cortisol, 1,330 to 4,410 ng – mL”1 for DHEAS, and 2.6 to 7.2 ng – mL’1 for prolactin. The limits of sensitivity were: 5.79 nmol – L-1 for Cortisol, 60 ng – mL”1 for DHEAS, and 0.5 ng – mL”1 for prolactin. The intraand extra-assay coefficients of variation were: 7.7% and 9.8% for Cortisol, 4.2% and 7.2% for DHEAS, and 1.58% and 8.03% for prolactin.

Statistics

Distributions of variables were checked for normality and homogeneity of variances. Results are expressed as median (range) for variables that did not follow a normal distribution and as mean +- SEM otherwise.

The difference in proportion of subjects who presented an infection during the trial between the two groups was assessed by a x^sup 2^ test. Comparisons of the incidence of infection, the number of symptoms, and the number of days with infection between the two groups were carried out using a Wilcoxon test. Analysis of the daily mean number of symptoms per group over the study was assessed by comparing the area under curve with a Wilcoxon test (Fig. 2). Comparisons of proportions of each symptom between groups were analyzed by a x^sup 2^ test.

Changes in salivary immunoglobulin A concentrations during the study were analyzed by a Friedman test (nonparametric test for analysis of variances). If a significant effect was found (p

The effects of supplementation on changes in cellular immune parameters and hormones in response to commando training were assessed using Student’s ? test for paired data or a Wilcoxon test (if the variables did not follow a normal distribution).

For all statistical analyses, tests were performed at two-tailed level of significance with a 0.05. All analyses have been performed on the intention-to-treat population.

Results

The compliance for the tested product was very good in both groups and not different between groups (93.5 +- 0.9% vs. 90.9 +- 2.4%, ? = 0.84 for placebo and probiotics, respectively).

Incidence of RTI

In the placebo group, 13 (57%) subjects presented at least one infection during the study, whereas only 1 1 (46%) in the probiotics group did, although this difference is not significant (p = 0.46). The incidence of RTI was not significantly different in the two groups (0.6 +-0.1 vs. 0.8 +- 0.2 episodes for placebo and probiotics, respectively, ? = 0.98). The mean number of days with symptoms was 6.1 +- 1.7 and 5.5 +- 1.6 days for the placebo and probiotics groups, respectively (p = 0.67). The mean number of symptoms was almost double in the placebo group compared with the probiotics group, but this difference was not significant (1.3 +- 0.3 vs. 0.7 +- 0.2 for placebo and probiotics, respectively, ? = 0.23). The daily mean number of symptoms was not significantly different between groups (Fig. 2). During the study, 30 vs. 17 RTI symptoms were recorded in the placebo and in the probiotics group, respectively. The breakdown of these RTI symptoms as a function of the type of symptom for both groups is presented in Figure 3. Results showed a greater proportion of rhinopharyngitis in the probiotics group compared with the placebo group (p

Salivary Immunoglobulin A Concentration

The mean individual percentage of change of the salivary immunoglobulin A concentrations over time for both groups is illustrated in Figure 4. There was no significant difference between the two groups at any sampling time. However, there was a significant decline in salivary immunoglobulin A concentra- tions after the combat course compared with both before training and after training values in the placebo group (p

Total and Differential Leukocyte and Lymphocyte Subsets

Cell number (leukocytes, leukocytes subset, and lymphocytes subset) changes in blood did not differ between the two groups (Table I). However, there was a trend for a greater increase in blood concentration of leukocytes (p = 0.06), neutrophils (p = 0.07), and CD19^sup +^ (p = 0.07) in the placebo group at the end of the combat course compared with the probiotics group, although the p did not reach significance.

Hormones

The result showed a significant greater increase in mean DHEAS plasma concentrations in the probiotics group compared with the placebo group (p

Discussion

The purpose of the present study was to investigate the effect of probiotics intake on RTI, mucosal and cellular immune parameters, and hormonal parameters in subjects submitted to a multistressor environment such as the commando training. The results did not show any difference between the two groups on incidence of RTI, although several elements suggest that probiotics might lessen the negative impact of the multistressor environment on host defense.

Analysis of the clinical symptomatology of our subjects during the trial showed that the two groups exhibited different profiles with a significantly greater proportion of rhinopharyngitis in the probiotics group compared with the placebo group. Indeed, the profile of the probiotics group was characterized by a very large majority (70%) of rhinopharyngitis, whereas in the placebo group the diagnosed symptoms were more evenly distributed. Moreover, no otitis was reported in the probiotics group, meanwhile three subjects of the placebo group presented this symptom, although the difference was not significant. This is in keeping with another study which found that probiotics consumption diminished the number of children suffering from respiratory infections with complications, particularly a reduction of 21% in the occurrence of acute otitis media.4 Also, Rio et al.5 demonstrated a decrease in bronchitis and a suppression of pneumonia in children supplemented with Lactobacillus compared to their counterparts drinking only milk. Despite no difference in RTI incidence, our finding, showing that infections were mainly confined to the nasopharyngeal area in the probiotics group, suggests that probiotics consumption had prevented the infection from spreading throughout the respiratory tract.

Concerning immune parameters, no significant difference was observed between groups. However, several interesting trends emerged. For instance, the reduced magnitude of changes of the leukocytes (p = 0.06), neutrophils [p = 0.06), and CD19^sup +^ cells (p = 0.07) at the end of the combat course in the probiotics group was indicative of a less severe impact of the commando training in this group.14 Moreover, probiotics supplementation abolished the combat course-induced decline in salivary immunoglobulin A concentrations observed in the placebo group. The latter observation is suggestive of a stimulating effect of probiotics on immunoglobulin A production that is consistent with previous studies on human9 and animal models.10 Finally, our findings, although not statistically significant, represented a body of elements suggesting that probiotics supplementation had lessen the negative impact of the training on immune parameters.

The mechanisms of action of probiotics remain unclear. Among the possible mechanisms of probiotics are the promotion of the nonimmunologic defense barrier in the gut, the stimulation of the nonspecific immunity, and also an improvement of the intestine’s mucosal immune response and particularly intestinal immunoglobulin A response.15 We found that in the probiotics group, infections were mainly confined to the nasopharyngeal area, suggesting that probiotics consumption had prevented the infection from spreading throughout the respiratory tract. Taking into account the fact that, as part of a common mucosal system, an immune response initiated in the gut can provide effective protection at distal mucosal sites,16 it can be hypothesized that probiotics ingestion had resulted in enhanced regional immunity of the respiratory tract. This hypothesis is supported by a recent finding in an animal model which demonstrated that oral administration of lactic acid bacteria, among which L. casei, enhanced immunoglobulin A+ cells on the mucosa surface of the bronchus.10 The fact that probiotics supplementation abolished the combat course-induced decline in salivary immunoglobulin A concentrations observed in the placebo group lends support to this hypothesis. Finally, although attractive, the hypothesis of an enhanced regional mucosal immunity of the respiratory tract by probiotics supplementation remains speculative but provides tracks for further studies investigating the mechanisms of probiotics’ protection against infection. Our results revealed a significantly greater increase of DHEAS in the probiotics group compared with the Placebo group at the end of the combat course. To date, to our knowledge, the relationship between probiotics and DHEAS has not been documented. Nevertheless, this finding is in favor of a beneficial effect of probiotics on immunity since DHEAS is known to be an immunostimulatory hormone.17

Moreover, it is interesting to note that probiotics and DHEAS shared some similar effects on immunity such as stimulation of immunoglobulin,9,18 reduction in pro-inflammatory tumor necrosis factor gamma release15,17, and protection against infection.4,19 Although the meaning of this result is not clear, it is of interest and warrants further investigations, in particular, to examine, first, the possible mechanisms underlying the probiotics effects on DHEAS and, second, whether beneficial effects of probiotics could be, in part, mediated by DHEAS.

Finally, the beneficial effect of probiotics intake on RTI during heavy military training seems to rely mainly on its capacity to prevent the infection from spreading throughout the respiratory tract. This could be achieved by an enhancement of regional immunity of the respiratory tract, although this hypothesis remains speculative at this stage. The potential capacity of probiotics to suppress salivary immunoglobulin A decline and to promote DHEAS during strenuous training deserve to be thoroughly examined. It is too early to recommend probiotics as a prophylaxis against RTI in individuals undertaking intense framing with associated stressors; however, our data are promising and warrant further investigations, especially using largescale studies.

Acknowledgments

We thank Mr. Sautivet for his technical assistance, Mr. Burnat and Dr. Mathieu for analysis of immune parameters, and Dr. Bourrilhon, Dr. Duforez, and Dr. Jouanin for their help with the medical examinations. We acknowledge Mrs. Rolf-Pedersen, Mrs. Tondu, and Mr. Guyonnet for their involvement in this project research.

This research was supported by grants from the General Delegation of Armament (PEA 980816) and from Danone Vitapole.

References

1. Martinez-Lopez LE, Friedl KE, Moore RJ, Kramer TR: A longitudinal study of infections and injuries of Ranger students. Milit Med 1993; 158: 433-7.

2. Billings CE: Epidemiology of injuries and illnesses during the United States Air Force Academy 2002 Basic Cadet Training program: documenting the need for prevention. Milit Med 2004; 169: 664-70.

3. Friedl K: Military studies and nutritional immunology: undernutrition and susceptibility to illness. In: Diet and Human Immune Function, pp 381-94. Edited by Hughes DA, Darlington LG, Bendich A. Totowa, NJ, Humana Press, 2003.

4. Hatakka K, Savilahti E, Ponka A, et al: Effect of long term consumption of probiotic milk on infections in children attending day care centres: double blind, randomised trial. BMJ 2001; 322: 1- 5.

5. Rio ME, Zago Beatriz L, Garcia H, Winter L: The nutritional status change the effectiveness of a dietary supplement of lactic bacteria on the emerging of respiratory tract diseases in children. Arch Latinoam Nutr 2002; 52: 29-34.

6. Turchet P, Laurenzano M, Auboiron S, Antoine JM: Effect of fermented milk containing the probiotic Lactobacillus easel DN- 114001 on winter infections in free-living elderly subjects: a randomised, controlled pilot study. J Nutr Health Aging 2003; 7: 75- 7.

7. Gleeson M, Nieman DC, Pedersen BK: Exercise, nutrition and immune function. J Sports Sci 2004; 22: 115-25.

8. Pereg D, Kimhi O, Tirosh A, et al: The effect of fermented yogurt on the prevention of diarrhea in a healthy adult population. Am J Infect Control 2005; 33: 122-5.

9. Kaila M, Isolauri E, Soppi E, Virtanen E, Laine S, Arvilommi H: Enhancement of the circulating antibody secreting cell response in human diarrhea by a human Lactobacillus strain. Pediatr Res 1992; 32: 141-4.

10. Perdigon G, Alvarez S, Medina M, Vintini E, Roux E: Influence of the oral administration of lactic acid bacteria on IgA producing cells associated to bronchus. Int J Immunopathol Pharmacol 1999; 12: 97-102.

11. Gomez-Merino D, Chennaoui M, Bumat P, Drogou C, Guezennec CY: Immune and hormonal changes following intense military training. Milit Med 2003; 168: 1034-8.

12. Tiollier E, Gomez-Merino D, Burnat P, et al: Intense training: mucosal immunity and incidence of respiratory infections. Eur J Appi Physiol 2005; 93: 42 1-8.

13. Guezennec CY, Satabin P, Legrand H, Bigard AX: Physical performance and metabolic changes induced by combined prolonged exercise and different energy intakes in humans. Eur J Appi Physiol 1994; 68: 525-30.

14. Gomez-Merino D, Drogou C, Chennaoui M, Tiollier E, Mathieu J, Guezennec CY: Effects of combined stress during intense training on cellular immunity, hormones and respiratory infections. Neuroimmunomodulation 2005; 12: 164-72.

15. Isolauri E, Sutas Y, Kankaanpaa P, Arvilommi H, Salminen S: Probiotics: effects on immunity. Am J Clin Nutr 2001; 73(Suppl 2): 444S-50S.

16. Cross ML: Immune-signalling by orally-delivered probiotic bacteria: effects on common mucosal immunoresponses and protection at distal mucosal sites. Int J Immunopathol Pharmacol 2004; 17: 127- 34.

17. Oberbeck R. Dahlweid M, Koch R, et al: Dehydroepiandrosterone decreases mortality rate and improves cellular immune function during polymicrobial sepsis. Crit Care Med 2001; 29: 380-4.

18. Cheng GF, Tseng J: Regulation of murine interleukin-10 production by dehydroepiandrosterone. J Interferon Cytokine Res 2000; 20: 471-8.

19. Ben-Nathan D, Lustig S, Kobiler D1 Danenberg HD, Lupu E, Feuerstein G: Dehydroepiandrosterone protects mice inoculated with West Nile virus and exposed to cold stress. J Med Virol 1992; 38: 159-66.

Guarantor: Eve Tiollier, PhD

Contributors: Eve Tiollier, PhD*; CDT Mounir Chennaoui*; Danielle Gomez-Merino, PhD*; TLCN Catherine Drogou*; Edith Filaire, PhD[dagger]; GEN Charles Yannick Guezennec*

*IMASSA, Departement Physiologie, BP 73, 91223 Bretigny-sur- Orge, France.

[dagger]Laboratoire LAPSEP, 2 Allee du Chateau, Campus de la source UFR STAPS, 45062 Orleans, France.

This manuscript was received for review in July 2006. The revised manuscript was accepted for publication in April 2007.

Reprint & Copyright (c) by Association of Military Surgeons of U.S., 2007.

Copyright Association of Military Surgeons of the United States Sep 2007

(c) 2007 Military Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Testosterone Therapy in the Aging Male

By Lunenfeld, Bruno Nieschlag, Eberhard

Abstract The decline, with aging, in serum concentrations of biologically active forms of testosterone in men is an indisputable fact and some men will eventually develop symptoms of late-onset hypogonadism (LOH) with its clinical consequences. LOH reduces quality of life and may pose important risk factors for frailty, changes in body composition, cardiovascular disease, sexual dysfunction and osteoporosis. Testosterone supplementation in cases of LOH will restore serum testosterone levels into the physiologic range; will restore metabolic parameters to the eugonadal state, increase muscle mass, strength, and function; maintaine or improve BMD reducing fracture risk; will improve neuropsychological function (cognition and mood); libido and sexual functioning; and enhance quality of life. The ultimate goals, however, are to maintain or regain a high quality of life, to reduce disability, to compress major illnesses into a narrow age range and to add life to years. To achieve these goals men must also adjust their lifestyle to optimize dietary habits, as well as to exercise and to abstain from smoking life-long. Monitoring these patients is a shared responsibility that cannot be taken lightly. The physician must emphasize to the patient the need for periodic evaluations and the patient must agree to comply with these requirements. The physician’s evaluation should include an assessment of the clinical response and monitoring must be tailored to the indications and individual needs of the patient.

Keywords: Late-onset hypogonadism, testosterone, aging, testosterone therapy, obesity, libido

Introduction

The field of hormonal alterations in the aging male is attracting increasing interest in the medical community and the public at large. Simultaneously, industry has realized the growing importance and enormous potential of a rapidly growing population of males over the age of 50 years which will require special health needs in the first quarter of this century and probably beyond.

Among the many processes of aging, endocrine changes are relatively easy to identify and quantify with the presently available methods for determining hormone levels which are reliable and sensitive. The decline with aging in the serum concentrations of biologically active forms of testosterone in men is an indisputable fact [1-6]. This decline begins earlier than previously appreciated (at approximately age 30 years) and is progressive and relendess. Eventually, if men live long enough (and with a large interindividual variation), serum testosterone levels may fall below the threshold for optimal androgen actions. The question has now turned to whether this decline in testosterone is a physiologic process and should be accepted as ‘normal’ or as a pathologic process with clinical implications. The pendulum has swung toward a dysfunctional state as there is increasing recognition that age- dependent androgen deficiency has clinical significance. It reduces quality of life and may pose important risk factors for frailty, changes in body composition, cardiovascular disease, sexual dysfunction and osteoporosis. It is increasingly being realized that androgens and their metabolites also have a large number of non- reproductive effects. They are important anabolic factors in the maintenance of muscle mass and bone mass and in non-sexual psychological functioning. The latter are important constituents of wellbeing in old age.

It is quite discouraging that most men and physicians know very little about testosterone or the potential consequences of having low testosterone levels, or about the availability of therapies to substitute testosterone and improve overall health. Interventions such as hormone therapy may prevent, delay or alleviate the debilitating conditions which may result from decreasing hormone levels with aging.

The understanding of ‘androgen deficiency in aging men’ among large sections of the medical profession dealing with mature men (i.e. primary care, internists, urologists, etc.) has not kept pace with the developments in the field, and andrology is evolving only slowly as a speciality. A great deal of confusion and misunderstandings exist surrounding the four issues of definition, diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of acquired hypogonadism of the aging male (i.e. late-onset hypogonadism = LOH). The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has estimated that 4 to 5 million American men may suffer from hypogonadism, but only 5% are currently treated. The HIM study [7] found that in a sample of 2,162 patients attending primary care centres 836 were found to be hypogonodal, but only 80 (less than 10%) were actually treated.

Definition of late-onset hypogonadism (LOH)

Late-onset hypogonadism (LOH) is a syndrome, characterized by adverse effects on multiple organ systems and decreased quality of life, associated with advancing age and characterized by signs and symptoms of hypogonadism, and a deficiency in serum androgen levels with or without a decreased genomic sensitivity to androgens [8,9]. Considering LOH as a distinct pathophysiological entity is justified by the decreased endocrine capacity of the testes as well as the hypothalamo-pituitary system, thus combining features of both primary and secondary hypogonadism.

Clinical features of late-onset hypogonadism

Aging men often present with a variety of vague, nonspecific symptoms that may be associated with testosterone deficiency. The symptoms of late-onset hypogonadism include reduction of bone mineral density, reduction of muscle mass and strength, abdominal obesity, reduced libido, erectile dysfunction, decrease in body hair and skin alterations reduced haematopoiesis, depressed mood, impaired cognitive function and reduced general well being [8-10].

Bone loss

In men, as in women, the incidence of hip fractures increases gradually with increasing age. In the USA, amongst men aged 65 or more years of age, 4 to 5 per 1,000 break a hip each year [11]. Approximately 20% of these aging men will die within 6 months and only about 40% will recover to their previous level of daily functioning. The root cause of hip fracture in the elderly is reduction of bone mineral density, also described as osteoporosis, which in men is thought to be due, in part at least, to testosterone deficiency [12,13].

Several studies have demonstrated that there is a reduction of bone mineral density, more so of trabecular than of cortical bone, with increasing age in men [14-16]. Although correlations between total testosterone and bone mineral density are generally weak in aging men, studies have shown that there is a clear correlation between bioavailable testosterone and bone mineral density [17-19]. Also the incidence of osteoporotic fractures (preceded by a rapid decline in bone mineral density) has been shown to increase after surgical or pharmacological castration for prostate cancer, leading to extreme hypogonadism [20,21].

A direct link between testosterone deficiency in aging males and hip fracture was demonstrated in a case-control study showing that 48% of subjects with hip fractures were hypogonadal, compared with only 12% of a control group, a difference which was statistically significant [22]. The association between hypogonadism and hip fractures was confirmed in another study in aging men and it was suggested that early diagnosis and treatment of hypogonadism might prevent hip fractures in this aging population [23]. Finally, a retrospective analysis of nursing home residents with a history of hip fracture found that 66% of these men were hypogonadal [24].

The mechanisms by which testosterone might affect bone mineral density are not fully known, but one possibility is a direct effect on androgen receptors, or associated cytokines or growth factors. An indirect, but important, effect of testosterone is probably mediated through its aromatization into estradiol [16,25,26]. Reducing plasma levels of the substrate testosterone in aging men results in lower aromatization into estradiol, thereby affecting bone mineral density [27]. Long-term follow-up of men recruited for the Framingham study in the early 1980s revealed that those with the lowest testosterone and estradiol levels at the time of enrolment showed the highest rate of hip fractures [28]. Additional contributing mechanisms are increased mechanical loading via anabolic effects on muscle, via calciotropic hormones, and via renal handling of calcium, phosphorus and vitamin D [29].

Adverse effects on muscle status and body composition

As men grow older, their muscles become smaller and weaker and they develop more adipose tissue in the central and upper parts of the body. This condition of age-related muscle weakness is often referred to as sarcopenia and is associated with impaired functional performance, increased physical disability, increased dependency and increased risk of falls. Potential causal factors include decreased plasma levels of anabolic factors, decreased muscle protein synthesis, nervous system degeneration, as well as the pathological effects of malnutrition and chronic disease. Moreover, results from the New Mexico Aging Process Study have shown that, in relatively healthy aging men, there are significant correlations between total and free plasma testosterone levels and muscle strength [30]. Significant associations have been reported in men between age, plasma testosterone levels and body composition. Low plasma levels of testosterone and a low testosterone/estradiol ratio are associated with obesity. In addition, associations have been reported between distribution of adipose tissue and testosterone levels: testosterone levels are inversely associated wim visceral (or intra-abdominal) adiposity, which was largely independent of the aging process itself [31,32]. The increase of visceral adipose tissue with aging in men results in an increased free fatty acids drain on the portal vein and in turn in an increase of plasma triglycerides, a decrease of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, impairment of insulin metabolism and reduction of insulin sensitivity [33]. These metabolic effects are diought to contribute to an increased risk of type 2 diabetes [34] and cardiovascular disease and mortality [35]. Recent cross-sectional studies showed that in aging men mere are also positive correlations between testosterone and muscle strength parameters of upper and lower extremities, as measured by, amongst others, leg extensor strengdi and isometric hand grip strength [36]. Moreover, testosterone was positively associated with functional parameters, including the doors test (measuring functionality of the upper extremities) as well as the 6-m walk, ‘get up & go’ test, and 5-chair sit/stand test (measuring functionality of the lower extremities). In addition, in male nursing home residents a significant relationship was found between testosterone and ‘activities of daily living’. Low testosterone levels were associated with a higher degree of dependence [37] .

Some studies of testosterone supplementation show improvements in muscle and the distribution of body fat in subjects with hypogonadism [38,39] . These correlations and observations suggest that testosterone is directly or indirectly one of the factors that determine muscle status and body composition. Although the mechanism is unknown, it has been suggested that a key mediator is the nitrogen-retaining effect of testosterone.

Reduced libido and erectile dysfunction

Libido is a poorly understood subjective state shaped by biochemical, psychological and social influences. There is a remarkable increase of libido problems in men widi increasing age: a recent study showed that men aged more than 50 years report a threefold increase of the prevalence of decreased libido. Predictors for a deficient libido in men are healtii and lifestyle factors such as alcohol use, poor health and stress and previous adverse sexual experiences [40]. Decrease in plasma testosterone levels is often implicated in partial loss of libido among aging men. There appears to be a minimum level of testosterone necessary for adequate sexual functioning, above and beyond which additional levels have no effects. Therefore, if plasma testosterone levels in aging men are below this threshold level, low libido is usually prevalent [41]. Moreover, it was demonstrated that, in men, a decrease of bioavailable testosterone (but not of total testosterone) was associated with a decrease of sexual desire and sexual arousal [42]. Recendy it was demonstrated that in LOH patients loss of libido occurs when testosterone levels fall below 15 nmol/L, while erectile dysfunction becomes manifest only when testosterone levels drop below 8 nmol/L [43]. These symptom-specific direshold levels have to be taken into account when substitution therapy is initiated.

It is common knowledge that erectile function declines with increasing age. In the Massachusetts Male Aging Study, the incidence increased from 12.4 new cases per 1000 men in the age group 40-49 years to 46.4 new cases per 1000 man-years in the age group 60-69 years. Significant associations with erectile dysfunction were found for low education, diabetes, heart disease and hypertension. In the USA alone, more than 600,000 new cases of erectile dysfunction per year are expected [44]. Many studies have tried to demonstrate a correlation between the known decline in plasma testosterone with increasing age and erectile dysfunction. The relationship between testosterone and erectile function is complex: spontaneous erections are clearly androgen-dependent, whereas erections induced by visual stimuli or fantasies are only partly androgen-dependent [45]. Testosterone is essential for normal erections (probably secondary to its ability to increase nitric oxide release in the corpus cavernosum), the available evidence suggests that hypogonadism alone is rarely the sole cause of erectile dysfunction in aging men. However, studies indicate that approximately 20% of men with erectile dysfunction also suffer from hypogonadism. It is this group of erectile dysfunction patients that can benefit from testosterone therapy [46,47].

Reduced haematopoiesis

Endogenous androgens are known to stimulate erythropoiesis; they increase reticulocyte count, blood haemoglobin levels and bone marrow erythropoietic activity in mammals, whereas castration has opposite effects. Testosterone deficiency results in a 10-20% decrease in the blood haemoglobin concentration, which can result in anaemia [48,49]. Young hypogonadal men usually have fewer red blood cells and lower haemoglobin levels than age-matched controls, whilst healthy older men also may have lower haemoglobin than normal young men. The main androgen involvement in the mechanism of normal haematopoiesis is thought to involve direct stimulation of renal production of erydiropoietin by testosterone. Moreover, the latter may also act directly on erythropoietic stem cells [49].

Depressed mood

The prevalence of depressed mood in men appears to increase with aging [50] and a relationship between testosterone levels and mood has been suggested in several studies. Testosterone levels in aging men are inversely correlated with depressive symptoms [51]. In a well-controlled study, it was reported that hypogonadal men have more depressed mood than normal men [52], whereas in the Rancho Bernardo Study a significant association was found between the age- related reduction of bioavailable testosterone and increased depression scores. Moreover, in a subgroup of patients with confirmed clinical depression, bioavailable testosterone levels were 17% lower than in healthy men [53]. The symptom-specific threshold for depression in aging men was found to be 10 nmol/L [43].

Memory loss and impaired cognition

Studies in a mouse model have indicated that the age-related decrease of plasma testosterone levels, which occurs in the SAMP8 strain, is associated with impairment of memory and learning capacity [54]. The relationship between testosterone and cognition (tasks that include spatial attention, visual perception, object identification and visual memory) has been investigated in several studies in aging men and it appears that there is, in general, a U- shaped relationship. This means that both subnormal and supraphysiological plasma levels of testosterone are associated with poor cognitive performance [55]. As a consequence, optimal cognitive performance might be expected with plasma testosterone levels within the normal range.

Screening and diagnosis of late-onset hypogonadism

Screening

Screening for hypogonadism in younger men is usually not necessary as most patients can easily be identified on the basis of their medical history (e.g. Klinefelter’s syndrome, Kallman’s syndrome, testicular trauma, irradiation, chemotherapy).

Aging men often present with a variety of vague, nonspecific symptoms that may be associated with testosterone deficiency [9]. As it is not cost-effective to screen all these men for low testosterone plasma levels, a number of validated questionnaires have been developed with various degrees of sensitivity and specificity [10]. The validity of the screening questionnaire of Morley [11] was assessed in 316 men aged 40-62 years. This simple questionnaire identifies patients who may have low testosterone levels, with high sensitivity (88%) but a specificity of only 60%. In subjects who are identified by means of this questionnaire, testosterone deficiency should be confirmed by laboratory measurements [9,56]. However, critical review of these tests questions their usefulness in clinical practice because of their low specificity [6].

Diagnosis

The diagnosis of hypogonadism is essentially based on the medical history, measurements of testosterone and measurement of gonadotropins. The clinician should endeavour to discover the underlying pathology of the disease. Diagnosis on the basis of testosterone levels alone may be straightforward in extreme cases. However, in patients with total testosterone in the low-normal range, perhaps with intercurrent chronic illness, the complexities of the circadian and pulsatile rhythms of testosterone secretion can make interpretation difficult.

The generally accepted biochemical definition of androgen deficiency is a repeated value of two standard deviations below normal values for young men [9,10]. In clinical routine, a single sample taken in the morning hours is usually sufficient. Total testosterone is most commonly used but requires awareness that its values may not reflect the amount of metabolically active testosterone fractions. For this reason, measurement of bioavailable or free testosterone may more closely correlate with clinical symptoms.

Since normal ranges vary significandy from laboratory to laboratory, according to the methods used and/or by the assay kits employed [56,57], the results from each patient should be compared with the normal ranges established by each laboratory. When discussing age-related hypogonadism it is often difficult to separate and to distinguish between the natural aging process, aging amplifiers, and acute or chronic illness or intercurrent diseases or iatrogenic causes.

Often-reported causes for late-onset hypogonadism are the aging process itself and intercurrent illness. Testosterone levels decrease progressively with increasing age. It has been postulated that if testosterone levels are relatively high at a younger age, it will take longer before they drop below the normal range. For example, if peak testosterone is relatively low at a young age, an individual may become hypogonadal relatively early in life. However, if the peak testosterone level is relatively high, an individual may remain normogonadal during his entire lifespan. It has also been postulated that in some cases of late-onset hypogonadism, it is not the aging process itself but the occurrence of disease during the lifespan that is responsible for a (sometimes) irreversible reduction of testosterone levels. In some of these men, the plasma testosterone levels drop below the normal range, rendering such a person hypogonadal.

Figure 1. Algorithm for the management of suspected hypogonadism in the aging male.

For the diagnosis of late-onset hypogonadism the following algorithm has been suggested (Figure 1). If the patient’s history, signs, symptoms, questionnaire and physical examination make the diagnosis of hypogonadism likely, biochemical tests should be used to confirm the diagnosis prior to initiation of treatment [9].

Total testosterone levels

A number of systemic disorders may suppress testosterone levels, including hepatic cirrhosis, chronic renal failure, sickle cell anaemia, thalassaemia, haemochromatosis, human immunodeficiency virus, amyloidosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), rheumatoid, chronic infections, and inflammatory or debilitating conditions. The confirmation of hypogonadism whether it is late- onset (e.g. age dependent) or acquired due to systemic disorders, iatrogenic causes, or environmental conditions merit a trial with testosterone therapy. If a healthy man has a serum testosterone level > 400 ng/dL (>14 nmol/l), it is unlikely he is testosterone- deficient, and therefore, clinical judgement should guide the next steps, even if he has symptoms suggestive of testosterone deficiency [9]. Nevertheless, symptom-specific threshold levels should be taken into consideration [43].

Treatment of late-onset hypogonadism

Testosterone therapy

It is common clinical wisdom that a firm diagnosis is desirable prior to embarking on any therapeutic plan. This also applies to the treatment of the hypogonadal man. The goals of treatment are: (1) restoring normal serum testosterone levels into the physiologic range; (2) restoring metabolic parameters to the eugonadal state; (3) increasing muscle mass, strength,and function; (4) maintaining BMD and reducing fracture risk; (5) improving neuropsychological function (cognition and mood); (6) improving libido and sexual functioning; and (7) enhancing quality of life.

Equally important, testosterone therapy can prevent or improve already established osteoporosis and optimize bone density, restore muscle strength and improve mental acuity and normalize growth hormone levels, especially in elderly males [58]. Testosterone therapy should maintain not only physiologic levels of serum testosterone but also the metabolites of testosterone including estradiol to optimize maintenance of bone and muscle mass, libido, virilization, and sexual function. Because some of the manifestations of late onset hypogonadism are shared with other conditions independent of a man’s androgenic status, appropriate biochemical confirmation of hypogonadism should be sought out prior to initiation of treatment. In the absence of defined contraindications, age is not a limiting factor to initiate testosterone therapy in aged men with hypogonadism. The purpose of testosterone therapy is to bring and maintain serum testosterone levels within the physiological range. Supraphysiological levels are to be avoided. Prior to initiation of testosterone therapy all patients should have a digital rectal examination (DRE) or an ultrasound assessment of the prostate and serum prostate-specific antigen (PSA) level should be measured; digital rectal examination (DRE) and PSA are mandatory as baseline measurements of prostate health prior to onset of androgen therapy, the latter should be less than 3 ng/ml and should be repeated at quarterly intervals for the first year and yearly thereafter [9].

Trans-rectal ultrasound (US) guided biopsies of the prostate are indicated only if the DRE or PSA are abnormal. An increase of PSA of more man 0.2-0.5 ng/ml/year in men with a total PSA level less than 2.5 ng/ml/ or a PSA velocity greater than 0.75 ng/ml/year if the total PSA is above 4 ng/ml are indications for a prostate biopsy and wididrawal from testosterone therapy. Testosterone administration should also be discontinued if PSA increases by 2.0 ng/ml at any time or if an increase of 0.75 ng/ml occurs over a two-year period [59]. A meta-analysis of all placebo-controlled trials of testosterone in aging men has revealed that the incidence of prostate carcinoma was not significandy different between the verum and placebo groups, but the prostates of men on testosterone were biopsied much more often than in the placebo group, indicating that physicians are more startled by changes in PSA levels if the patient is on testosterone [60].

Liver function studies are advisable prior to onset of therapy and on a yearly basis thereafter during treatment [10]. A fasting lipid profile prior to initiation of treatment and at regular intervals (not longer than one year) during treatment is recommended.

If there is no history of adverse effects with regard to urinary obstructive symptoms, sleep apnoea, polycythemia (haematocrit

The androgen deficiency of the aging male is only partial and consequently only supplementation will be required. Preferably, administration of testosterone should leave the patient’s residual testosterone production intact [61].

Adverse effects of testosterone therapy

If taken in proper doses, testosterone has few undesirable side effects [62]. These may concern the prostate, lipid profile and cardiovascular system, haematological changes, sleep patterns, social behaviour and emotional states.

Liver

Reports of liver toxicity manifested by jaundice and alteration of liver function as well as the development of hepatic tumours have been limited almost exclusively to cases in which the alkylated forms of testosterone have been used. These alkylated forms should not be applied and have disappeared from most markets.

Lipids and cardiovascular safety

The relationship between hypogonadism and alterations of the lipid profile remains to be completely resolved. Evidence is emerging supporting the concept that hypogonadism is associated with potentially unfavourable changes in triglycerides and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol and that such abnormalities can be corrected by restoring a physiological androgen milieu [63]. Other studies support the view that low testosterone is a significant risk factor for coronary artery disease [64-66]. Although most recent evidence continues to support the concept of a beneficial effect of androgens in coronary artery disease [33], the relationships between androgens and cardiovascular risk factors are complex and still understood only imperfectly. Similarly, the relationships between serum androgen levels and other lipoprotein sub-fractions have not been fully investigated [67]. Therefore caution is advisable when supplementing androgens in men with significant risk factors for cardiovascular disease.

Prostate

It is well established that in the absence of sufficient androgens the prostate gland fails to develop. Most studies, however, have shown no significant increases in prostate specific antigen (PSA) or prostate volume following administration of androgens to hypogonadal men [60,68]. Evidence from placebo- controlled studies of men receiving androgen supplementation indicate that the differences between the men on hormones and those on placebo were insignificant in regard to prostate volume, PSA or obstructive symptoms [69,70]. Although testosterone has not been implied in the development of benign prostate hypertrophy (BPH) nevertheless, in the presence of severe lower urinary tract obstructive symptoms, the administration of testosterone may result in the development of urinary retention.

Whether testosterone therapy promotes the development of prostate cancer remains to be elucidated, however, it seems that testosterone could include exacerbation of a pre-existing (sub-clinical) cancer of the prostate. Current evidence indicates that serum levels of sex hormones bear no relationship to the development of prostate cancer and there is either no change or only a modest increase in PSA after testosterone administration [71]. The suspicion of prostate cancer is, however, an absolute contraindication for androgen therapy. On the other hand, prostate biopsies prior to onset of therapy in the absence of an abnormal digital rectal examination (DRE) or PSA level are not indicated. However, a rapid increase in PSA or the appearance of abnormalities in the DRE is a clear indication for a thorough evaluation of the prostate to rule out the presence of carcinoma. In this situation the administration of testosterone may have served as an early warning to the presence of an occult prostate malignancy [72]. Mood and behaviour

The consequences of testosterone deficiency in mood regulation are widely accepted [73,74] to the point that a hypothesis has been advanced suggesting that perinatal androgen deficiency promotes deficient cognitive development [75]. However, concerns exist regarding the promotion of sexually aggressive behaviour following testosterone administration. Significant behavioural changes can be observed with supraphysiological levels of androgens. Proper treatment, aimed at maintenance of physiological plasma levels, makes this a rare occurrence and certainly not a sufficient cause to withhold treatment [55].

Red blood

The stimulatory effect of testosterone administration on bone marrow has long been recognized even in the presence of advanced malignant disease [76]. Testosterone therapy in older men often can result in a significant increase in red blood cell mass and haemoglobin levels [60]. Haemoglobin levels should therefore be monitored periodically and dose adjustments may be necessary. Rarely must testosterone therapy be discontinued due to polycythemia.

Sleep apnoea

Other possible effects of testosterone treatment include exacerbation of sleep apnoea [77] although hypotestosteronaemia has been cited as a cause of the condition [78]. It is suggested, therefore, that good clinical judgement and caution be employed in this situation.

Benefits of testosterone therapy

In the era of evidence-based medicine, we have to acknowledge that data on hormone supplementation in the aging male is often circumstantial, based on experience in treatment of transitional hypogonadism in young men or in chronic hypogonadism due to disease or experiments of nature. The clinical effectiveness of androgen supplementation in aging men with symptoms of hypogonadism was already described by Werner [79] in 1943 and Heller and Myers [80] in 1944. Since that time publications on testosterone supplementation for symptoms of hypogonadism in aging men have largely been sporadic, mainly case reports and largely outside the context of clinical trials. Most of these observational studies have suggested that, if treatment is to be effective, then selection of patients should be dictated by a measurable reduction of testosterone. However, over the past several years, there has been increasing interest in evaluating whether testosterone therapy might be beneficial for certain older men in preventing or delaying some aspects of aging, and a number of prospective studies on hormone therapy in the aging male were performed. These demonstrated several potential benefits of testosterone supplementation. These included improvements in energy level, lean body mass, strength, and bone mineral density. There also was an improvement in mood, sense of well-being, libido and erectile function.

Marin et al. [81] performed a randomized, placebocontrolled study of 8 months duration with testosterone undecanoate (TU) 160 mg/day in healdiy, obese (BMI > 25 kg/m^sup 2^), middle-aged ( > 45 yr) men. Their mean plasma testosterone was 16 nmol/l (range 9-21 nmol/ l). Body composition was measured by CT-scan. Widiin 8 mondis sagittal abdominal diameter decreased from 27.0 to 24.6 cm (p

Morley [4] reported that males who received testosterone had a significant increase in testosterone and bioavailable testosterone concentration, haematocrit, right-hand muscle strength and osteocalcin concentration. They had a decrease in cholesterol (without a change in HDL-cholesterol) levels and decreased BUN/ creatinin ratios. These results were confirmed by Snyder et al. [83] who concluded that increasing the serum testosterone concentrations of normal men > 65 years of age to the mid-normal range for young men decreased fat mass, principally in the arms and legs, and increased lean mass, principally in the trunk. They also showed that increasing the serum testosterone concentrations of normal men > 65 years of age to the mid-normal range for young men did not increase lumbar spine bone density overall, but did increase it in those men with low pretreatment serum testosterone concentrations (

The prospective studies of Arver et al. [85], Tenover [32], Bebb et al. [86], Wang et al. [87] and Wittert et al. [88] performed on elderly men with verified testosterone deficiency confirmed earlier work and indicated that testosterone replacement increases bone density, quality of life and aggression in business, improvement of physical and psychic well-being, libido, a decrease of fat mass, a change in fat contribution and localization as well as a decrease in cardio-vascular accidents. Furthermore Webb et al. [89] demonstrated that short-term intracoronary administration of testosterone, at physiological concentrations, induces coronary artery dilatation and increases coronary blood flow in men with established coronary artery disease.

Morley et al. [90] and Hajjar et al. [91] also observed improved libido after testosterone therapy in hypogonadal elderly men. Since erectile function declines with age due to multifactorial causes, the most prominent of which is impaired penile NO release, erectile dysfunction may not be corrected by testosterone therapy alone unless the local vasodilatory defect is corrected first. It appears from the reported studies that testosterone replacement will enhance libido and contribute to improvement of sexual function in older men co-treated with phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors (e.g. sildenafil) [46,92]. There may be two different mechanisms by which these effects are mediated: the enhanced production and release of NO, and structural improvement of the penile smooth muscle tissue. Co- treatment with androgens and phosphodiesterase inhibitors also provides the benefits of androgens on other target sites.

Table I. Currendy available testosterone preparations.

Similarly, studies have demonstrated that serum testosterone levels correlates with spatial ability [93-95]. Testosterone suplementation in elderly men also improves spatial ability without changes in memory or verbal fluency [96,97]. There is also evidence available that depressed mood is inversely related to serum bioavailable testosterone levels, and androgen replacement therapy in aging men improved general well-being.

An elegant study by Azad et al. [98] demonstrated that testosterone replacement enhanced cerebral perfusion in the midbrain and superior frontal gyrus (Brodman area 8) at 3-5 weeks of treatment. At 12-14 weeks the study continued to show increased perfusion in the midbrain in addition to the appearance of a newly activated region in the midcingulate gyrus (Brodman area 24). The results of this study provide objective evidence that testosterone and/or its metabolites increased cerebral perfusion in addition to the improvement in cognitive function.

Current generally available treatment options include buccal tablets and oral capsules, intramuscular preparations, both long and short-acting, implantable long-acting slow release pellets, transdermal scrotal and non-scrotal patches and gels [61,99]. Neither injectable preparations nor slow-release pellets reproduce the circadian pattern of testosterone production of the testes. This is accomplished best by transdermal and buccal preparations. The relevance of reproducing a circadian rhythmicity during testosterone therapy remains unknown. However, these short-acting preparations should be preferred since testosterone in circulation will decline immediately after cessation of treatment, should any adverse event (e.g. prostate disease) require discontinuation of testosterone supplementation [9,100]. 17alpha-mediyl-testosterone should no longer be prescribed because of its liver toxicity. Common testosterone preparations and their recommended doses are shown in Table I.

The treating physician should have sufficient knowledge and adequate understanding of the pharmacokinetics as well as the advantages and drawbacks of each preparation.

Testosterone preparations

Testosterone pellets/implants

This is the oldest form of testosterone replacement therapy and has been in use since the 1940s. Pellets of crystalline testosterone are implanted subcutaneously, under local anaesthesia, via a small skin incision usually in the lower abdominal wall using a trocar and cannula. The pellets have a diameter of 4.5 mm and are available in 100 mg (6 mm long) and 200 mg (12 mm long) strengths. A pharmacokinetic study [101] in 14 hypogonadal men implanted widi six 200 mg fused crystalline pellets, revealed an initial short-lived burst of testosterone, with a peak concentration for 24 to 48 hours followed by a stable plateau [101]. The pellets provide stable physiological testosterone levels for 4 to 7 months depending upon the dose [102,103]. Each 200 mg pellet releases 1.3 mg of testosterone per day by surface erosion. The pellets diminish in size progressively and continue to dissolve until complete disappearance. There is sustained suppression of plasma LH and FSH, and an increase in plasma levels of E2 without change in SHBG levels. Extrusion of pellets is the most frequent adverse effect and occurs in 10% of implanted pellets [104,105]. Increased physical activity contributes to extrusion of the pellets and tiiose implanted at the hip have a higher extrusion rate than at the lower abdominal wall [106]. Although dependent on the experience of the operator, other rare side effects include bleeding (2.3%), infection (0.6%), and fibrosis. The usual dose is 800 mg (4 x 200 mg pellets). For dose adjustment testosterone levels are measured before the next implantation. If testosterone is > 15 nmol/L or

Oral testosterone undecanoate

An oral preparation that is widely used throughout the world is a non-alkylated testosterone produced through esterification of testosterone in the 17beta-position with a medium long-chain fatty acid. This product, testosterone undecanoate (TU) dissolved in oleic acid, has been available since the 1970s [107]. Since 2003 it has been available in a new bioequivalent formulation with castor oil and propylene glycol laurate, improving storage conditions [108,109].

TU is designed to deliver testosterone to the systemic circulation via the intestinal lymphatic route, thereby circumventing first-pass inactivation in the liver. Therefore it is free of liver toxicity and brings serum testosterone levels within physiological range. The esterification of testosterone with undecanoate renders TU sufficiently lipophilic to be incorporated in chylomicrons formed during the process of lipid digestion in the intestine. These chylomicrons are then transported via the intestinal lymphatic system. Apart from the nature of the ester of testosterone, other relevant factors for the extent of lymphatic absorption are the lipophilic solvent in the capsule [110,111]. Of the 40 mg capsules 63% (25 mg) is testosterone. After ingestion, its route of absorption from the gastrointestinal tract is shifted from the portal vein to the thoracic duct [107,109,111]. For adequate absorption from the gastrointestinal tract it is essential that oral TU is taken with a meal containing dietary fat (23 g lipids) for example: 2 cups of decaffeinated coffee, 2 rolls of bread, 2 slices of cheese, 2 slices of ham, 20 g jam, 20 g butter (460 kcal), or, 48 g carbohydrates and 14 g protein, 1 cup of milk, 2 eggs. Without dietary fat the resorption and the resulting serum levels of testosterone are minimal [111-113]. Maximum serum levels are reached 2 to 6 hours after ingestion [114]. Recent studies show that there is dose proportionality between serum testosterone levels and the dose range of 20-80 mg [114,115]. At a dose of 120-240 mg per day, over 80% of hypogonadal men showed plasma testosterone levels in the normal range over 24 hours. Steady-state testosterone levels in the low normal to subnormal range are reached after three days and result in sufficiently high levels of testosterone for therapy in patients with androgen deficiency with additional advantages of oral administration and easy control of drug dose.

TU is probably best suited to supplement the reduced, but still present, endogenous testicular testosterone production in the aging male with lower than normal, but not deeply hypogonadal levels, of testosterone. Long-term use has been proven to be safe, as demonstrated in a 10-year observation [113].

Oral TU leads to a high DHT to testosterone ratio due to the action of intestinal 5 alpha-reductase and to a marked decrease in SHBG, caused by excessive androgenic load on the liver via the portal vein. However, the elevation of plasma DHT levels does not seem to have any adverse effects [113,116].

Treatment of hypogonadal men widi oral TU resulted in improvements in bone mineral density (BMD), mood, quality of life [115], and sexual function. TU improves body composition [116] by decreasing fat mass and increasing muscle mass.

Buccal testosterone

Another option for testosterone substitution is offered by adhesive buccal tablets (Striant(R)), which are placed above the incisor tooth on either side of the mouth and slowly release testosterone over 12 h, after which they have to be replaced. If taken twice daily they also provide serum levels in the physiological range and are well suited for longer-term substitution for hypogonadal men [117,118].

Intramuscular preparations

Intramuscular preparations have been the mainstay of androgen replacement therapy since the 1940s. Injectable esters of testosterone have been available for the longest time and their effects are well recognized. They are inexpensive and safe but have several major drawbacks which include: the need for periodic (every 2-3 weeks) deep intramuscular injection, swings in serum levels; initially (in about 72 hours) they result in supraphysiological levels of serum testosterone followed by a steady decline over the next 10-14 days [99,119].

These preparations include testosterone enanthate, cypionate and mixed testosterone esters. Testosterone propionate is rarely used because its short half-life requires administration every other day. After absorption from IM depot, me testosterone esters are hydrolysed to release free testosterone. Testosterone enanthate (TE) (200, 250 mg) causes maximum supraphysiological levels shortly after the injection [120]. Pharmacokinetic simulation of 250 mg of TE given IM every 2 weeks revealed serum testosterone levels at the lower range of normal before the next injection [99]. TE has an elimination half-life of 4.5 days. Injection intervals of three or four weeks are likely to lead to subnormal testosterone levels in the third and fourth weeks. This phenomenon translates into wide swings in mood and well-being – the roller-coaster effect, which is disconcerting and upsetting to both patients and their partners. Supraphysiological peaks of testosterone are responsible for dose- related adverse effects such as polycythemia especially in elderly men [60,121] which revert to normal on withholding merapy and dose reduction. The intermittent supraphysiological levels may result in the development of breast tenderness and gynaecomastia due to conversion of testosterone to E2.

The most widely used parenteral preparations are the 17-beta- hydroxyl esters of testosterone, which include die short-acting propionate and the longer-acting enanthate and cypionate. Testosterone enanthate and cypionate esters have identical kinetics [122], and can be administered at the dose of 200-400 mg every 10- 21 days to maintain normal average testosterone levels [123]. Higher doses will not maintain testosterone levels in the normal range beyond the three-week limit. Another option is a preparation containing a mixture of four testosterone esters (propionate, phenylpropionate, isocaproate and decanoate), each with a different elimination half-life, which is claimed to prolong the duration of action. These mixed testosterone esters are prescribed on the erroneous assumption that they provide more physiological testosterone levels. These preparations are actually more likely to cause a higher initial supraphysiological peak in testosterone levels.

Appropriate treatment of hypogonadism with injectable esters of testosterone has been shown to improve libido, sexual function, energy levels, mood and bone density if they are caused by an androgen deficiency. Although concern exists about the psychosexual effects of markedly elevated levels of testosterone in serum, evidence indicates that even in eugonadal men, amounts of up to five times physiological replacement doses of testosterone cypionate have only minimal psychosexual effects [124].

A new depot IM injection containing 1000 mg of testosterone undecanoate (TU) in 4 mL of castor oil has recendy become available in Europe and some Asian countries.

Parenteral TU is a new treatment modality for androgen replacement therapy. TU IM was originally used in China, dissolved in tea seed oil. Kinetics were improved by using castor oil as a vehicle [61]. Several studies have documented its use in hypogonadal men [125-129]. In short: after two loading doses of 1000 mg TU at 0 and 6 weeks, repeated injections at 12-week intervals are sufficient to maintain testosterone levels in the reference range of eugonadal men. The elimination half-life is 33.9 days and supraphysiological testosterone peaks do not occur. Serum DHT and E2 levels increase in parallel with testosterone levels thus testosterone: DHT and testosterone: E2 ratios do not change. No local adverse side effects at the injection site have been described. It has been argued that mis preparation is less suitable for initiation of testosterone treatment of aging men [9]. After the first uneventful year of short- acting testosterone preparations, it may be reasonable to administer long-acting testosterone preparations to elderly men as well. Transdermal patches

Testosterone can be delivered to the circulation through intact skin, both genital and non-genital. Transdermal testosterone therapy closely mimics the variable levels in testosterone production manifested in normal men over the 24-hour circadian cycle. Daily physiological requirement of testosterone of 5-7 mg per 24 hours can be achieved by the trandermal route of delivery. Excipients are generally required to enhance absorption and improve bio- availability. Transdermal testosterone merapy is available both as scrotal and non-scrotal patches and in gel form. They are non- invasive, avoid first-pass hepatic metabolism, and can mimic diurnal variation seen in eugonadal men [99].

The scrotal patch applied to the scrotal skin contains 10-15 mg of unmodified testosterone per patch, delivering 4-6 mg of testosterone per day [130]. High vascularity, capillaries that extend to the skin surface and the presence of abundant hair follicles contribute to permeability that is five times mat of other skin sites. However, the scrotal patch lost its appeal due to inconvenience such as their inability to remain in place and the need for frequent shaving of the scrotal skin.

Transdermal non-scrotal patches have been available since the mid 1990s. These patches deliver 5-6 mg/day of testosterone and produce normal levels of estradiol but, unlike the scrotal patches, result in normal levels of DHT [131,132]. In addition to producing physiologically appropriate serum levels of testosterone, they lower levels of sex hormone binding globulin (SHBG), promote virilization and increase bone mineral density [131]. Moreover, the testosterone patches, as compared to injectable forms, minimize excessive erydiropoiesis and suppression of gonadotropins [132,133]. Most common side effects of the body patches are related to the need for enhancers to facilitate absorption; mis frequently results in various degrees of skin reactions. Transient erythema and itching are common side effects and can occur in up to 60% of patients [132- 134]. Only occasionally do chemical burns appear, which may be prevented with the use of triamcinolone cream.

Transdermal gel

Transdermal delivery of testosterone via hydroalcoholic gel has been available since 2002. The gel is applied thinly on the skin of the torso, shoulders and upper arms once a day and dries quickly. The stratum corneum layer of the skin serves as a reservoir, releasing testosterone into the circulation. Steady state testosterone levels in the mid normal range are achieved after 48 to 72 h with testosterone levels falling to baseline, 96 h after withdrawal of gel application. It has been estimated that 9-14% of the applied gel is bioavailable. Wang et al. [134] suggest that the amount of testosterone absorbed into the circulation depends on the dose of the gel rather man the surface area over which the gel is applied. Thus the formulation of the testosterone gel allows easy dose adjustments (50-75-100 mg testosterone gel) [133,134]. Although mean serum DHT levels tend to be at or above the normal range, the serum DHT: testosterone ratio remains witiiin the normal adult range. E2 levels rise with treatment and are maintained in the normal range. SHBG levels do not show a significant change. For the purpose of dose adjustment testosterone levels can be assessed any time after the application of the gel. The clinical efficacy of transdermal testosterone gel on various androgen-dependent organs has been well documented and is independent of age [135]. Treatment also leads to improvements in sexual function, mood, increase in lean body mass, muscle strength, BMD and decrease in fat mass [136]. A good long-term safety profile has been shown with transdermal gel. Skin irritation is the most common side effect and occurs in 4-5.5% of patients treated with the gel. Any increase in haematocrit tends to occur generally within the normal range. PSA levels also tend to rise, but within the normal range. Serum HDL and LDL cholesterol do not change with treatment. There is a theoretical risk mat the gel can be transferred to others through intensive skin contact. Rolf et al. demonstrated that although approximately 50% of the applied dose can be recovered from unwashed skin 8 hours after application of the gel, interpersonal transfer of testosterone is very unlikely, as the alcohol needed for penetration of the skin evaporates in 10 minutes. Washing the skin 10 minutes after application does not influence the pharmacokinetic profile and reduces the risk of contamination of female partners or infants [137]. No increase of serum testosterone was found after intense rubbing of skin with persons whose endogenous testosterone levels had been suppressed.

Transdermal testosterone gel provides flexibility in dosing, with lower incidence of skin irritation compared to non-scrotal transdermal patches. In practice, the gel is well accepted by most patients, although some find the daily application inconvenient. The absorption of testosterone can vary from day to day depending on a wide host of circumstantial factors. This preparation is ideal for treating elderly men in whom treatment may need to be stopped suddenly and for induction of secondary sexual features in younger patients.

A hydroalcoholic gel with a higher testosterone concentration of 2.5% has recently been developed and tested in hypogonadal men over a one-year period resulting in satisfactory substitution. Because of the higher concentration one group could be treated by transscrotal application of the gel and was well substituted [138].

Monitoring of testosterone therapy

Hormonal therapy may be initiated for a variety of indications but treatment is normally lifelong. Monitoring these patients is also a lifetime commitment and is a shared responsibility mat cannot be taken lightly. The physician must emphasize to the patient the need for periodic evaluations and the patient must agree to comply with these requirements. The physician’s evaluation should include an assessment of the clinical response and monitoring must be tailored to the indications and individual needs of the patient. For example, for osteoporosis, serial BMD determinations are appropriate for monitoring therapeutic response. In this regard, the studies by Behre et al. [139] provide an elegant and graphic illustration of the effectiveness of chronic testosterone supplementation in increasing bone mineral density and in moving older men out of the range of high fracture risk. For sexual dysfunction, a simple and effective rule of monitoring is that frequently the patient’s report is the most reliable indicator of treatment effectiveness [91].

Outlook

Testosterone treatment in men with age-related hypogonadism aims at restoring hormone levels to the normal range of young adults and, more importantly, at alleviating the symptoms suggestive of the hormone deficiency. The ultimate goals, however, are to maintain or regain the highest quality of life, to reduce disability, to compress major illnesses into a narrow age range and to add life to years. To achieve these goals men must also adjust their lifestyle to optimize dietary habits, as well as to exercise and to abstain from smoking life-long.

References

1. Nieschlag E, Lammers U, Freischem CW, et al. Reproductive functions in young fathers and grandfathers. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1982;55:676-681.

2. Gray A, Berlin JA, McKinlay JB, et al. An examination of research design effects on the association of testosterone and male aging: results of a meta-analysis. J Clin Epidemiol 1991;44:671- 684.

3. Mohr BA, Guay AT, O’Donnell AB, et al. Normal, bound and nonbound testosterone levels in normally ageing men: results from the Massachusetts Male Aging Study. Clin Endocrinol 2005;62:64-73.

4. Morley JE, Kaiser FE, Perry HM III, et al. Longitudinal changes in testosterone, luteinizing hormone and follicle- stimulating hormone in healthy older men. Metabolism 1997;46:410- 413.

5. Harman SM, Metter EJ, Tobin JD, et al. Longitudinal effects of aging on serum total and free testosterone levels in healthy men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;86:724-731.

6. Kaufman JM, Vermeulen A. The decline of androgen levels in elderly men and its clinical and therapeutic implications. Endocrinol Rev 2005;26:833-876.

7. Mulligan T, Frick MF, Zuraw OC, et al. Prevalence of hypogonadism in males aged at least 45 years: the HIM Study. Clin Pract 2006;60:762-769.

8. Morales A, Lunenfeld B. International Society for the Study of the Aging Male. Investigation, treatment and monitoring of late- onset hypogonadism in male. Official recommendations of ISSAM. International Society of the Aging Male. The Aging Male 2002;5:74- 86.

9. Nieschlag E, Swerdloff R, Behre HM, et al. Investigation, treatment and monitoring of late-onset hypogonadism in males: ISA, ISSAM and EAU recommendations. The Aging Male 2005;8:56-58.

10. Lunenfeld B, Saad F, Hoesl CE, et al. ISA, ISSAM and EAU recommendations for the investigation, treatment and monitoring of late-onset hypogonadism in males: scientific background and rationale. The Aging Male 2005;8:59-74.

11. Morley JE, Kaiser FE, Sih R, et al. Testosterone and frailty. Clin Geriatr Med 1997;13:685-694.

12. Boonen S, Vanderschueren D, Geusens P, et al. Age-associated endocrine deficiencies as potential determinants of femoral neck (type II) osteoporotic fracture occurrence in elderly men. IntJAndrol 1997;20:134-143.

13. Kenny AM, Prestwood KM, Marcello KM, et al. Determinants of bone density in healthy older men with low testosterone levels. J Gerontol 2000;55A:M492-497. 14. Genant HK, Cann CE, Pozzi-Mucelli S, et al. Vertebral mineral determination by quantitative CT: clinical feasibility and normative data. J Comput Assist Tomogr 1981;7:554.

15. Meier DE, Orwoll ES, Jones JM. Marked disparity between trabecular and cortical bone loss wim age in healthy men. Ann Intern Med 1984;101:605-612.

16. Ravaglia G, Forti P, Maioli F, et al. Body composition, sex steroids, IGF-I, and bone mineral status in aging men. J Gerontol 2000;55A:M516-521.

17. van den BeId AW, de Jong FH, Grobbee DE, et al. Measures of bioavailable serum testosterone and estradiol and their relationships with muscle strength, bone density, and body composition in elderly men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;85:3276- 3282.

18. Ongphiphadhanakul B, Rajatanavin R, Chailurkit L, et al. Serum testosterone and its relation to bone mineral density and body composition in normal males. Clin Endocrinol 1995;43:727-733.

19. Greendale GA, Edelstein S, Barrett-Connor E. Endogenous sex steroids and bone mineral density in older women and men: The Rancho Bernardo Study. J Bone Miner Res 1997;12:1833-1843.

20. Goldray D, Weisan Y, Jaccard N, et al. Decreased bone density in elderly men treated with the gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonist decapeptyl (D-Tryp6-GnRH). J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993;76:288-290.

21. Smith MR. Treatment-related osteoporosis in men with prostate cancer. Clin Cancer Res 2006;12:6315s-6319.

22. Stanley HL, Schmitt BP, Poses RM, et al. Does hypogonadism contribute to the occurrence of minimal trauma hip fracture in elderly men? J Am Gerontol Soc 1991;39:766-771.

23. Jackson JA, Riggs MW, Spiekerman AM. Testosterone deficiency as a risk factor for hip fractures in men: a case-control study. Am J Med Sci 1992;304:4-8.

24. Abbasi AA, Rudman D, Wilson CR, et al. Observations on nursing home residents with a history of hip fracture. Am J Med Sci 1995;310:229-234.

25. Amin S, Zhang Y, Sawin CT, et al. Association of hypogonadism and estradiol level wim bone mineral density in elderly men from the Framingham study. Ann Intern Med 2000;133:951-963.

26. Khosla S, Melton LJ, Atkinson EJ, et al. Relationship of serum sex steroid levels to longitudinal changes in bone density in young versus elderly men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;86:3555- 3561.

27. Kaufman JM. Role of sex steroids in the regulation of bone metabolism in the adult skeleton. Ann Endocrinol (Paris) 2006;67:119- 122.

28. Shreyasee A, Zhang Y, Felson DT, et al. Estradiol, testosterone, and the risk for hip fractures in elderly men from the Framingham study. Am J Med 2006;119:426-433.

29. Barrett-Connor E, Mueller JE, von Muhlen DG, et al. Low levels of estradiol are associated with vertebral fractures in older men, but not women: The Rancho Bernardo Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;85:219-223.

30. Baumgartner RN, Waters DL, Gallagher D, et al. Predictors of skeletal muscle mass in elderly men and women. Mech Ageing Development 1999;107:123-136.

31. Couillard C, Gagnon J, Bergeron J, et al. Contribution of body fatness and adipose tissue distribution to the age variation in plasma steroid hormone concentrations in men: the HERITAGE Family Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;85:1026-1031.

32. Tenover JS. Effects of testosterone supplementation in the aging male. J Clin Endocrinolo Metab 1992;75:1092-1098.

33. Gooren LJG. Visceral obesity, androgens and the risk of cardiovascular disease and diabetes mellitus. The Aging Male 2001;4:30-38.

34. Stellato RK, Horton ES, Feldman HA, et al. Testosterone, sex hormone-binding globulin, and the development of type 2 diabetes in middle-aged men. Diabetes Care 2000;23:490-494.

35. Lee CD, Blair SN, Jackson AS. Cardiorespiratory fitness, body composition, and all-cause cardiovascular disease mortality in men. Am J Clin Nutr 1999;69:373-380.

36. Perry HM, Miller DK, Patrick P, et al. Testosterone and lepan in older African-American men: relationship to age, strength, function, and season. Metabolism 2000;49:1085-1091.

37. Breuer B, Trungold S, Martucci C, et al. Relationship of sex hormone levels to dependence of daily living in the frail elderly. Maturitas 2001;39:147-159.

38. Rolf C, von Eckardstein S, Koken U, et al. Testosterone substitution of hypogonadal men prevents the age-dependent increases in body-mass index, body fat and leptin seen in healthy aging men. Results of a cross-sectional study. Eur J Endocrinol 2002;146:505- 511.

39 Bhasin S, Storer TW, Singh AB, et al. Testosterone effects on the skeletal muscle. In: Nieschlag E, Behre HM, editors. Testosterone: action, deficiency, substitution. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004. pp 255-282.

40. Laumann EO, Paik A, Rosen RC. Sexual dysfunction in the United States: prevalence and predictors. JAMA 1999;281:537-544.

41. Meston CM. Aging and sexuality. West J Med 1997;167:285-290.

42. Schiavi RC, Schreiner-Engel P, White D, et al. The relationship between pituitary-gonadal function and sexual behavior in healthy aging men. Psychosom Med 1991;53:363-374.

43. Zitzmann M, Faber S, Nieschlag E. Association of specific symptoms and metabolic risks with serum testosterone in older men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2006;91:4335-4343.

44. Johannes CB, Araujo AB, Feldman HA, et al. Incidence of erectile dysfunction in men 40-69 years old: longitudinal results from the Massachusetts Male Aging Study. J Urol 2000;163:460-463.

45. Carani C, Granata ARM, Bancroft J, et al. The effects of testosterone replacement on noctural penile tumescence and rigidity and erectile response to visual erotic stimuli in hypogonadal men. Psychoneuroendocrinology 1995;20:743-753.

46. Behre HM. Testosterone and erection. In: Nieschlag E, Behre HM, editors. Testosterone: action, deficiency, subst

Prescription Plan Offers Savings to Uninsured

By David Pittman, Amarillo Globe-News, Texas

Sep. 23–When Stephen Selzer worked as a chief executive at a Houston hospital, one of his colleagues pointed out that the hospital’s poorest patients had no savings mechanisms to help whittle down their prescription drug costs.

Selzer set out to change that.

Late last year, the company Selzer now works for, Health Plan Partners, teamed with Northwest Texas Healthcare System and began a program to provide uninsured and underinsured patients with a pharmacy benefits plan.

It’s an effort by the hospital to reduce emergency room visits and help the community’s uninsured population.

“The program benefits the uninsured individuals and their families, employees without insurance or they are insured without pharmacy benefits,” Northwest Corporate Communications Director Caytie Martin said.

The program works like a regular prescription benefit health plan.

Health Plan Partners negotiates prices with suppliers that the company and patient will pay for drugs. The company then works with hospitals to register users.

But unlike almost all prescription plans, Health Plan Partners provides coverage to everyone who registers, including uninsured people and those with an existing pharmacy plan.

“This won’t cure the entire problem of the uninsured in the country,” said Selzer, Health Plan Partners senior vice president. “But this is one more quiver in the arrow of things that can help.”

If Health Plan Partners’ plan offers a less expensive payment than a person’s existing plan, that person receives the Health Plan Partners benefit.

The program has no monthly cost and no eligibility requirements.

Officials say savings have averaged 41 percent per prescription. That equates to about $15 a prescription.

Northwest has registered more than 9,500 patients since it started in November.

“To my knowledge, they are the first hospital in the country to offer this kind of program,” Selzer said. “If there are other hospital systems offering similar programs, I’m not aware of it.”

A large percentage of Northwest’s emergency room visitors are uninsured.

“From the hospital’s standpoint, what we are trying to do is proactively reduce the unnecessary emergency room visits,” Martin said.

An ER is a costly place to receive medical attention.

“It’s the most expensive place you can go to for primary care,” Selzer said.

An ER has to stay open and staffed 24 hours a day and be prepared to handle any case that comes in.

People who obtain and take the medications they need are less likely to show up in the emergency room, Selzer said.

The program generates revenue with a flat administrative fee on each prescription filled.

“For us, the revenue is not all that great,” Selzer said. “But I’m not doing it for the revenue. I’m doing it to help the uninsured.”

Selzer said he hopes his form of pharmacy benefits will increase in popularity as the public becomes concerned about rising health care costs.

“From every indication, in terms of current and projected business, it will continue to grow,” Selzer said. “As it continues to grow, so will our revenue.”

QUICK FACTS:

–Access to affordable prescription drugs is one of the top three health care concerns of Americans.

–Prescription drug prices are rising at 12 percent per year.

–47 million Americans have no prescription drug benefits.

–Government and employer sponsored drug benefit programs are increasingly restrictive or being eliminated.

–Prescription drug costs are being quickly shifted to individuals, significantly increasing their out of pocket payments.

–Employment or insurance is no longer a guarantee of prescription coverage.

–The misuse of prescription drugs is growing and a significant cause of inappropriate hospital emergency room visitation and preventable inpatient admissions.

–Web site: www.northernplainsrx.com/NorthwestTexas/

—–

To see more of the Amarillo Globe-News, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.amarillonet.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Amarillo Globe-News, Texas

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Deane F. Johnson Center for Neurotherapeutics to Launch First Mobile Medical Unit on October 4th

LOS ANGELES, Sept. 24 /PRNewswire/ — The founder of the Deane F. Johnson Center for Neurotherapeutics at UCLA, Kate Edelman Johnson and its co-founder and medical director, Dr. Jeffrey L. Cummings, will announce the creation of “The Deane Team” when the center celebrates its 3rd anniversary with a reception at 5:30pm on Thursday October 4th at 300 Medical Plaza, B216, UCLA Campus.

“The Deane Team” will be a mobile medical unit, committed to facilitating community outreach and medical care, with a focus on the recruitment of patients into research clinical trials, unable to attend the center. The first partner in this venture will be The Motion Picture and Television Fund Home and Hospital Alzheimer’s unit, “Harry’s Haven”, built by Kirk and Anne Douglas in memory of Kirk’s father. Alzheimer’s disease afflicts 5 million Americans and is increasing in prevalence at an alarming rate. As a result of substantial progress in basic science and clinical research over the past decade, new treatments are in development that will slow or even halt the progression of the disease. “The Deane Team” will facilitate the critical process of enrollment for clinical trials of these new medications.

The Deane F. Johnson Alzheimer’s Research Foundation was established in 1999 by Mr. Johnson’s widow, Kate Edelman Johnson. The mission of the foundation is to fund research focused on preventing and curing this dreadful disease. In 2004, the Deane F. Johnson Center for Neurotherapeutics opened at UCLA, where Dr. Cummings and his team are devoted to discovering new treatments and developing optimal methods of care for patients with Alzheimer’s disease and other neurological disorders.

At the anniversary reception, Dr. Cummings will provide an update on the progress being made in the pursuit to stop Alzheimer’s disease to guests such as Deane F. Johnson Foundation board members Diahann Carroll, Angie Dickinson, Michael Feinstein, Phyllis George, Joanna Kerns, as well as Kirk and Anne Douglas.

   Contact:   Jeffrey Lane   T 323.782.0066   F 323.782.0088   [email protected]  

Jeffrey Lane & Associates, Inc.

CONTACT: Jeffrey Lane of Jeffrey Lane & Associates, Inc.,+1-323-782-0066, fax, +1-323-782-0088, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.dfjfoundation.org/http://www.jeffreylane.com/

Ocular Surface Changes Over the Menstrual Cycle in Women With and Without Dry Eye

By Versura, Piera Fresina, Michela; Campos, Emilio C

Abstract Aim. To analyze whether dry eye symptoms and ocular surface parameters change during different phases of the menstrual cycle.

Method. Twenty-nine women of fertile age and with regular, 26-29- day menstrual cycles were included in the study. Fourteen subjects suffered and 15 did not suffer from dry eye symptoms. Symptoms were scored by the validated Ocular Surface Disease Index questionnaire. Tear production was evaluated with the Schirmer I test and the Schirmer II test (Jones test); tear stability with tear breakup time and Ferning test; and degree of dryness by the tear function index and imprint conjunctival cytology. Degree of inflammation was evaluated with conjunctival brush cytology and concentration of exudated serum albumin in tears. Hormonal cytology procedures were applied to exfoliated cells in tears. Patients were analyzed during menstruation, in the follicular phase and the luteal phase over two consecutive cycles, and results were statistically evaluated.

Results. Subjective symptoms, tear production and stability, surface dryness and inflammation were significantly related to hormonal fluctuations in the menstrual cycle. In particular, the impairment of these functions appeared to be related to the estrogen peak occurring during the follicular phase, especially in patients with dry eye.

Conclusion. The ocular surface is confirmed to be an estrogen- dependent unit; clinicians should take into account these cyclic variations during examination of subjects affected by symptoms of eye dryness.

Keywords: Dry eye, menstrual cycle, estrogen, premenstrual syndrome

Introduction

The ocular surface is a functional unit where all components (corneal and conjunctival epithelia, limbal stem cells, tear film, lids, main and accessory lachrimal glands, neural arc connecting the components with trigeminal nervous centers) work together to maintain the optic quality of the eye surface and provide protection for ocular structures [1,2]. Any dysfunction results in inadequate surface lubrication that leads to dryness.

Dry eye is a very common condition that increases in both genders with age, but with higher incidence among females [3] and after the menopause [4], which suggests a role of sex hormones in its onset.

The eye is now recognized to be a target organ for sex hormones [5]; sex steroids also regulate lachrimal and meibomian gland functions in humans over the life span [6,7] . Some issues are still under debate since it is difficult to distinguish the role played by aging or by hormonal excess, deficiency and imbalance [8], although a role for androgens has recently gained increasing scientific evidence [9].

A few incomplete reports have appeared in the past concerning changes of the ocular surface in healthy women still of fertile age, as a consequence of hormonal variations during the menstrual cycle [10-12]. However, to our knowledge, no report dealing with the same changes over the menstrual cycle for women with dry eye has yet appeared in the literature.

The aim of the present work was to analyze the changes occurring in the ocular surface during hormonal fluctuations in young women over the menstrual cycle in both normal and dry eye conditions. The purpose was to understand how hormones may affect ocular surface parameters, while excluding the concurrent role of aging.

Materials and methods

Study participants were 14 women with dry eye symptoms (age 34.7 +- 5.2 years) and 15 women with no symptoms (control group; age 29.2 +- 6.5 years) (mean +- standard deviation). The participants were patients at a day hospital and the laboratory of the ophdialmology unit of the University of Bologna, and the controls were healthy volunteer fellows or students at the university and hospital staff. Exclusion criteria were: contraceptive use of any type; no ocular surface disease for at least 6 months; no systemic disease; no wearing of contact lenses.

The research complied with the Declaration of Helsinki of the World Medical Association, and informed consent was obtained from each subject after a full explanation of the procedures.

Patients were analyzed six times: during menstruation, in the follicular phase (day 11 to 1 6 of die cycle) and in die luteal phase (day 24 to 28 of die cycle) over two consecutive cycles.

Patients were requested to fill in the Ocular Surface Disease Index (OSDI) questionnaire on subjective symptoms, where a score in the range of 0-12 indicates no disability, a score from 13 to 22 indicates light dry eye, a score of 23-32 indicates moderate dry eye, and a score from 33 to 100 indicates severe dry eye [13].

Tear production was assessed widi the Schirmer test, carried out as described elsewhere [14]. Sterile Schirmer strips (ContaCare Ophdialmic Pvt. Ltd., Baroda, India) were placed at the outer lateral inferior candius widi the eyes open and the test performed widiout (Schirmer I test, conducted twice) or widi (Schirmer II test or Jones test) anesthesia (oxybuprocain 0.5%). Padiological value was scored as

Tear stability was assessed by tear breakup time (BUT) performed as described elsewhere [14] (padiological value II/III).

Degree of dryness was evaluated widi the tear function index (TFI) and conjunctival imprint cytology. TFI correlates tear production and drainage and results from the ratio between the Jones test as previously described and the tear clearance rate, graded to the color of fluorescein dye fading compared widi a control staining dilution scale, as described in [17]. A diagnostic ruler estimates TFI 95 indicates a normal eye. Conjunctival impression cytology was performed, processed and scored as described in [18]; the abnormal grade was regarded as > 1.

Degree of inflammation was recorded by brush conjunctival cytology observed and scored as described in [19] (score 0-5: normal; 6-10: light inflammation; 11-20: progressively severe inflammation) and by serum albumin exudated in tears, determined as described in [20] (normal value 0.174 +- 0.028 mg/ml [21]).

Maturation index (MI) of conjunctival cells was assessed by counting the percentages of parabasal (P), intermediate (I) and superficial (S) cells obtained by exfoliative cytology and Papanicolau staining. MI is obtained by assigning the values S= 1, I = 0. 5, P = 0 as described in [22,23] for cells of the vaginal tract, so MI value increases along widi increasing expression of superficial vs. parabasal cells.

Data were analyzed statistically using SPSS 14.0 (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL, USA) by applying the unpaired Student’s t test (significance was assumed at p

Results

Data collected for the normal subject group are summarized in Table I. The results of all tests were in the normal range, as described in the ‘Materials and mediods’ section. Analysis of the data comparing the outcomes from the diree phases considered in the study protocol provided evidence of fluctuations over the menstrual cycle in some tests, widi statistically significant differences.

In particular, subjective symptoms showed a slighdy increased score in the luteal phase (Figure 1). The MI was also found to follow a cyclic variation over the diree phases (Figure 2). In the follicular phase the BUT exhibited a reduction (Figure 3), the conjunctival imprint cytology (Figure 4a) and brush cytology (Figure 5 a) showed a slight shift to padiological values, and the concentration of exudated serum albumin in tears was found to increase (Figure 5b). For these tests, values in the follicular phase were statistically significandy different compared widi values in the other two phases. No cyclic fluctuations were demonstrated in the normal subject group widi regard to tear production, the TFI (Figure 4b) or tear stability detected widi the Ferning test.

A summary of data collected for the dry eye patient group is given in Table II. The results of the tests were in the padiological range, except for tear production measured by the Schirmer I and Jones tests (Schirmer II) and the Ferning test. Analysis of the data comparing the outcomes from the diree phases showed evidence of fluctuations over the menstrual cycle in all tests except the Schirmer I and Jones tests, widi statistically significant differences.

The worsening of subjective symptoms appeared to be statistically significant in the luteal phase compared widi the other two phases (Figure 1). The MI followed the same cyclic variation over the three phases as shown in normal subjects (Figure 2). A marked reduction of BUT was demonstrated in the follicular phase (Figure 3). A higher degree of dryness was shown in the follicular phase as demonstrated by the increased score of conjunctival imprint cytology (Figure 4a) and decreased TFI value (Figure 4b). In addition, a higher degree of inflammation was evidenced in the follicular phase by the increased brush cytology score (Figure 5a) and the concentration of serum albumin in tears (Figure 5b).

Table I. Summary of the results in the normal subject group.

Figure 1. Ocular surface disease index (OSDI) questionnaire score in normal and dry eye patients during the menstrual cycle. Figure 2. Maturation index (MI) score in normal and dry eye patients during the menstrual cycle.

Figure 3. Tear breakup time (BUT) in normal and dry eye patients during the menstrual cycle.

Discussion

The ocular surface is the interface with the external environment and represents a peculiar condition in the body since it works in the absence of keratinization as a defensive mechanism, in normal conditions. Dry eye syndrome is a frequent disease of the ocular surface; the most common reason for dryness is simply the normal aging process, although several other factors can be advocated, including a role for sex steroids [8,9].

The papers in literature dealing with possible changes of the ocular surface over the menstrual cycle have been reviewed [4,8] and appear to be quite fragmentary since they analyze selected parameters only; on the contrary, the eye surface needs an integrated analysis to fully understand its impairment [14]. The present study was undertaken to understand whether the main ocular surface parameters, taken altogether, change as a function of the menstrual cycle in young women, either in normal conditions or in the presence of subjective symptoms of eye dryness.

Figure 4. (a) Imprint cytology score and (b) tear function index (TFI) score in normal and dry eye patients during the menstrual cycle.

Figure 5. (a) Brush cytology score and (b) serum albumin in tears in normal and dry eye patients during the menstrual cycle.

Table II. Summary of the results in the dry eye patient group.

Patients were recruited on the basis of self-declaration of regular, 26-28-day menstrual cycles and step points were set to establish the three phases regulated by sex steroid hormones. Estrogen is supposed to be the dominant hormone in the follicular phase, spanning from the end of menstruation until ovulation, followed by progesterone being dominant in the luteal phase, which begins at ovulation and lasts until the menstrual phase of the next cycle, when both estrogen and progesterone are believed to be at their lowest levels in plasma.

Serum hormone testing was not carried out because of the invasiveness of peripheral blood collection in patients where this procedure would not have been ethically correct to perform. We evaluated the MI as a non-invasive technique to assess whether a cyclic fluctuation was present, and patients were also evaluated by means of the non-painful techniques adopted by our service in the daily analysis of ocular surface condition [19]. The degree of maturation of conjunctival smears taken from menstruating women, expressed through the MI, has been demonstrated to exhibit changes related to hormonal variations during the menstrual cycle, synchronous with reproductive tract epithelia [1O]. Exfoliated conjunctival cell types when expressed as a percentage of total cells form the MI: a pattern of predominantly parabasal cells is typical of an atrophie situation as occurs in the postmenopausal state or childhood, a pattern of predominantly intermediate cells is characteristics of progesterone’s effect in the postovulatory phase, and estrogen stimulation produces superficial cell dominance characteristic of the follicular phase. Our data from both normal and dry eye subjects demonstrated that MI fluctuation was present in the cycle, in agreement with others [10], and further confirmed that conjunctiva is an estrogen-sensitive epithelium. This finding also allowed us to correlate the other data to hormonal status with reasonable confidence.

Some components of the ocular surface system were demonstrated not to be influenced by hormonal fluctuations, maintaining the same levels during the cycle. These were tear film production and tear stability as shown by the Ferning test, in agreement with previous authors [11,12].

Subjective symptoms in both normal and dry eye subjects exhibited a slight, but statistically significant increase of score in the luteal phase. This finding would suggest to include eye dryness among the various physical, mental and behavioral symptoms tied to a woman’s menstrual cycle and named the ‘premenstrual syndrome’ (PMS). By definition, symptoms occur during the days before a woman’s period starts and they usually disappear after the first day of flow. PMS is a complex health concern; up to 80% of women experience some symptoms of PMS and physicians still debate its cause and the possible therapy [24].

Tear stability as detected by BUT appeared affected by the estrogen peak in the follicular phase, as we found a significant decrease in both normal and dry eye subjects. This finding does not agree with previous authors who had denied a direct estrogen receptor role on BUT [25] but demonstrated a recovery of BUT after estrogen-based hormone replacement therapy in postmenopausal women [26]. Tear BUT is strictly related to lipid profile secreted by meibomian glands [27] , a process known to be regulated by androgens [28] . The decrease of BUT in our patients could possibly be related to the supposed role of estrogen, with particular reference to 17 beta-estradiol, in the upregulation of proinflammatory cytokines [29] that leads to subclinical inflammation accounting for the decrease of tear stability [3O].

Imprint cytology scores conjunctival surface dryness by analyzing the density of goblet cells and the ratio of superficial epithelial cells [18]; the score increases with goblet cell loss and the increase of superficial cells, with higher score indicating heavier dryness. In both groups an increase was demonstrated in correspondence with the follicular phase, more expressed in dry eye patients, and in agreement with the cyclic fluctuation also evidenced by MI, as discussed above. This finding also could therefore be related to the influence of estrogen on the maturation cycle of conjunctival cells [23], a tissue found to be a target for sex steroid hormones [31].

The TFI introduces an extended way to measure tear flow combined with tear drainage, and gives a practical measure to diagnose dry eye [17] because a lower index indicates heavier system flow/ drainage impairment. We did not find any cyclic variation of TFI value in normal subjects but demonstrated a significant decrease in the follicular phase among the dry eye patients. Since tear production had not been changed, we could argue that TFI changed due to defective drainage, in some way delayed by estrogen influence. Delayed tear clearance can result in an accumulation of irritant factors which can worsen ocular surface disorders either by causing an unstable tear film or by direct effect on the ocular surface epithelium. The role of sex hormones, estrogen in particular, in this issue could be mediated through the regulation of mucin peptides which promote tear outflow in the nasolachrimal duct cells [32].

The condition of ocular surface inflammation also exhibited a worsening during the follicular phase; both brush cytology score and serum albumin exudated in tears showed a marked increase, more expressed in dry eye patients. In fact, dry eye is an inflammatory- based condition [33] and our finding could be set in relation to the supposed role of estrogen in the regulation of proinflammatory cytokines and the overexpression of inflammatory genes in corneal epithelial cells, as already reported [25].

In conclusion, to our knowledge this is the first comprehensive report on the modifications of ocular surface parameters in normal and dry eye women of fertile age, as a consequence of the hormonal variations occurring during the menstrual cycle. Our data show that subjective symptoms, tear production and stability, surface dryness and inflammation significantly follow hormonal fluctuations in the menstrual cycle. In particular, the impairment of several functions appeared to be related to the estrogen peak occurring during the follicular phase, especially in dry eye patients. In this group, in fact, the concurrent chronic inflammation leading to dryness may strengthen the evidence of estrogen’s role in the upregulation of proinflammatory products in tears.

Ophthalmologists should take into account these cyclic variations during examination of subjects affected by symptoms of eye dryness. Gynecologists should consider that, besides aged patients, even menstrual disorders in young women might affect the ocular surface.

Acknowledgement

This work was supported in part through a grant from the Fondazione Cassa di Risparmio in Bologna to E.C.C.

References

1 . Tseng SC, Tsubota K. Important concepts for treating ocular surface and tear disorders. Am J Ophthalmol 1997; 124:825-835.

2. Rolando M, Zierhut M. The ocular surface and tear film and their dysfunction in dry eye disease. Surv Ophthalmol 2001;45(Suppl 2):S203-S210.

3. Schaumberg DA, Sullivan DA, Buring JE, Dana MR. Prevalence of dry eye syndrome among US women. Am J Ophthalmol 2003; 136:3 18- 326.

4. Versura P, Campos EC. Menopause and dry eye. A possible relationship. Gynecol Endocrinol 2005;20:289-298.

5. Gupta PD, Johar K Sr, Nagpal K., Vasavada AR. Sex hormone receptors in the human eye. Surv Ophthalmol 2005;50:274-284.

6. Warren DW. Hormonal influences on the lachrymal gland in the dry eye. Im Ophthalmol Clin 1994;34:19-166.

7. Sullivan DA. Hormonal influence on the secretory immune system of the eye. In: Freir S, editor. The neuroendocrine-immune network. Boca Raton (FL): CRC Press; 1990. pp 199-237.

8. Oprea L, Tiberghien A, Creuzot-Garcher C, Baudouin C. Hormonal regulatory influence in tear film. J Fr Ophtalmol 2004;27:933-941.

9. Stern ME, Beuerman RW, Fox RI, Gao J, Mircheff AK, Pflugfelder SC. A unified theory of the role of the ocular surface in dry eye. Adv Exp Med Biol 1998;438:643-651.

10. Kramer P, Lubkin V, Potter W. Cyclic changes in conjunctival smears from menstruating females. Ophthalmology 1990;97: 303-307.

11. Tatlipinar S, Gedik S, Irkec M. Ocular ferning during the menstrual cycle in healthy women. Eur J Ophthalmol 2001;! 1: 15-18. 12. Feldman F, Bain J, Matuk AR. Daily assessment of ocular and hormonal variables throughout the menstrual cycle. Arch Ophthalmol 1978;96:1835-1858.

13. Schiflrnan RM, Christanson MD, Jacobsen G. Reliability and validity of the ocular surface disease index. Arch Ophthalmol 2000; 11 8:6 15-621.

14. Lemp MA. Report of the National Eye Institute/Industry Workshop on Clinical Trials in Dry Eyes. CLAO ] 1995;21: 221-232.

15. Bawazeer AM, Hodge WG. One-minute Schirmer test with anaesthesia. Cornea 2003;22:285-287.

16. Ravazzoni L, Ghini C, Macri A, Rolando M. Forecasting of hydrophilic contact lens tolerance by means of tear ferning test. Graefes Arch CHn Exp Ophthalmol 1998;236: 354-358.

17. Xu KE, Yagi Y, Toda I, Tsubota K. Tear function index. A new measure of dry eye. Arch Ophthalmol 1995;113:84-88.

18. Tseng SCG. Staging of conjunctival squamous metaplasia by impression cytology. Ophthalmology 1985;92:728-733.

19. Versura P, Cellini M, Torreggiani A, Profazio V, Bemabini B, Caramazza R. Dryness symptoms, diagnostic protocol and therapeutic management: a report on 1 ,200 patients. Ophthalmic Res 2001;33:221- 227.

20. Versura P, Frigato M, Mule R, Malavolta N, Campos EC. A proposal of new ocular items in Sjogren’s syndrome classification criteria. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2006;24:567-572.

21. Cellini M, Versura P, Leonetti P, Frigato M, Manfredini E, Malavolta N, Campos EC. Ocular surface and intraocular inflammation are related in SS-I and rheumatoid arthritis patients. Rheumatol Int 2007 Feb 13; [Epub ahead of print].

22. Meisels A. The maturation value. Acta Cytol 1967;! 1:249.

23. DeMay RM. The an & science of cytopathology. Exfoliative cytology. Chicago (IL): ASCP Press; 1996. pp 62-70.

24. Futterman LA, Rapkin AJ. Diagnosis of premenstrual disorders. J Reprod Med 2006;51(4 Suppl):349-358.

25. Auw-Haedrich C, Feltgen N. Estrogen receptor expression in meibomian glands and its correlation with age and dry-eye parameters. Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol 2003;241: 705-709.

26. Okon A, Jurowski P, Gos R. The influence of the hormonal replacement therapy on the amount and stability of the tear film among peri- and postmenopausal women. Klin Oczna 2001;103:177-181.

27. Bron AJ, Tiffany JM. The meibomian glands and tear film lipids. Structure, function, and control. Adv Exp Med Biol 1998;438:281-295.

28. Sullivan DA, Sullivan BD, Evans JE, Schirra F, Yamagami H, Liu M, Richards SM, Suzuki T, Schaumberg DA, Sullivan RM, et al. Androgen deficiency, meibomian gland dysfunction, and evaporative dry eye. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2002;966:2 11-222.

29. Suzuki T, Sullivan DA. Estrogen stimulation of proinflammatory cytokine and matrix metalloproteinase gene expression in human corneal epithelial cells. Cornea 2005;24:10041009.

30. Khurana AK, Moudgil SS, Pannar IP, Ahluwalia BK. Tear film flow and stability in acute and chronic conjunctivitis. Acta Ophthalmol 1987;65:303-305.

31. Fuchsjager-Mayrl G, Nepp J, Schneeberger C. Identification of estrogen and progesterone receptor mRNA expression in the conjunctiva of premenopausal women. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2002;43:2841-2844.

32. Paulsen FP, Corfield AP, Hinz M, Hoflrnann W, Schaudig U, Thaie AB, Berry M. Characterization of mucins in human lacrimal sac and nasolacrimal duct. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2003;44:1807-1813.

33. Barabino S, Dana MR. Dry eye syndromes. Chem Immunol Allergy 2007;92:176-184.

This paper was first published online on iFirst on 30 July 2007

PIERA VERSURA, MICHELA PRESINA, & EMILIO C. CAMPOS

Department of Surgical Science and Transplants, Section of Ophthalmology, Alma Mater Studiorum

Universita di Bologna, Bologna, Italy

(Received 15 March 2007; revised 18 March 2007; accepted 19 March 2007)

Correspondence: P. Versura, Dipartimento ‘A. Valsalva’, Sezione Oftalmologia, Alma Mater Studiorum Universita di Bologna, Policlinico S. Orsola, Via Massarenti 9, 40138 Bologna, Italy. Tel: 39 051 6364646. Fax: 39 051 341450. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Jul 2007

(c) 2007 Gynecological Endocrinology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.